Script | Spoken-Tutorial - User contributions [en]

GCompris/C2/Basic-Logic-and-Reasoning-Puzzles/English

2020-07-30T07:32:47Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Basic Logic and Reasoning Puzzles''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial, we will learn,

* Conceptual matching

* To rebuild the pattern and

* To redraw the given image
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,

* '''Ubuntu Linux''' OS v 18.04 and

* '''GCompris''' v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
|| To follow this tutorial,
Learner must be familiar with,

* Basic computer skills and

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Here I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.

Let's learn about puzzle activities.
|-
|| Click on the cat with keyboard and mouse icon.
|| Click on the cat with keyboard and mouse icon.
|-
|| Click on '''Complete the puzzle''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| In this section, click on '''Complete the puzzle''' activity.

The activity opens on the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This activity will help to develop fine motor skills.
|-
|| Point to the hint at the top of the screen.
|| At the top of the screen, there is a hint to play the activity.
|-
|| Point to the objects on the left side of the screen.

Click on the yellow arrow icon.

Point to the outlines on the right side.
|| Left panel has a set of objects.

Below the objects, an arrow icon is available to see all the objects.

Right side of the screen has an outline for the respective objects.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's start the activity.
|-
|| Point to the first object and its matching outline.

Place the mouse cursor on the first object >> click on it.

Drag the object on its respective shape.
|| Look at the first object and search for its matching outline on the right side.

Once it is found, place the mouse cursor on the first object and click on it.

Then drag the object on its respective outline.
|-
|| Drag all the objects >> Drop on their respective shapes.
|| Likewise drag all the objects and drop on their respective outlines.
|-
|| Point to '''OK''' button.

Click on '''OK''' button.
|| After matching all the objects, '''OK''' button appears on the left panel.

Click on it.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Cursor on the interface.
|| A smiley face pops up on the screen.

This indicates the completion of the level.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons to go to the sixth level.
|| Now click on the back and forth arrow icons to go to the higher levels.
|-
|| Point to the incomplete image and pieces from the left side.
|| In these levels, complete the image with the help of images from the left side.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| Explore these levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.

Point to the '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary''' tab.

|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.

This section has three tabs '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Matching Items''' activity.
|| Click on '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Matching Items''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In this activity, we have to find a logical link between the objects.
|-
|| Point to the main panel area.

Point to the bulb, postcard and ship.

|| In the main panel area, a set of objects is displayed.

They are a bulb, a postcard and a ship.
|-
|| Point to the set of objects on the left side.

Point to the table lamp, a letter dropbox and a sailboat.
|| On the left-pane, another set of objects is shown.

They are a table lamp, a letter dropbox, and a sailboat.
|-
|| Point to the objects on the left panel and main panel.
|| Each object on the left panel is related to, one of the objects in the main panel area.
|-
|| Point to the first object in the main panel area.

Point to the light bulb.

Point to the objects of the left panel.

|| Look at the first object in the main panel area.

It is a light bulb.

Now we will find the object from the left panel that matches with the light bulb.
|-
|| Point to the table lamp.
|| It is the table lamp.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the table lamp >> click on it.

Drag the table lamp to the correct red circle in the main area.
|| Place the cursor on the table lamp and click on it.

Then drag the table lamp and place it under the bulb, indicated by a red circle.
|-
|| Point to the objects of the main panel and left panel.
|| Likewise find the logical link between the remaining objects.
|-
|| Drag the letter dropbox to the correct red circle below the letter >> Drag the sailboat below the boat.
|| Match the letter dropbox with letter and sailboat with ship.
|-
|| Point to the '''OK''' button.
|| After pairing all the objects, click on the '''OK''' button on the left panel.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

|| A smiley face pops up on the screen if we have matched all the objects correctly.

To know more, explore the other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the Panda with puzzles icon.
|| Click on the Panda with puzzles icon.
|-
|| Point to '''Rebuild the mosaic''' activity.

Click on '''Rebuild the mosaic''' activity.
|| Let's open '''Rebuild the mosaic''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

In this activity, we have to rebuild the same pattern as given in the example.
|-
|| Point to the left corner of the screen.
|| The example is given at the top left corner of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the right side.
|| Right side of the screen has an empty set of '''mosaic''' that we have to rebuild.
|-
|| Point to the objects available in the list.
|| We can rebuild this '''mosaic''' with the help of objects given in the list below.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's start to rebuild the '''mosaic'''.
|-
|| Point to the first object in the example.

Select the same object from the list.

Click on a spot on an empty area at the same place as given in the example.
|| Look at the first object in the given example.

Then select the same object from the list.

Click on a spot on an empty area at the same place as given in the example.
|-
|| Select and put all the objects at the respective places as given in the example.
|| Likewise put each object at the same place as in the given example.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| A smiley face pops up on the screen after the completion of the level.

Check out other levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.

Scroll down >> click on the '''Redraw the given image''' activity.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Scroll down and click on '''Redraw the given image''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the two grids.

|| The activity opens.

We can see two grids that are placed side by side.
|-
|| Point to the right-side grid and left side grid.
|| We have to reproduce the given image on the left grid using the drawing tools.
|-
|| Point to the drawing tools.

Point to the eraser, red colour and orange colour palette.
|| Drawing tools are available on the left side of the screen.

You will see an eraser, red colour and orange colour palette.
|-
|| Point to the left grid.

Click on the red colour from the toolbar.

Click on the square box at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|| Let's draw the given image on the left grid.

Click on the red colour from the toolbar.

Then click on the square box at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|-
|| Point to the square box filled with red colour.

Click on the square boxes at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|| Observe that, on clicking, the square box is filled with red colour.

Similarly, click on the square boxes at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen if we have drawn it perfectly.
|-
|| Point to the second level.

Point to the colour and given image.

|| Then the second level loads on the screen.

As shown earlier, select the appropriate colours and redraw the given image.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| There are more levels in this activity with a greater difficulty rating.

Explore these levels.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt,

* Conceptual matching

* To rebuild the pattern and

* To redraw the given image
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Assignment '''
|| As an assignment,

Explore '''Hexagon''' activity available in the '''Fun game''' section

('''Dino with the ball icon''')
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial''' project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
||
Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Basic-Logic-and-Reasoning-Puzzles/English

2020-07-30T07:27:13Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual cue''' || '''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Basic Logic and Reasoning Puz..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Basic Logic and Reasoning Puzzles''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial, we will learn,

* Conceptual matching

* To rebuild the pattern and

* To redraw the given image
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,

'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS v 18.04 and

'''GCompris''' v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
|| To follow this tutorial,
Learner must be familiar with,

* Basic computer skills and

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Here I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.

Let's learn about puzzle activities.
|-
|| Click on the cat with keyboard and mouse icon.
|| Click on the cat with keyboard and mouse icon.
|-
|| Click on '''Complete the puzzle''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| In this section, click on '''Complete the puzzle''' activity.

The activity opens on the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This activity will help to develop fine motor skills.
|-
|| Point to the hint at the top of the screen.
|| At the top of the screen, there is a hint to play the activity.
|-
|| Point to the objects on the left side of the screen.

Click on the yellow arrow icon.

Point to the outlines on the right side.
|| Left panel has a set of objects.

Below the objects, an arrow icon is available to see all the objects.

Right side of the screen has an outline for the respective objects.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's start the activity.
|-
|| Point to the first object and its matching outline.

Place the mouse cursor on the first object >> click on it.

Drag the object on its respective shape.
|| Look at the first object and search for its matching outline on the right side.

Once it is found, place the mouse cursor on the first object and click on it.

Then drag the object on its respective outline.
|-
|| Drag all the objects >> Drop on their respective shapes.
|| Likewise drag all the objects and drop on their respective outlines.
|-
|| Point to '''OK''' button.

Click on '''OK''' button.
|| After matching all the objects, '''OK''' button appears on the left panel.

Click on it.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Cursor on the interface.
|| A smiley face pops up on the screen.

This indicates the completion of the level.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons to go to the sixth level.
|| Now click on the back and forth arrow icons to go to the higher levels.
|-
|| Point to the incomplete image and pieces from the left side.
|| In these levels, complete the image with the help of images from the left side.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| Explore these levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.

Point to the '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary''' tab.

|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.

This section has three tabs '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Matching Items''' activity.
|| Click on '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Matching Items''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In this activity, we have to find a logical link between the objects.
|-
|| Point to the main panel area.

Point to the bulb, postcard and ship.

|| In the main panel area, a set of objects is displayed.

They are a bulb, a postcard and a ship.
|-
|| Point to the set of objects on the left side.

Point to the table lamp, a letter dropbox and a sailboat.
|| On the left-pane, another set of objects is shown.

They are a table lamp, a letter dropbox, and a sailboat.
|-
|| Point to the objects on the left panel and main panel.
|| Each object on the left panel is related to, one of the objects in the main panel area.
|-
|| Point to the first object in the main panel area.

Point to the light bulb.

Point to the objects of the left panel.

|| Look at the first object in the main panel area.

It is a light bulb.

Now we will find the object from the left panel that matches with the light bulb.
|-
|| Point to the table lamp.
|| It is the table lamp.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the table lamp >> click on it.

Drag the table lamp to the correct red circle in the main area.
|| Place the cursor on the table lamp and click on it.

Then drag the table lamp and place it under the bulb, indicated by a red circle.
|-
|| Point to the objects of the main panel and left panel.
|| Likewise find the logical link between the remaining objects.
|-
|| Drag the letter dropbox to the correct red circle below the letter >> Drag the sailboat below the boat.
|| Match the letter dropbox with letter and sailboat with ship.
|-
|| Point to the '''OK''' button.
|| After pairing all the objects, click on the '''OK''' button on the left panel.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

|| A smiley face pops up on the screen if we have matched all the objects correctly.

To know more, explore the other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the Panda with puzzles icon.
|| Click on the Panda with puzzles icon.
|-
|| Point to '''Rebuild the mosaic''' activity.

Click on '''Rebuild the mosaic''' activity.
|| Let's open '''Rebuild the mosaic''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

In this activity, we have to rebuild the same pattern as given in the example.
|-
|| Point to the left corner of the screen.
|| The example is given at the top left corner of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the right side.
|| Right side of the screen has an empty set of mosaic that we have to rebuild.
|-
|| Point to the objects available in the list.
|| We can rebuild this '''mosaic''' with the help of objects given in the list below.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's start to rebuild the '''mosaic'''.
|-
|| Point to the first object in the example.

Select the same object from the list.

Click on a spot on an empty area at the same place as given in the example.
|| Look at the first object in the given example.

Then select the same object from the list.

Click on a spot on an empty area at the same place as given in the example.
|-
|| Select and put all the objects at the respective places as given in the example.
|| Likewise put each object at the same place as in the given example.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| A smiley face pops up on the screen after the completion of the level.

Check out other levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.

Scroll down >> click on the '''Redraw the given image''' activity.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Scroll down and click on '''Redraw the given image''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the two grids.

|| The activity opens.

We can see two grids that are placed side by side.
|-
|| Point to the right-side grid and left side grid.
|| We have to reproduce the given image on the left grid using the drawing tools.
|-
|| Point to the drawing tools.

Point to the eraser, red colour and orange colour palette.
|| Drawing tools are available on the left side of the screen.

You will see an eraser, red colour and orange colour palette.
|-
|| Point to the left grid.

Click on the red colour from the toolbar.

Click on the square box at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|| Let's draw the given image on the left grid.

Click on the red colour from the toolbar.

Then click on the square box at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|-
|| Point to the square box filled with red colour.

Click on the square boxes at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|| Observe that, on clicking, the square box is filled with red colour.

Similarly, click on the square boxes at the same position as given in the right side grid.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen if we have drawn it perfectly.
|-
|| Point to the second level.

Point to the colour and given image.

|| Then the second level loads on the screen.

As shown earlier, select the appropriate colours and redraw the given image.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| There are more levels in this activity with a greater difficulty rating.

Explore these levels.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt,

* Conceptual matching

* To rebuild the pattern and

* To redraw the given image
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Assignment '''
|| As an assignment,

Explore '''Hexagon''' activity available in the '''Fun game''' section

(Dino with the ball icon)
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the '''Spoken Tutorial''' project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
||
Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Logical-Associations-and-Categorization/English

2020-07-22T12:10:48Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual cue''' || '''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Logical Associations and Categoriz..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Logical Associations and Categorization'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn activities,
* To understand pattern differentiation

* To identify left hand and right hand

* About farm animals
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| We will also learn activities,
* To develop reasoning skill

* To Improve memory and

* To categorize elements into correct and incorrect groups
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS v 18.04 and

'''GCompris''' v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''

|| To follow this tutorial,
Learner must be familiar with,
* Basic computer skills and

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| Here, I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Click on the '''tux''' icon.

Point to the '''Logic''', '''Fine Arts''' and '''Music''' tabs.

Point to the '''Logic''' tab.
|| Let’s click on the '''tux''' icon.

This section has 3 tabs '''Logic''', '''Fine Arts''' and '''Music'''.

'''Logic''' tab opens by default.
|-
|| Click on the '''Logical associations''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets click on the '''Logical associations''' activity.

The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the two sequences of fruits.

Point to the two sequences of fruits.
|| On the screen, we can see two sequences of fruits.

Please note, sequences of fruits may differ in your case.
|-
|| Point to the second sequence.

Point to the fruits in the list.

Point to the list of fruits.
|| Notice that the second sequence is incomplete.

We have to complete the second sequence using the correct fruits.

List of fruits is given below the second sequence.
|-
|| Point to the fruits in both sequences.

Point to the Pineapple and orange.

Point to the papaya and cherry.
|| Let’s study the pattern of fruits in both sequences.

Pineapple in the first sequence is replaced by an orange in the second sequence.

Whereas papaya is replaced by cherry in the second sequence.
|-
|| Point to the question mark.

|| Now guess which fruit will come in place of the question mark.
|-
|| Point to the pineapple and orange.

Point to the orange.

Click on the orange from the list.
|| We have already seen that pineapple is replaced by an orange.

So orange is the correct fruit here.

Now click on an orange from the list.
|-
|| Point to the fruits in the first sequence.

Click on the correct fruits from the list >> complete the second sequence.
|| Similarly follow the same pattern given in the first sequence.

Then complete the arrangement of fruits in the second sequence.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen after the completion of the level.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to the '''Railroad activity'''.

Click on '''Railroad activity'''.
|| Let's move on to the '''Railroad activity'''.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the instructions.

|| The activity opens.

Instruction about how to play the activity is displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the instruction.

Click on the '''Next''' button.

|| Read the instruction.

After reading the instruction, click on the '''Next''' button.
|-
|| Point to another instruction.

Point to the instruction >> click on the '''Start''' button.
|| Another instruction is displayed on the screen.

Read the instruction and click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to the locomotive at the top of the main area.

Point to the moving locomotive.

|| The locomotive is displayed on the top row.

The locomotive moves out of screen within a short period of time.
|-
|| Point to the locomotive at the top of the main area.
|| Observe and remember the locomotive before it moves out of screen.
|-
|| Point to the list of locomotives and carriages.
|| The different kinds of locomotives and carriages are given in the rows below.
|-
|| Click on the appropriate locomotive >>
Drag it at the top of the main area.
|| Click on the appropriate locomotive and drag it to the top row.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Once it is done, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the new locomotive on the top of the main area.
|| A new locomotive loads on the top row.
|-
|| Drag the appropriate locomotive on the top of the area.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Remember and drag the appropriate locomotive and place it on the top row.

Click on the '''OK''' button to validate your answer.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Point to the train.
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon to go to the 3rd level.

A train is displayed at the top.
|-
|| Point to the train.

Select and drag the appropriate carriages and locomotive on the top.
|| Observe and remember the train before it moves out of the screen.

Select and drag the appropriate carriage and locomotive to rebuild the train.
|-
|| Point to the yellow bulb button.

Click on the hint button >> point to the displayed train.
|| Hint button is available at the bottom of the screen.

Click on the hint button to view the train again.
|-
|| Click on the hint button.
|| Again click on the hint button to hide the train and start the activity.
|-
|| Point to the wrong locomotive.

Click on the wrong locomotive >> Drag it on the lower row.

Drag the apropriate locomotive >> click on the '''Ok''' button.

|| If we add the wrong locomotive we can remove it.

Drag it and place it in its position on the lower row.

Then drag the apropriate locomotive and click on the '''Ok''' button to check the answer.
|-
|| Point to the next train on the top.

Cursor on the interface.
|| A new train is displayed at the top.

Similarly, remember and rebuild the same train.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| As we go to higher levels, the length of the train increases.

Explore these levels if desired.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the piggy icon.
Point to the '''Experiment''', '''History''' and '''GeoGraphy''' tabs.

Click on the '''Experiment''' tab.
|| Let’s click on the piggy icon.

This section has 3 tabs '''Experiment''', '''History''' and '''GeoGraphy'''.

By default '''Experiment''' tab opens.
|-
|| Click on the '''Explore farm animals''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to the farm animals.
|| Click on the '''Explore farm animals''' activity.

The activity opens.

On the screen we can see various farm animals.
|-
|| Point to the number '''⅓''' at the top right corner.

Point to the 1st level.

|| There are three levels in this game.

In the first level we are going to explore each animal on the screen.
|-
|| Click on any animal.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the animal.

We can hear the sound it makes.
|-
|| Point to the page.

Point to the information, name of the animal and image.

|| The page opens on the screen.

It displays information of the animal, its name and how they actually look like.
|-
|| Cursor on the page.

Cursor on the page.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Remember this information.

You may need to recall this information in the subsequent levels.

Close the page.
|-
|| Click on each animal >> show the page.
|| Likewise click on each animal on the screen to learn about it.
|-
|| Point to the second level.

Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Once you have learnt about all the animals, second level loads on the screen.

You will hear the sound of a farm animal in the background.

You must find which animal makes this sound.
|-
|| Point to the lips symbol.

Click on the lips symbol.

Click on the corresponding animal.

|| You will see the lips symbol on the top-right corner.

Click on the lips symbol to hear the animal sound again.

Then click on the corresponding animal.
|-
|| Click on all the animals for their corresponding sounds.
|| Likewise click on the corresponding animal after hearing the sound.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Once you have matched all the animals correctly, you will win the level.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Click on the panda with puzzles icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Lets click on the panda with puzzles icon.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Find your left and right hands''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Find your left and right hands''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the image of hand.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

Here we can see the image of the hand.
|-
|| Point to the hand.
|| We have to find whether it is left hand or right hand.
|-
|| Point to the '''Left hand''' and '''Right hand''' options.
|| Below the image of hand, two options are displayed, '''Left hand''' and '''Right hand'''.
|-
|| Point to the image of the hand.

Point to the image of the hand.

|| View the image of the displayed hand and compare it with your hands.

You will get an idea whether it is left hand or right hand.
|-
|| Point to the image of the hand.

Click on the '''Right hand''' button.
|| The displayed hand is a right hand.

So click on the '''Right hand''' button to select the answer.
|-
|| Point to the new image of hand.

Click on the correct option for the displayed hands.
|| Another image of the hand loads on the screen.

Identify right hand and left hand from different points of view.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Explore the other levels to get more familiar with left hand and right hand.

Click the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.
|-
|| Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Categorization''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| In this section, click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Let’s click on the '''Categorization''' activity.

The activity opens.
|-
|| Scroll down >> point to the different sets.

|| Here we can see different sets of images under different headings.
'''Alphabets''', '''Animals''', '''Birds''' etc.
|-
|| Click on the '''Animals''' set.

Point to the instruction.
|| Let’s click on the '''Animals''' heading.

Read the instructions given at the top of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the right side and left side.

Point to the list at the middle of the screen.
|| Here we have to place animals to the right side and other objects to the left.

Images of animals and other objects are displayed in the middle of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the number '''0/12''' at the top right corner.
|| The number '''0/12''' at the top right corner indicates the score.
|-
|| Point to the animal image.

Click on the animal >> drag to the right side.
|| In the list, we can see that the first image is of an animal.

Click on the animal and drag to the right side.
|-
|| Point to the other object image.

Click on it >> drag to the left side.
|| The second image is of the other object.

Hence click on it and drag to the left side.
|-
|| Drag and drop the elements into correct and incorrect groups.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Drag and drop the elements into correct and incorrect groups.

Once all the categorization is done then click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| There are more levels in this activity with a greater difficulty rating.

Explore these levels.

Click on the '''home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the screen.
Cursor on the '''Configuration''' page.

Point to the three options.

|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the screen.

A '''Configuration''' page opens.

Here we have three options to change the categorization.
|-
|| Point to '''Put together all the elements from a category (with score)''' option.

Click on '''Discover a category, grouping elements together''' option.

Click on the red cross icon.
|| By default '''Put together all the elements from a category (with score)''' option is selected.

I will select the '''Discover a category, grouping elements together''' option.

Close the configuration page.
|-
|| Point to the '''I am Ready''' message.

Click on '''I am Ready''' message.

|| A message '''I am Ready''' is displayed on the screen.

Click on this message to start the activity.
|-
|| Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.

Point to the right side and left side.

|| Read the instructions given at the top of the screen.

Categorise the majority category images to the right and others to the left.
|-
|| Point to the flowers in the list.

Point to the flowers and other images.
|| Here the majority category is flowers.

So place the flowers images to the right side and other images to the left.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.

Scroll down << show all the sets.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to go to the home page.

Explore the other sets under different headings in this activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt,
* To understand pattern differentiation

* To identify left hand and right hand

* About farm animals
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| We have also learnt,
* To develop reasoning skill

* To Improve memory

* To categorize elements into correct and incorrect groups
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Explore '''Programming Maze''' activity available in the '''fun game''' section

('''Dino with the ball icon''')

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''

|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project'''team: conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''
'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
||
Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Identify-Colours/English

2020-07-17T12:05:15Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
||'''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Identify Colours'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial, we will learn activities to,
* Recognize common colours

* Recognize advanced colours

* Mix primary colours of paint to match to the given colour
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
||
* Mix primary colours of light to match to the given colour

* Distinguish between different colours
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
||To record this tutorial, I am using,

'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS v 18.04

'''GCompris''' v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
||To follow this tutorial, Learner must be familiar with,
* Basic computer skills

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| Here, I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In this tutorial, we will demonstrate the activities about colours.
|-
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.
|-
|| Point to the '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Colors''' activity.
|| This section has three tabs: '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary'''.

Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Colors''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity page opens.
|-
|| Point to the ducks.

Point to the ducks.

Cursor on the interface.
|| We can see the dancing ducks of different colours on the screen.

The colours may be different in your case.

We heard a voice to click on the red colour duck.
|-
|| Point to the instruction.

Place the cursor on the red colour duck >> click on it.
|| Instruction to click on the red duck is also given at the top of the screen.

Place the cursor on the red colour duck and click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the lips symbol.

Click on the lips symbol.

Click on the yellow colour duck.
|| Now we heard a voice to click on the yellow colour duck.

The lips symbol is available at the bottom right corner of the screen.

Click on the lips symbol to listen to the colour again.

Then click on the yellow colour duck.
|-
|| Click on the ducks according to their colour.
|| Similarly, listen to the colour and click on the matching ducks.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| To know more, explore the other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Advanced colors''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Advanced colors''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the dancing butterflies.

Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.

Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.
|| On the screen, we can see the dancing butterflies of different colours.

Message at the top indicates to find the '''claret''' butterfly.

The colour indicated may be different in your case.
|-
|| Place the cursor over the '''claret''' butterfly >> click on it.
|| Find the '''claret''' butterfly and click on it.
|-
|| Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.
|| Then the next instruction to find the '''coral''' butterfly is displayed.
|-
|| Click on the butterflies according to their correct colour.
|| Likewise read the instruction and click on the butterfly of the correct colour.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| There are more levels to explore in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Now we are familiar with colours.

We will learn how to mix the colours to create new colours.
|-
|| Click on the piggy icon.

Point to the '''Experiment''' tab.

Scroll down >> click on the '''Mixing color of paint''' activity.
|| Let’s click on the piggy icon.

'''Experiment''' tab opens by default.

Scroll down and click on the '''Mixing color of paint''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| This activity deals with mixing of primary colours of paint to create a new colour.
|-
|| Click on the '''help''' icon.

Cursor on the page.

Scroll down the page.

Show the information available on the page.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the '''help''' icon.

A page opens.

Read the information given here.

It elaborately explains to you how to do this activity.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the magenta, yellow and cyan colour tubes.

Point to the '''plus''' and '''minus''' buttons on each tube.

Click on the '''Plus''' button of the magenta tube.

Click on the '''Minus''' button of the magenta tube.
|| We can see the three colour tubes namely magenta, yellow and cyan.

On each tube, '''plus''' and '''minus''' buttons are indicated.

'''Plus''' button is used to add the colour.

'''Minus''' button is used to remove the colour.
|-
|| Point to the message and the colour given at the top of the screen.

Point to the colour.

|| Look at the message and the colour given at the top of the screen.

The colour may be different in your case.
|-
|| Point to the black colour and three tubes.
|| Here it indicates to create black colour using the colours given in 3 tubes.
|-
|| Point to the black colour.
|| Let's try creating black colour.
|-
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the magenta tube.

Point to the magenta colour added in the circle.
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the magenta tube.

Note that now the magenta colour is added in the circle.
|-
|| Next click on the '''plus''' button of the yellow tube.

Point to the red colour.

Then click on '''plus''' button of the cyan tube.
|| Next click on the '''plus''' button of the yellow tube.

Now the colour becomes red.

Then click on the '''plus''' button of the cyan tube.
|-
|| Point to the black circle and the black colour at the top of the screen.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Now compare this colour with the given colour.

It matches with the given colour.

Once it is done, click on the '''OK''' button on the right side of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the new colour at the top of the screen.

Point to the green colour.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Then the next colour loads on the top of the screen.

It is a green colour.

If we don't know how to create green colour then click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the message at the top of the screen.

Point to the message.

Click on the '''plus''' button of the yellow and cyan tube.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| The message will display at the top of the screen.

It gives an idea about the colours that are required to create green colour.

Accordingly, add the colours.

Once matched with the given colour, then click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| Likewise add the primary colours in definite proportions to create given colour.

Explore the other levels in this activity to learn new colour combinations.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Mixing colors of light''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

Text on the screen.

|| Click on the '''Mixing colors of light''' activity.

The activity opens.

This activity deals with mixing primary colours of light.
|-
|| Click on the''' help''' icon.

Scroll down the page and show the information about colours.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the '''help''' icon.

Read the information given here.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the red, green and blue colour torches.

Point to the red, green and blue colour torches.

|| On the screen we can see red, green and blue coloured torches.

These colours are the primary colours of the light.

These primary colours are different from that of the paint activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''plus''' button of red, green and blue torches.

Click on the '''minus''' button of the red, green and blue torches.
|| This activity is just the opposite of mixing colour with paints.

Here if we add more light, the resultant colour will be lighter in shade.

Click on the '''minus''' button of the red, green and blue torches to remove the light.
|-
|| Point to the colour given at the top of the screen.

Point to the yellow colour.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Look at the colour given at the top of the screen.

Here yellow colour is shown.

Let’s try creating yellow colour light.
|-
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the Red torch and yellow torch.

Point to the pink colour.
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the Red torch and blue torch.

We observe that the resultant colour is not yellow but pink.
|-
|| Click on the '''minus''' button on the blue torch.

Click on the '''plus''' button of the green torch.

Point to the yellow colour.
|| Now click on the '''minus''' button on the blue torch to remove blue colour.

Let us try adding green colour to red colour.

Now, this resultant colour is yellow.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button on the right side of the screen.

Point to the new colour displayed at the top of the screen.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Click on the '''OK''' button on the right side of the screen.

Next colour loads on the top of the screen.

Likewise, mix the appropriate coloured light to match with the given colour.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity for more interesting learning.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the tux icon.

Point to the three tabs.

Point to the '''Logic''' tab.

Click on the '''Graph Coloring''' activity.
|| Let’s click on the tux icon on the main menu bar.

This section has three tabs.

By default, the '''Logic''' tab opens.

Click on the '''Graph Coloring''' activity.
|-
| | Point to the graph.

Point to the white coloured circles.

Point to the node.

Show the coloured shapes.

|| The activity opens with a graph.

We can see the white coloured circles at the intersection of the graph.

These are the nodes of the graph.

On the left side of the graph, coloured shapes are available.
|-
|| Point to the adjacent nodes.
|| We have to colour the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon available at the bottom of the screen.

Point to the '''Configuration''' page.
|| Let’s modify a few settings using the '''configuration''' tool.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon available at the bottom of the screen.

A '''Configuration''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the '''Select your mode '''option.

Click on the button.

Point to the two options.

Click on the '''Colors''' option from the list.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Here we have '''Select your mode''' option.

Click on the button.

Two options are displayed here.

I will select '''Colors''' option from the list.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the colours on the left side of the screen.
|| Now the colours are displayed instead of shapes on the left side of the graph.
|-
|| Click on the first node.

Point to the four options.

Click on the blue colour.

Point to the first node.
|| Let’s click on the first node.

Four options of the colours are displayed.

I will click on the blue colour.

Observe that the first node becomes blue.
|-
|| Click on the second node.

Click on the blue colour >> Point to the red line.

Point to the two adjacent nodes.

|| Then click on the second node.

If we select the same colour the line joining the two nodes turns red.

It indicates that they are adjacent nodes.
|-
|| Click on the second node.
Click on the green colour from the given options.
|| Click on the second node again.

This time I will select the green colour from the given options.
|-
|| Click on the remaining nodes and select the appropriate colour.
|| Similarly, check the nodes if they are adjacent and colour the nodes.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.

Click on the back and forth arrow icons.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| At higher levels, we can see the complicated graphs.

Explore these levels if desired.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt to,
* Recognize common colours

* Recognize advanced colours

* Mix primary colours of paint to match to the given colour
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
||
* Mix primary colours of light to match to the given colour

* Distinguish between different colors
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
||As an assignment,

Explore '''A simple drawing activity''' available in the '''Fun game''' section

(Dino with the ball icon)
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
||The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project

Please download and watch it
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops and gives certificates. For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
||Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
||Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
||This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Identify-Colours/English

2020-07-17T11:53:20Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual Cue''' || '''Narration''' |- ||'''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Identify Colours'''. |- || '''Slid..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
||'''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Identify Colours'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn activities to,
* Recognize common colours

* Recognize advanced colours

* Mix primary colours of paint to match to the given colour
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
||
* Mix primary colours of light to match to the given colour

* Distinguish between different colours
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
||To record this tutorial, I am using,

'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS v 18.04

'''GCompris''' v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
||To follow this tutorial, Learner must be familiar with,
* Basic computer skills

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| Here, I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In this tutorial we will demonstrate the activities about colours.
|-
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.
|| Click on the cow with an ABC icon.
|-
|| Point to the '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Colors''' activity.
|| This section has three tabs: '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary'''.

Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Click on the '''Colors''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity page opens.
|-
|| Point to the ducks.

Point to the ducks.

Cursor on the interface.
|| We can see the dancing ducks of different colours on the screen.

The colours may be different in your case.

We heard a voice to click on the red colour duck.
|-
|| Point to the instruction.

Place the cursor on the red colour duck >> click on it.
|| Instruction to click on the red duck is also given at the top of the screen.

Place the cursor on the red colour duck and click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the lips symbol.

Click on the lips symbol.

Click on the yellow colour duck.
|| Now we heard a voice to click on the yellow colour duck.

The lips symbol is available at the bottom right corner of the screen.

Click on the lips symbol to listen to the colour again.

Then click on the yellow colour duck.
|-
|| Click on the ducks according to their colour.
|| Similarly, listen to the colour and click on the matching ducks.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| To know more, explore the other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Advanced colors''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Advanced colors''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the dancing butterflies.

Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.

Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.
|| On the screen we can see the dancing butterflies of different colors.

Message at the top indicates to find the '''claret''' butterfly.

The colour indicated may be different in your case.
|-
|| Place the cursor over the '''claret''' butterfly >> click on it.
|| Find the '''claret''' butterfly and click on it.
|-
|| Point to the instruction at the top of the screen.
|| Then the next instruction to find the '''coral''' butterfly is displayed.
|-
|| Click on the butterflies according to their correct colour.
|| Likewise read the instruction and click on the butterfly of the correct colour.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| There are more levels to explore in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Now we are familiar with colours.

We will learn how to mix the colours to create new colours.
|-
|| Click on the piggy icon.

Point to the '''Experiment''' tab.

Scroll down >> click on the '''Mixing color of paint''' activity.
|| Let’s click on the piggy icon.

'''Experiment''' tab opens by default.

Scroll down and click on the '''Mixing color of paint''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| This activity deals with mixing of primary colours of paint to create a new colour.
|-
|| Click on the '''help''' icon.

Cursor on the page.

Scroll down the page.

Show the information available on the page.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the '''help''' icon.

A page opens.

Read the information given here.

It elaborately explains to you how to do this activity.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the magenta, yellow and cyan colour tubes.

Point to the '''plus''' and '''minus''' buttons on each tube.

Click on the '''Plus''' button of the magenta tube.

Click on the '''Minus''' button of the magenta tube.
|| We can see the three colour tubes namely magenta, yellow and cyan.

On each tube, '''plus''' and '''minus''' buttons are indicated.

'''Plus''' button is used to add the colour.

'''Minus''' button is used to remove the colour.
|-
|| Point to the message and the colour given at the top of the screen.

Point to the colour.

|| Look at the message and the colour given at the top of the screen.

The colour may be different in your case.
|-
|| Point to the black colour and three tubes.
|| Here it indicates to create black colour using the colours given in 3 tubes.
|-
|| Point to the black colour.
|| Let's try creating black colour.
|-
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the magenta tube.

Point to the magenta colour added in the circle.
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the magenta tube.

Note that now the magenta colour is added in the circle.
|-
|| Next click on the '''plus''' button of the yellow tube.

Point to the red colour.

Then click on '''plus''' button of the cyan tube.
|| Next click on the '''plus''' button of the yellow tube.

Now the colour becomes red.

Then click on the '''plus''' button of the cyan tube.
|-
|| Point to the black circle and the black colour at the top of the screen.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Now compare this colour with the given colour.

It matches with the given colour.

Once it is done, click on the '''OK''' button on the right side of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the new colour at the top of the screen.

Point to the green colour.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Then the next colour loads on the top of the screen.

It is a green colour.

If we don't know how to create green colour then click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the message at the top of the screen.

Point to the message.

Click on the '''plus''' button of the yellow and cyan tube.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| The message will display at the top of the screen.

It gives an idea about the colours that are required to create green colour.

Accordingly, add the colours.

Once matched with the given colour, then click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| Likewise add the primary colours in definite proportions to create given colour.

Explore the other levels in this activity to learn new colour combinations.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Mixing colors of light''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

Text on the screen.

|| Click on the '''Mixing colors of light''' activity.

The activity opens.

This activity deals with mixing primary colors of light.
|-
|| Click on the''' help''' icon.

Scroll down the page and show the information about colours.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the '''help''' icon.

Read the information given here.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the red, green and blue colour torches.

Point to the red, green and blue colour torches.

|| On the screen we can see red, green and blue coloured torches.

These colours are the primary colours of the light.

These primary colours are different from that of the paint activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''plus''' button of red, green and blue torches.

Click on the '''minus''' button of the red, green and blue torches.
|| This activity is just the opposite of mixing colour with paints.

Here if we add more light, the resultant colour will be lighter in shade.

Click on the '''minus''' button of the red, green and blue torches to remove the light.
|-
|| Point to the colour given at the top of the screen.

Point to the yellow colour.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Look at the colour given at the top of the screen.

Here yellow colour is shown.

Let’s try creating yellow colour light.
|-
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the Red torch and yellow torch.

Point to the pink colour.
|| Click on the '''plus''' button of the Red torch and blue torch.

We observe that the resultant color is not yellow but pink.
|-
|| Click on the '''minus''' button on the blue torch.

Click on the plus button of the green torch.

Point to the yellow colour.
|| Now click on the '''minus''' button on the blue torch to remove blue colour.

Let us try adding green colour to red colour.

Now, this resultant colour is yellow.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button on the right side of the screen.

Point to the new colour displayed at the top of the screen.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Click on the '''OK''' button on the right side of the screen.

Next colour loads on the top of the screen.

Likewise, mix the appropriate coloured light to match with the given colour.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity for more interesting learning.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the tux icon.

Point to the three tabs.

Point to the '''Logic''' tab.

Click on the '''Graph Coloring''' activity.
|| Let’s click on the tux icon on the main menu bar.

This section has three tabs.

By default, the '''Logic''' tab opens.

Click on the '''Graph Coloring''' activity.
|-
| | Point to the graph.

Point to the white coloured circles.

Point to the node.

Show the coloured shapes.

|| The activity opens with a graph.

We can see the white coloured circles at the intersection of the graph.

These are the nodes of the graph.

On the left side of the graph, coloured shapes are available.
|-
|| Point to the adjacent nodes.
|| We have to colour the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same colour.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the tool box icon available at the bottom of the screen.

Point to the '''Configuration''' page.
|| Let’s modify a few settings using the '''configuration''' tool.

Click on the tool box icon available at the bottom of the screen.

A '''Configuration''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the '''Select your mode '''option.

Click on the button.

Point to the two options.

Click on the '''Colors''' option from the list.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Here we have '''Select your mode''' option.

Click on the button.

Two options are displayed here.

I will select '''Colors''' option from the list.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the colours on the left side of the screen.
|| Now the colours are displayed instead of shapes on the left side of the graph.
|-
|| Click on the first node.

Point to the four options.

Click on the blue colour.

Point to the first node.
|| Let’s click on the first node.

Four options of the colours are displayed.

I will click on the blue colour.

Observe that the first node becomes blue.
|-
|| Click on the second node.

Click on the blue colour >> Point to the red line.

Point to the two adjacent nodes.

|| Then click on the second node.

If we select the same colour the line joining the two nodes turns red.

It indicates that they are adjacent nodes.
|-
|| Click on the second node.
Click on the green colour from the given options.
|| Click on the second node again.

This time I will select the green colour from the given options.
|-
|| Click on the remaining nodes and select the appropriate colour.
|| Similarly, check the nodes if they are adjacent and colour the nodes.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.

Click on the back and forth arrow icons.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| At higher levels, we can see the complicated graphs.

Explore these levels if desired.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt to,
* Recognize common colours

* Recognize advanced colours

* Mix primary colours of paint to match to the given colour
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
||
* Mix primary colours of light to match to the given colour

* Distinguish between different colors
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
||As an assignment,

Explore '''A simple drawing activity''' available in the '''Fun game''' section

(Dino with the ball icon)
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
||The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project

Please download and watch it
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops andgives certificates. For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
||Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
||Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
||This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Addition-and-Subtraction-of-Numbers/English

2020-06-30T13:10:08Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual Cue''' || '''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Addition and Subtraction of..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Addition and Subtraction of Numbers'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| In this tutorial, we will learn,
*To count the items

*Addition of numbers

*Subtraction of numbers

*Arithmetic expressions showing addition and subtraction
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
||
*To count the money

* To practise addition and subtraction with a memory game
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS v 18.04

'''GCompris''' v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''

|| To follow this tutorial learner must be familiar with,
* Basic computer skills

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''toolbox''' icon >> Point to the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

Click on the red cross icon of the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Here I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.

Open the '''configuration''' page and check if the '''Virtual Keyboard''' is enabled.

If this option is disabled then enable it by clicking on the red cross icon.

Close the '''configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Let’s click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|-
|| Point to all activities.

Point to '''Numeration''', '''Arithmetic''' and '''Measures''' tab.
|| Activities related to the numbers are displayed on the interface.

Activities are grouped under 3 different headings '''Numeration''', '''Arithmetic''' and '''Measures'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Count the items''' activity.
|| Under the '''Numeration''' tab, click on '''Count the items''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the orange fruit.

Point to the orange fruit.
|| On the screen, we can see oranges.

Please note, the fruit may be different in your case.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In this level, we have to count the number of oranges available on the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
Drag the oranges one by one >> place them in one row.
|| To count them, organize the oranges in a row.

Drag the oranges one by one and place them in one row.
|-
|| Count the total number of oranges present in a row.

Point to the 4 oranges.
|| Count the total number of oranges.

There are 4 oranges.
|-
|| Click on the number 4 from the number keyboard at the bottom of the screen.

Point to the number 4 in the orange box.
|| Click on number 4 from the number keyboard at the bottom of the screen.

Notice that number 4 is indicated in the orange box.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen if we have done it correctly.
|-
|| Point to the 2nd level.

Point to the fruits on the screen.

|| The next level loads on the screen.

Here, two varieties of fruits are displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the apples and grapes.

Count and enter the correct number of apples and grapes.
|| As shown previously, organize the apples and grapes in separate rows.

Count and enter the correct number of apples and grapes.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| As you go to the higher levels, the number of items increases.

Explore these levels to improve the counting skills.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''Arithmetic''' tab.

Point to all the activities.
Click on '''The magician hat''' activity with plus sign.
|| Let's move on to the activity of addition.

Click on the '''Arithmetic''' tab.

Activities related to the arithmetic are displayed here.

Click on '''The magician hat''' activity with plus sign.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the hat.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

Here we can see the hat on the left side of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the yellow stars on the right side of the screen.

Point to the plus sign.

Point to the hat.
|| On the right side, we can see the yellow colour stars.

The plus sign indicates addition.

In this activity, we have to count the number of stars under the hat.
|-
|| Click on the hat to open it.
|| Click on the hat to open it.
|-
|| Point to the moving stars.
|| Observe the moving stars inside the hat.
|-
|| Point to the two rows of stars.

Point to the two rows of stars.

Count the total number of stars in two rows.
|| There are two rows of stars.

These stars are equal to the number of stars under the hat.

We have to count the total number of stars in both the rows.
|-
|| Point to the stars.

Click on the 9 boxes which are highlighted in blue.
|| Here the total is 9.

So click on the 9 boxes which are highlighted in blue to input your answer.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Click on the '''OK''' button to validate your answer.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face indicates that we have done the addition correctly.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Practice addition with a target game''' activity.
|| Let’s click on '''Practice addition with a target game''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the target and dart.

|| The activity opens.

In this activity, we have to hit the target with the darts and count the score.
|-
|| Point to the plus symbol.

Click on the plus symbol.
|| Plus symbol indicates the target.

Click on the plus symbol to launch a dart on the target.
|-
|| Click a few times on various sections on the board.

Point to the arithmetic expression.

Point to the arithmetic expression.
|| Click a few times on various sections on the board.

An arithmetic expression is displayed at the top which indicates the score.

Add all the numbers given in the expression.
|-
|| Point to the number 6.
|| The score is 6.
|-
|| Click on the number 6 from the number keyboard at the bottom.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Then click on the number 6 from the number keyboard at the bottom.

You may also enter your score on the '''qwerty''' keyboard of your system.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons to go to the next level.

Explore the other levels in this activity to practice more examples of addition.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Gnumch equality''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to the table and arithmetic expressions.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Gnumch equality''' activity.

The activity opens.

Here we can see a table having different arithmetic expressions.
|-
|| Point to the message '''Equal to 6'''.

Point to the expressions and number 6.
|| The message '''Equal to 6''' is displayed below the table.

We have to guide the '''number muncher''' to find the expressions which are equal to 6.
|-
|| Point to the first expression in the table.

Point to the message '''Equal to 6'''.

Press the spacebar of the keyboard.

Point to the swallowed expression.

|| Look at the first expression in the table.

It is equal to number 6.

Press the spacebar on the keyboard.

We can see that the expression is being swallowed by '''Gnumch'''.
|-
|| Press the arrow key of the keyboard >> point to the next expression.
|| Press the arrow key of the keyboard to go to the next expression.
|-
|| Check the other expression in the table >> click on them.
|| Likewise check the other expression in the table and click on them.
|-
|| Select the wrong number >> point to the error.
|| The error message will be displayed on the screen if we click on the wrong expression.
|-
|| Press the enter key on the Keyboard >> click on all the equations which are equal to number 6.
|| Press enter key on the keyboard or click on this message to continue.
|-
|| Point to the new number at the bottom of the screen.
|| After completing this level, a new number is displayed at the bottom of the screen.
|-
|| Point to the '''troggle'''.

Point to the error message.

Click on the error message.

Click on the error message >> Cursor on the first level.
|| Here we have to be very careful with the '''troggle'''.

If we strike with the '''troggle''', a message appears.

Click on this message to continue.

If we strike with the '''troggle''' again then it will take you to the first level.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Explore this level.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Now we will check the activities for learning subtraction.
|-
|| Click on the '''Numeration''' tab.
|| Click on the '''Numeration''' tab.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Practice subtraction with a fun game''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Practice subtraction with a fun game''' activity.
|-
|| Point to '''tux'''.

Point to the fish.
|| Here we can see '''tux''' who is hungry.

We have to help him to catch the fish.
|-
|| Point to the ice tiles.

Point to the '''tux''' and fish.

Subtract 1 from 3.
Point to the ice tiles between '''tux''' and fish.
|| To do so count the number of ice tiles '''tux''' has to cross to catch the fish.

Here '''tux''' is standing on the first tile whereas fish is on the 3rd tile.

Thus subtract 1 from 3.

Therefore two ice tiles are present between '''tux''' and the fish.
|-
|| Click on the domino two times.

Point to the two dots on the domino.

Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| Then click twice on the domino.

These two dots represent the number of tiles between '''tux''' and the fish.

Click on '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of ice tiles between '''tux''' and the fish.
|| Likewise count and enter the correct number of ice tiles between '''tux''' and the fish.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Explore other levels in this activity for more interesting learning.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Measures''' tab.

Point to the activities.
|| Let’s click on the '''Measures''' tab at the top right corner.

Activities related to the measurements are displayed here.
|-
|| Click on the '''Money''' activity.
|| Click on the '''Money''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens.

This activity will help the learner how to pay with coins or paper currency.
|-
|| Point to the object.

Point to the price.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can see the object.

The price of the object is displayed below the object.

To buy this object we have to pay the exact money.
|-
|| Point to the list of money at the bottom of the screen.

Point to the 5 rupees and 1 rupees , 2 rupees coins.
|| Money in various denominations is given at the bottom of the screen.

Here we have 5 rupees Paper currency and coins of 1 and 2 rupees.
|-
|| Point to the coins or paper currency at the bottom of the screen to pay the 7 rupees.

Click on one 5 rupees paper currency and one 2 rupees and 1 rupee coin.

|| Click on the coins or paper currency to pay the 7 rupees.

I will click on one 5 rupees paper currency and a 2 rupee coin.
|-
|| Click on the extra coin or paper note.

Click on that note or coin on the upper screen area.
|| If an extra coin or paper currency is added mistakenly then we can remove it.

Click on it to delete it from the box.
|-
|| Point to the next level.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.
|| After the completion of this level, the next level loads on the screen.

At higher levels, more items are displayed.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| First calculate the total price of displayed objects, then pay the exact money.

Explore these levels.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Arithmetic''' tab.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''Addition and subtraction memory game'''.
|| Lets click on the '''Arithmetic''' tab.

Now we are all familiar with both addition and subtraction.

Let's practise these with '''Addition and subtraction memory game'''.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on the '''Addition and subtraction memory game'''.

Point to the set of blank cards.

Click on the cards.

Click on the other cards.
|| Scroll down and click on the '''Addition and subtraction memory game'''.

Here we can see a set of cards facing the other side.

Half of the cards have addition or subtraction equations on the other side.

The other half have outputs for those corresponding equations.
|-
|| Click on the card.

Click on the other card.
|| Now click on the card to see the equation or the output.

Then click on any other card.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.
|| You can only turn two cards at a time.

You need to remember where the equations and their outputs are hidden.
|-
|| Point to the disappeared card.
|| The matching pair of cards disappears.
|-
|| Click on the remaining cards.

Click on the remaining cards.

|| Likewise click on the remaining cards to pair them.

Once all the cards disappear, you will win this level.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial, we have learnt,
*To count the items
*Addition of numbers
*Subtraction of numbers
*Arithmetic expressions showing addition and subtraction
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
||
* To count the money

* To practise addition and subtraction with a memory game.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities,

1)Addition of numbers

2)Subtraction of numbers

3)Gnumch inequality

4)Memory game with images
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''

|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''

|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team: conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.

* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

* Explain your question briefly.

* Someone from our team will answer them.
||
Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Identify-Words-and-Letters/English

2020-06-30T10:27:36Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual Cue''' || '''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Identify words and letters''' in ''..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Identify words and letters''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn, about activities in '''GCompris''' to,
* Read and write simple words

* Identify the words

* Learn sets of words grouped under different headings

* Learn pronunciation of letters and words in different languages of the world
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS v 18.04

'''GCompris''' v 0.97

A working '''Internet''' connection
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''

|| To follow this tutorial learner must be familiar with,
* Basic computer skills

* '''GCompris''' interface

For the prerequisite tutorials please visit this website.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.

Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.

|| Here I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.

In this tutorial, we will demonstrate the activities to learn words.
|-
|| Click on '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the interface.

Click on the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the interface.

Let’s enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option if it is disabled.

Close the '''configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the cow with an '''ABC''' icon.

Click on the '''Words''' tab.
|| Let’s click on the cow with an '''ABC''' icon.

In this section, click on the '''Words''' tab.
|-
|| Point to the activities.

Click on the '''Falling Words''' activity.
|| Activities related to learn the words are displayed.

Let’s click on the '''Falling Words''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the falling words.

Point to the '''virtual keyboard'''.

Image of the '''qwerty keyboard'''.

|| Here we can see the falling words.

We have to type the complete word before it reaches the ground.

Type the word using '''virtual keyboard'''.

For typing, you may use a '''qwerty keyboard''' as well.
|-
| | Point to '''tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|| Let’s modify a few settings using the '''configuration''' page.

For this, click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom right corner.
|-
| | Point to '''Select your locale''' option.

Click on '''Select your locale''' button.

Click on '''UK English'''.

Close the '''configuration''' page and show the arrow pointing down.
|| Here we have the option to select the language as required.

Click on the '''Select your locale''' button.

From the options I will select '''UK English'''.

Wait until it downloads the language package, if you are using it for the first time.
|-
|| Point to the '''Uppercase only mode''' option.

Point to the '''Uppercase only mode''' option.

Click on the green tick mark icon.

Point to the '''Uppercase only mode''' option.
|| Next, there is a setting to change the case of the falling words.

By default the case of the falling words is '''uppercase only mode'''.

Click on the green tick mark icon to disable the '''uppercase'''.

This will change the case of the falling words to '''lowercase'''.
|-
|| Point to the '''Speed''' slider.

Drag the '''Speed''' slider towards the left side.

Point to the '''Speed''' option.
|| We can change the speed of the falling words with the help of a '''speed''' slider.

Drag the '''Speed''' slider towards the left side.

This will decrease the speed of the falling words.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Type the word on the '''virtual keyboard'''.

Point to the disappeared word.
|| Now type the word that is shown on the screen, before it reaches the ground.

As we type, we can hear the pronunciation of the letters in the word.

After typing the complete word, the word disappears.
|-
|| Point to the number '''2/15''' at the right side.

Point to the number '''2'''.

Point to the number '''15'''.
|| We can see the number '''2/15''' on the right side of the screen.

'''2''' indicates the number of words that we have typed.

'''15''' indicates the number of words that we have to type to win this level.
|-
|| Type the other falling words.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Likewise type the other falling words before they reach the ground.

In this activity we will learn the correct pronunciation of the letters.
|-
|| Point to the 2nd level.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| After completing this level, the next level automatically loads on the screen.

As you go to the higher levels, letters in each word increases.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Click on '''Missing Letter''' activity.

Point to the image.
|| Scroll up and click on '''Missing Letter''' activity.

The activity opens with the image in the main area.
|-
|| Point to the incomplete word.

Point to the incomplete word and image.
|| A word with a missing letter is displayed below the image.

This word is related to the given image.
|-
|| Point to the list of letters.
|| Left panel has a list of letters.
|-
|| Point to the letters in the left panel.
|| Select the appropriate letter from the left panel to complete the word.
|-
|| Point to the image and incomplete word.

|| Look at the image and identify the given word.

Sometimes you will hear the audio clue for the word.
|-
|| Now place the cursor over the correct letter >> click on it.

Point to the letter in the word.

Point to the complete word.
|| Place the cursor on the desired letter and click on it.

The letter is added to the word.

Now the word is complete.
|-
|| Point to the image and word.

Click on the letter from the left panel.

Point to the numbers at the top right corner.
|| The next image with a missing letter loads on the screen.

Select the appropriate letter to complete the word.

Complete the level by selecting letters in all the remaining words.
|-
| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| Explore the other levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

Scroll down and show all the activities.

Click on '''Enrich your vocabulary''' activity.
|| Let’s click on the '''Vocabulary''' tab.

In this section all the activities related to '''vocabulary''' learning are listed.

Click on '''Enrich your vocabulary''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Scroll down >> Point to a different set of words.

Click on the '''action''' heading.

Cursor on the interface.
|| The activity opens on the interface.

Here we see the words grouped under different headings like '''action''', '''adjective''', '''color''', '''number''' etc.

I will click on the '''action''' heading.

Words used to describe '''action''' are grouped in this section.
|-
|| Click on the lips symbol.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

|| Click on the lips symbol to hear the action word that describes the image.

You can hear the pronunciation of these words in other languages also.

For this, click on the '''home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Point to the languages.

Click on the '''Hindi'''.

Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| As seen earlier, change the language setting in the '''configuration''' menu.

Choose the language of your choice.

I am choosing '''Hindi'''.

Close the '''configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Click on the red cross icon.
|| If the chosen language is not configured, a message appears.

Click on the red cross icon to close the message.
|-
|| Click on the '''toolbox''' icon >> click on the '''Select your locale''' button.

Click on the '''American English''' option.

Click on the red cross icon.
|| Again open the '''configuration''' page and select the other language.

I will select '''American English'''.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Click on the '''transport''' set.
|| Scroll down and click on the '''transport''' set.
|-
|| Point to the text and image.

Click on the lips symbol.

|| Here a '''raft''' is shown with a text and an image.

Click on the lips symbol to hear the pronunciation of the given image .
|-
|| Click on the arrow icon.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to the number at the bottom left corner.
|| Click on the arrow icon to view the next image.

There are 12 transport related images in this section.

The number is shown on the bottom left corner.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the image of transport.

Point to the list on the right side.

|| Once you complete the level, you are suggested to do an exercise.

An image is shown on the left side of the screen.

On the right side we have a list of images and words.
|-
|| Click on the respective word from the list.
|| Click on the correct option from the list.
|-
|| Point to the next image of transport.

Click on the matching image from the list.

Point to the new exercise.

|| Then the next image loads on the left side.

Click on the matching image from the list on the right side.

Once you complete this exercise, the next exercise loads on the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

|| You can not go to the next exercise, until you finish the current exercise.

Click on the '''home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Point to the different set of words.

Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Check out the other sets of words under different headings in this activity.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt,
* To read and write simple words

* To identify the words

* Sets of words grouped under different headings

* Pronunciation of letters and words in different languages of the world
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Please do the higher levels of the activities demonstrated in this tutorial
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops and gives certificates.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
||
Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Introduction-to-GCompris/English

2020-06-29T10:37:21Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
||'''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
||Welcome to the Spoken Tutorial on '''Introduction to GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn,
*About '''GCompris''' interface and menus
* Configure the settings and
* Customize the activities
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

'''Ubuntu Linux''' OS v 18.04

'''GCompris''' v 0.97 and

A working '''Internet''' connection
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Link to Download GCompris'''

Point to '''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
| |Please use the given link to download the '''GCompris application'''.

[https://gcompris.net/index-en.html https://gcompris.net/index-en.html]
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''About GCompris'''
|| About '''GCompris'''

The interface is designed for easy use by small children

Computer with a mouse is essential for learning '''GCompris'''

You can also use other pointing devices such as '''Joystick''', '''Touchpad''', '''Stylus pen''' etc.

For more information use the given link

https://gcompris.net/wiki/Manual
|-
|| Point to '''Downloads''' folder.

Double-click on '''gcompris-qt-0.97-Linux''' folder.
|| To open '''GCompris''', go to the '''Downloads folder'''.

Double-click on '''gcompris installer folder''' for '''Linux'''.
|-
|| Double click on '''bin''' folder.
|| Then double click on '''bin folder''' to open it.
|-
|| In this folder, right click >> select '''Open in Terminal''' option.
|| In this folder, right click and select '''Open in Terminal''' option.
|-
|| At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| At the '''prompt''' type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
||'''GCompris''' graphic interface opens with a background music.
|-
|| Point to the '''control bar'''.

Point to the four icons.
|| Background music can be disabled using '''control bar''' at the bottom.

The control bar has the following icons.

'''Quit''' ,

'''About GCompris''' ,

'''Help'''

'''Tool box''' .
|-
|| Point to the '''Tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''Tool box''' icon.
|| The '''Tool box''' icon is represented with a spanner image.

Click on the '''Tool box''' icon.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Configuration''' page.

Click on the white arrow icon.

Point to the green tick mark icon.

Point to the red cross mark icon.
|| A''' Configuration''' page opens with a list of '''settings''' that can be enabled or disabled.

Click on the arrow icon available at the bottom right corner to see the complete list.

The green tick mark indicates that the setting is enabled.

The red cross mark indicates that the setting is disabled.
|-
|| Point to the '''Enable background music''', '''Background Music''' and '''Background music volume''' options.
|| Here we can see the options for background music.
|-
|| Click on the '''Enable background music''' option.

Point to the red cross icon of '''Enable background music''' option.
|| Uncheck the '''Enable background music''' option.

The red cross indicates that the background music is disabled.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner to close the page.
|-
||
Point to a list of activities.

Point to a control bar at the bottom.
|| '''GCompris''' graphic interface has,
* a list of activities at the top and
* a control bar at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to the eight sections.

Point to each icon.
|| All the activities are grouped under eight sections.

Each section is represented with an icon.
|-
|| Click on cat with a keyboard and mouse icon.

Scroll down >> Point to the activities.
|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a keyboard and a mouse.

List of the activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

All the activities shown in this section will train the child in using mouse and keyboard.
|-
|| Click on '''Make the ball go to Tux '''activity.

Point to the hint message.
|| Click on '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.

The activity opens with a hint message.
|-
|| Point to the hint message.

Click on the '''Start''' button.

|| This hint message gives an idea about how to play the activity.

After reading the message, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to the '''control bar'''.

Point to '''Help''' icon, '''Home''' icon and back and forth arrow icons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we see a '''control bar'''.

It has '''Help''' icon, '''Home''' icon and back and forth arrow icons.
|-
|| Click on '''hide/show''' icon.
|| We can hide or show the '''control bar''' with the help of '''hide/show''' icon.
|-
|| Click on '''help''' icon.

Point to a page.

Scroll down >> Point to instruction, '''Author''', '''Manual''' and '''Section'''.
|| Let's click on '''help''' icon.

A page opens.

Here we see the instruction to play the activity, '''Author''', '''Manual''' and '''Section''' of the activity.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| To close the page, click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|-
|| Point to back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the number.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| Back and forth arrow icons are used to select the level of the activity.

Here the number indicates the level of the activity.

Higher levels correspond to greater difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| In '''GCompris''', it is possible to go to the next level without completing the current level.
|-
|| Point to the '''home''' icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

Cursor on the interface.

|| '''Home''' icon is used to quit the activity.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

It leaves the current activity and takes you to the previous menu.
|-
|| Click on a cow with ABC icon.

Point to the activities.

Scroll down to show activities.

Point to '''Letters''', '''Words''' and '''Vocabulary''' tabs.
|| Click on Cow with an '''ABC''' icon.

List of activities under this category appear on the interface.

In this category, we have activities related to reading letters, words, typing text etc.

Activities under this category are grouped under three different headings.

'''Letters''', '''Words''', '''Vocabulary'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Select '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.

The activity opens on the interface.

We heard a voice giving instructions about how to play the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| It asks us to click on the spoken letter.
|-
|| Point to Lips symbol.
Click on Lips symbol.
|| Lips symbol is present at the top right corner of the interface.

Click on this symbol to listen to the letter again.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| We can disable the sound if we don't want to hear the audio.

This can be done using the '''configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|-
|| Point to '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| Here we can see three options to set the audio.
|-
|| Click on the green tick mark icon of the '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| Uncheck the '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|-
|| Click on red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner to close the page.
|-
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon << Click on '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
|| Go to the '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity again.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to top right corner.
|| Note that, audio is now disabled.

Hence, lips symbol also disappears.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets see the other settings available on the '''configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the '''Tool box''' icon.

Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| Go to the '''Configuration''' page again.

'''Fullscreen''' option is listed here.
|-
|| Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| We can resize the '''GCompris''' interface with the help of this option.
|-
|| Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| Let’s keep this option as it is.
|-
|| Point to the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

|| In the '''GCompris''', a lot of activities require virtual keyboard.

Whenever you need this keyboard, enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files''' and '''The activity section menu is visible''' options.
|| Let us keep the options shown here as it is.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.

Point to font style, size, spacing and capitalization options.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.

Next we will see the settings to change the font style, size, spacing etc with an activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Scroll down >> click on '''Image Name''' activity.
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Scroll down and click on '''Image Name''' activity.
|-
|| Point to the words in '''Image Name''' activity.
|| Let's change the font size, style, spacing and case of the words.
|-
|| Click on '''home''' icon>>Click on '''tool box''' icon.
|| For this, go to the '''Configuration''' page again.
|-
|| Click on the '''Font selector''' button.

Scroll down >> show font style list.

Click on '''Bitstream Charter'''.
|| Click on the '''Font selector''' button.

A list of '''font styles''' is displayed.

I will select '''Bitstream Charter'''.
|-
|| Drag the '''Font size''' slider.
|| Then drag the '''Font size''' slider to increase the font size.
|-
||Point to '''Font Capitalization setting'''.
||Next is a '''Font Capitalization setting'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Font Capitalization''' button.
Point to mixed case or uppercase or lowercase options.
|| Click on '''Font Capitalization''' button.

Here we can change all the letters to mixed case or uppercase or lowercase.
|-
|| Click on '''All uppercase''' option.
|| I will select '''All uppercase''' option.
|-
||Drag the '''Font letter spacing''' slider.
||Next drag the '''Font letter spacing''' slider to change the spacing between the letters.
|-
|| Click on red cross icon at the top right corner>>Click on '''Image Name''' activity.

Point to all the words.

Click on '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Now close the '''Configuration''' page and open the '''Image Name''' activity.

Observe that properties of the '''font''' has changed.

Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''Tool box''' icon.
|| In '''GCompris''', we can also change the language for the activity.

For this go to the '''Configuration''' page again.
|-
|| Click on '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| To listen to the audio again we will enable the two '''audio settings'''.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Language selector''' button.

Point to the list.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Language selector''' button.

Here is the list of all languages.
|-
|| Scroll down<<point to all languages.

Click on '''Hindi'''.
|| Select the language as per your requirement.

I will select '''Hindi'''.
|-
|| Point to '''localized voices''' option.

Click on the '''Download''' button.
|| Below the '''Language selector''' button we have an option to update '''localized voices'''.

Click on the '''Download''' button.
|-
|| Point to pop up window.

Point to a message.
|| A pop up window opens.

It shows that your download is completed.

The data files are now accessible.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon of the pop up window.
|| Close the pop up window.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| To see the changes on the interface, restart the '''GCompris application'''.
|-
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page and '''GCompris''' application.

At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| To restart the '''GCompris application''' close the '''GCompris''' window.

On the '''terminal''' type the '''command''' as shown earlier and press '''Enter''' to open.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on cow with an ABC icon.

Point to the titles of the activities.

Click on '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Notice that the language is now changed to '''Hindi'''.

Click on cow with an ABC icon.

Observe that titles of the activities have changed to '''Hindi'''.

Select '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Now we can listen to the instructions in '''Hindi'''.
|-
||
Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Point to the instructions.

Scroll down >> click on '''language selector''' button.

Click on '''Your system default'''.
|| Let us go back and configure the '''settings''' to the default language which is '''English'''.

Go to the '''Configuration''' page.

Notice that instructions are now in '''Hindi'''.

Scroll down and click on the '''language selector''' button.

Change the language to '''Your default system''' language.
|-
|| Close the '''GCompris''' application.

Open the '''GCompris''' application.
|| Restart the '''GCompris application''' to see the activities in '''English'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Lets see how to filter the activities according to the difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to the '''Difficulty filter''' option.
|| Open the '''configuration''' page.

Scroll down the list to see the '''Difficulty filter''' option.
|-
||Point to '''Difficulty filter''' option.

Point to the stars.

||'''Difficulty filter''' option allows you to filter the activities as per the age group.

The stars indicate the age group for which each activity is designed.
|-
|| Point to three yellow stars.

Point to three red stars.

|| First three yellow stars are for 4 to 6 years old children.

Next three red complex stars are for the children above 6 years of age.
|-
|| Cursor on the stars.
|| Select the stars according to your difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on the yellow stars.
|| I want to deselect the activities for 4 to 6 years old.

So I am clicking on the yellow stars.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon of the '''Configuration''' page.

Click on all the sections >> show the activities.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.

Observe that, all the sections now have activities intended for kids above 6 years.
|-
||Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on deselected yellow stars.

Click on the red cross icon.
|| Go to the''' Configuration''' page again.

Click on the deselected yellow stars to show all the activities.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the sun icon.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the sun icon at the top left corner of the interface.

This will take you to the '''home page'''.
|-
|| Point to the '''quit''' icon.

Click on the '''quit''' icon.
|| The quit icon at the bottom of the interface is used to quit the '''GCompris''' application.

We can also use '''Ctrl''' and '''Q''' keys together on the keyboard to quit the '''GCompris''' application.
|-
||
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt,
* About '''GCompris '''interface and menus
* Configure the '''settings''' and
* Customize the activities
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Open the '''Configuration''' menu,

1) Using the '''Difficulty filter''' option,

select games for 4 to 6 years old children and

2) Change the language for the activities as per your choice.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
||'''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
||The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.

||Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?
* Please visit this site.
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly.
* Someone from our team will answer them.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Acknowledgemen'''t
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Keyboard-and-Mouse-Activities/English

2020-06-29T06:35:07Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Keyboard''' and''' Mouse Activities''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| In this tutorial we will learn how to,
*Draw a picture by clicking on the selected points

*Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

*Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives''' continued
||
*Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

*Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

*Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

*Ubuntu Linux OS v 18.04

*GCompris v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial, learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''GCompris application-Link'''

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
|| Use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''

|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| I have already opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Point to the first section.
|| We will start with the first section.
|-
|| Click on the cat with '''keyboard''' and '''mouse''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to activities.
|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a '''keyboard''' and a '''mouse'''.

A list of activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

These activities are based on computer '''mouse''' and '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up >> Point to '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on '''Click and draw''' activity.
|| We will begin with '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the blue point.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

In this activity we will learn how to click using the '''mouse'''.

Here, We have to draw a picture by clicking on the blue points in a sequence.
|-
|| Point to a point highlighted in blue.
|| We can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the blue point.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the next blue point.
|| Place the cursor on this blue point.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

On clicking, note that next point in the sequence is highlighted.
|-
|| Click on the blue point.

Point to the black line.

Connect all the blue points.

|| Now click on this blue point.

A black line is drawn connecting the two points.

Continue to click on the blue highlighted points.
|-
|| Point to the picture.
|| When you finish connecting all the points, we see a picture.

This is a picture of a star.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

|| A Smiley face pops up on the screen after successfully completing the picture.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

As we go to the higher level, level of difficulty increases.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity if required.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the next activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Scroll down and click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

This activity helps children, improve the motor coordination.
|-
|| Point to the yellow blocks.
|| We can see yellow blocks hiding a background image.
|-
|| Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the block.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the disappeared block.

|| Now place the '''mouse''' cursor on the block.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

Observe that on clicking, the block disappears.
|-
|| Click on all the blocks.

Point to the image.
|| Continue to click other blocks, until all the blocks disappear.

Finally we see a hidden image.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Smiley face indicates successful completion of the level.

Explore the other levels on your own.

Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Penalty kick''' screen.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Instructions about how to play this activity is given at the top of the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of the '''mouse''' showing left, right

and middle '''mouse''' button.
|| We have to double click on any side of the goal in order to score.

For double clicking we can use left, right or middle '''mouse''' buttons.

You can use any button as per your convenience.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's play the activity.
|-
|| Point to the left and right side of the screen.
|| First place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the side where we want to put the ball in.
|-
|| Point to the right side.

Double click the left /middle

/right button of the '''mouse'''.
|| I wish to kick the ball to the right side.

For that I will place the cursor at the required position.

Then double click the left, middle or right '''mouse''' button to kick the ball.
|-
|| Point to the '''tux'''.
|| '''Tux''' becomes happy if we double click correctly.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Double click the '''mouse''' slowly >> Point to the ball.

Click on the ball.
|| We have to be quick while clicking the '''mouse'''.

If we do not click fast enough, '''Tux''' catches the ball.

Click on the ball to bring it to its original position.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now we will move on to another activity.
|-
|| Scroll up >> Click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Point to the fireman and fire.

Point to the hose.
|| Scroll up and click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Here we see a fireman who needs to stop the fire.

But the hose is blocked.
|-
|| Point to the red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the lock.

Point to the lock.

|| The lock is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor on the lock.

Observe that as we place the cursor the lock moves.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Move the cursor out off the hose >> point to the lock.
|| Be careful while moving the cursor over the lock.

If we move the cursor off the hose, the lock will go backward.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Point to the lock.
|| Continue with the movement of the cursor over the lock.

The lock will move part by part upto the fire.
|-
|| Point to the water and fire.

Point to the extinguished fire.
|| Finally when the cursor is at the end of the hose, the water reaches the fire.

We can see that fire has extinguished.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 8 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

In this activity we will learn, how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mousewheel'''.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Here we can see the instructions.

It is about how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mouse''' and '''trackpad'''.

Read these instructions.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let’s start with the activity.
|-
|| Point to the rockwall.

Point to the sparkle.

Place the cursor near the sparkle

>> scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| Look at the rockwall.

We will see a sparkle on the screen.

Place a cursor near the sparkle and scroll up the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| A message appears.

Scroll up again.
|-
|| Point to the gold nugget.

Click on the gold nugget.
|| Now we can see the gold nugget at the position of sparkle.

Click on the gold nugget to collect it.
|-
|| Point to the numbers.
|| At the bottom right corner we can see numbers on the truck.
|-
|| Point to number 1.

Point to number 2.

|| 1 indicates the number of already collected nuggets.

2 indicates the total number of nuggets we have to collect.
|-
|| Point to number 2.

Cursor on the interface.

|| In this level we have to collect 2 nuggets.

We have already collected one nugget, so we have to collect one more.
|-
|| Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the another sparkle.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.

|| After collecting the nugget, scroll down the '''mousewheel''' to zoom out.

We will see another sparkle.

Zoom in again around the sparkle until we see the gold nugget.
|-
|| Click on the nugget.

Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the lion.
|| Click on this nugget to collect it.

After collecting this nugget, zoom out again.

A lion with smiley face pops up on the screen after completing the level.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the levels.
|| This activity has 2 more levels.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the activity related to the functioning of the '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up << click on the '''Make the ball go to the Tux'''.
|| Scroll up and click on the '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the instructions.

|| The activity opens.

Instructions about how to play the activity is displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Click on the '''Start''' button.
|| After reading the instructions, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''tux'''.
|| Here we see '''Tux''' who will catch the ball.
|-
||Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets now throw the ball.
|-
|| Keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Press left and right arrow keys simultaneously.

Picture to show a picture of keyboard with arrow keys.
|| For this, keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Then press the keys simultaneously.
|-
|| Point to the ball.

Point to the '''Tux'''.
|| Observe that the ball goes in a straight line towards '''Tux'''.

'''Tux''' seems happy if we do it correctly.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| When you complete the level, the next level loads on the screen.
|-
||Click on the '''home''' icon.
||Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
||Scroll down to show all the activities.
|| Please explore other activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt how to,
*Draw a picture by clicking the selected points

*Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

*Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
||
*Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

*Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

*Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities in the '''mouse''' and '''Keyboard''' section-

1. Move the mouse or touch the screen

2. Double tap or double click
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
||

Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.

|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Alphabets-and-Numbers/English

2020-05-15T12:47:48Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Alphabets and Numbers'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn to,

*Write the alphabet letters in an alphabetical order

*Recognize an alphabet letter from the voice

*Select the words which contain the spoken letter
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| We will also learn to,

*Write the numbers

*Count the numbers

*Identify numbers with their corresponding spellings

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,

*Ubuntu Linux OS v 18.04

*GCompris v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learners must be familiar with,

*Basic computer skills

*GCompris interface

For the pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this website.
|-

|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| Here, I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Scroll down >> Click on the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

Click on the red cross icon at the top of the page.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon to open the '''Configuration''' page.

Scroll down and enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option if it is disabled.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the cow with ABC icon.
|| Let’s begin with the reading section.
|-
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon.
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Point to the activities.
|| List of activities related to alphabets is displayed on the interface.
|-
|| Point to '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|| Click on the '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| '''Draw Letters''' activity opens with the letter '''A'''.
|-
|| Point to the letter '''A'''.
|| Now let us learn how to draw the letter '''A''' correctly.
|-
|| Point to the point highlighted in blue.
|| Here we can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Place your cursor on the blue moving point >> click the left mouse button.

Point to the blue point.

|| Place the cursor on this blue point and click on it.

Observe that blue point has shifted to the next green point.
|-
|| Click on all the blue points in the correct sequence.
|| Continue clicking on the blue highlighted points in the correct order.
|-
|| Point to letter '''A'''.
|| Alphabet '''A''' is seen on the screen after you finish clicking all the points.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Point to the letter '''B'''.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen if we have done it correctly.

Second level activity loads on the screen with the letter '''B'''.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

|| This activity has 26 levels.

Each level corresponds to one alphabet.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.

Click on '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.
|| Now we will move on to the '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.

Click on the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This activity will make the learners to learn the sequence of alphabets.
|-
|| Point to the helicopter.

Point to the letter at the bottom right corner.
|| Here we have to catch the letters with the help of a helicopter.

The letter is displayed at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of arrow keys of the keyboard.

Picture of mouse.
|| There are two ways to catch the letter.

First use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the helicopter.

Second use a mouse or a pointing device to directly click on the target letter.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let's begin the activity.
|-
|| Point to the bottom right corner.

Point to the letter '''a'''.
|| Check the bottom right corner for the letter.

It shows the letter '''a'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Place the cursor of mouse on letter '''a'''.

Click the left button of the mouse.
|| Wait until the letter '''a''' appears on the screen.

Once it appears, place the cursor on the letter.

Then click the left mouse button.
|-
|| Point to the disappeared letter '''a'''.

Point to the letter '''b''' at the bottom right corner.

Cursor on the interafce.

Click on the letter ''' b'''.
|| After clicking, the letter '''a''' disappears.

The next letter '''b''' appears at the bottom right corner of the screen.

Again wait till the letter '''b''' appears.

Once letter '''b''' is seen, click on it.
|-
|| Point to the bottom right corner.

Click on all the remaining letters.
|| Likewise check the bottom right corner for the remaining letters.

Then click on all the letters in the correct alphabet sequence.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| After the completion of this level, second level loads on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the capital letters at the bottom right corner.
|| Here, we have to catch the capital letters in correct sequence.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons >> Point to the bottom right corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| In the 3rd and 4th levels, the prompt for the letter at the bottom is not shown.

Learners have to remember the sequence of alphabets to complete this level.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore these levels if required.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down.

Point to '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.
|| Scroll down.

Let's move on to '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on it.

This activity will help you to recognize the alphabet letters from the voice.
|-
|| Point to the train cars and uppercase letters.
|| Here we can see the train cars carrying uppercase letters.

Uppercase letters are also called as capital letters.
|-
|| Click on the lips symbol.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the lips symbol at the top right corner.

You can hear the pronunciation of the letter again.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the '''U''' letter >>
Click the left button of a mouse.
|| Now place the cursor on the letter '''U''' and click the left mouse button.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| If a correct letter is recognised, a smiley face pops up on screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| The voice prompts us to click on the letter '''Y'''.
|-
|| Place the mouse cursor on the letter '''Y''' >> click on it.
|| Place the cursor on the letter '''Y''' and click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Similarly continue to click all the spoken letters correctly.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 11 levels.

Explore these levels if desired.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Point to all the activities.
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Activities related to the words are displayed.
|-
|| Point to the '''Letter in which word''' activity.

Click on '''Letter in which word''' activity.
|| Let's play the '''Letter in which word''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Point to the words.
|| In this activity, we have to find the alphabet in the word on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the letter '''O'''.

Point to the words.

|| Here we see a letter '''O''' displayed on the flag attached to the plane.

Below the flag some words are displayed.
|-
|| Point to the words.

Point to letter and words.

|| These words are in lowercase letters.

Letters and words may vary in your case.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Point to '''Letter in which word configuration''' page.
|| Some of the settings on this can be modified using the '''configuration''' tool.

At the bottom of the screen we see a '''tool box''' icon.

Click on it.

'''Configuration''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the two options.

Point to '''All words''' and '''Only 5 words''' option.

Click on '''Only 5 words''' option.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we have two options to select the words limit.

'''All words''' and '''Only 5 words'''.

I will select '''only 5 words''' option.

Now only 5 words will be displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the '''select the Case for the letter to be searched''' option.

Click on the button.

Point to the list.
|| Next there is a setting to '''select the Case for the letter to be searched'''.

Click on the button.

A list is displayed.
|-
|| Point to the three options.

Point to the '''Mixed Case''', '''Upper Case''' and '''Lower Case''' option.

Click on the '''Lower Case''' option.

Point to the '''select the Case for the letter to be searched''' option.
|| Here we have 3 options to choose.

'''Mixed Case''' or '''Upper Case''' or '''Lower Case''' .

I will choose '''Lower Case'''.

With this setting the letter to be found is displayed in lower case.
|-
|| Point to '''Select your locale''' option.

Click on the button.

Point to the '''Select your locale''' page.
|| Next setting is to change the language.

Click on the button.

'''Select your locale''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the list.

Scroll down >> Point to the list.

Click on '''UK English'''.
|| Here is the list of all languages.

Select the language of your choice.

I will select '''UK English'''.
|-
|| Click on the red cross button at the top right corner.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the five words.
|| Below the flag five words are displayed.
|-
|| Click on the words which contains the letter '''S'''.

Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to the green tick mark.
|| Click on the words which contains the letter '''S'''.

After clicking we can hear the pronunciation of the word.

Please note that pronunciations for all the words may not be available.

The word is selected with a green tick mark.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| After selecting all the words which contains '''S''' letter, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the sad face.

Correct the answer.

Click on '''OK''' button.
|| For a wrong selection will show a sad face on the screen.

Please recheck the answer again.

After correcting, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face appears on the screen.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| Check out other levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Now we will move on to the activities related to numbers.
|-
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|-
|| Point to the activities.
|| Activities related to the numbers are displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Draw Numbers''' activity.
|| Click on '''Draw Numbers''' activity.
|-
|| Point to the number Zero.

Cursor on the interafce.
|| '''Draw Numbers''' activity opens with number '''zero'''.

This activity is similar to the '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| In this activity we can practice the numbers upto '''nine'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Numbers with dominoes''' activity.

Cursor on the screen.

|| Scroll down and click on the '''Numbers with dominoes''' activity.

This activity will help you to improve the counting skills.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''Select Domino mode''' button >> Drag the '''Speed''' slider towards the left side.

Click on the red cross icon at the top of the screen.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the screen.

Here we can change the domino mode and speed of the falling dominoes.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the dominoes.
|| Here we can see the falling dominoes.
|-
|| Point to the dots on the dominoes.
|| Count the number of dots on the falling dominoes.
|-
|| Point to the number of dots.

Click on the number 2 on the keyboard at the bottom of the screen.

Cursor on the interface.

|| This domino has 2 dots.

Click on the correct number 2 from the keyboard given at the bottom of the screen.

We can also use the qwerty keyboard to enter the correct number.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of dots of all falling dominoes.
|| Similarly count the number of dots on the other falling dominoes.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of dots of all falling dominoes.
|| We have to be very quick while counting and entering the number.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

|| So far we have learned about letters and numbers.

Now we will learn how to read the numbers with the help of memory activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Wordnumber memory game'''.
|| Click on '''Wordnumber memory game'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Wordnumber memory game''' interface.
|| '''Wordnumber memory game''' opens.

This activity will help you to train your memory.
|-
|| Point to the set of blank cards.

Click on the cards.

|| Here we can see a set of blank cards.

Few cards have numbers on the other side.

The remaining cards have spellings for those corresponding numbers.

You have to match the number with its spelling.
|-
|| Click on the other card.

|| You can only turn two cards at a time.
|-
|| Click on the cards.

Point to the disappeared card.
|| So you need to remember where the numbers and the words are hidden.

Click on the corresponding number or word.

The matching pair of cards disappears.
|-
|| Click on the remaining cards.
|| Click on the remaining cards to pair them .

Once all the cards disappear, you will complete the activity.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Scroll down and point to the activities.
|| As you go to higher levels the number of cards increases.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Explore more interesting activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt to,

*Write the alphabet letters in an alphabetical order

*Recognize an alphabet letter from the voice

*Select the words which contain the spoken letter
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| We have also learnt to,

*Write the numbers

*Count the numbers

*Identify numbers with their corresponding spellings
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities

1) Numbers with dice

2) Numbers in order

3) Enumeration memory game
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''
Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?* Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Acknowledgemen'''t
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Alphabets-and-Numbers/English

2020-05-08T07:23:44Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Alphabets and Numbers'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn to,

*Write the alphabet letters in an alphabetical order

*Recognize an alphabet letter from the voice

*Select the words which contain the spoken letter
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| We will also learn to,

*Write the numbers

*Count the numbers

*Identify numbers with their corresponding spellings

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,

*Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

*GCompris v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learners must be familiar with,

*Basic computer skills

*GCompris interface

For the pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this website.
|-

|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| Here, I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Scroll down >> Click on the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

Click on the red cross icon at the top of the page.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon to open the '''Configuration''' page.

Scroll down and enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option if it is disabled.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the cow with ABC icon.
|| Let’s begin with the reading section.
|-
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon.
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Point to the activities.
|| List of activities related to alphabets is displayed on the interface.
|-
|| Point to '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|| Click on the '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| '''Draw Letters''' activity opens with the letter '''A'''.
|-
|| Point to the letter '''A'''.
|| Now let us learn how to draw the letter '''A''' correctly.
|-
|| Point to the point highlighted in blue.
|| Here we can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Place your cursor on the blue moving point >> click the left mouse button.

Point to the blue point.

|| Place the cursor on this blue point and click on it.

Observe that blue point has shifted to the next green point.
|-
|| Click on all the blue points in the correct sequence.
|| Continue clicking on the blue highlighted points in the correct order.
|-
|| Point to letter '''A'''.
|| Alphabet '''A''' is seen on the screen after you finish clicking all the points.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Point to the letter '''B'''.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen if we have done it correctly.

Second level activity loads on the screen with the letter '''B'''.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

|| This activity has 26 levels.

Each level corresponds to one alphabet.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.

Click on '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.
|| Now we will move on to the '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.

Click on the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This activity will make the learners to learn the sequence of alphabets.
|-
|| Point to the helicopter.

Point to the letter at the bottom right corner.
|| Here we have to catch the letters with the help of a helicopter.

The letter is displayed at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of arrow keys of the keyboard.

Picture of mouse.
|| There are two ways to catch the letter.

First use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the helicopter.

Second use a mouse or a pointing device to directly click on the target letter.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let's begin the activity.
|-
|| Point to the bottom right corner.

Point to the letter '''a'''.
|| Check the bottom right corner for the letter.

It shows the letter '''a'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Place the cursor of mouse on letter '''a'''.

Click the left button of the mouse.
|| Wait until the letter '''a''' appears on the screen.

Once it appears, place the cursor on the letter.

Then click the left mouse button.
|-
|| Point to the disappeared letter '''a'''.

Point to the letter '''b''' at the bottom right corner.

Cursor on the interafce.

Click on the letter ''' b'''.
|| After clicking, the letter '''a''' disappears.

The next letter '''b''' appears at the bottom right corner of the screen.

Again wait till the letter '''b''' appears.

Once letter '''b''' is seen, click on it.
|-
|| Point to the bottom right corner.

Click on all the remaining letters.
|| Likewise check the bottom right corner for the remaining letters.

Then click on all the letters in the correct alphabet sequence.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| After the completion of this level, second level loads on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the capital letters at the bottom right corner.
|| Here, we have to catch the capital letters in correct sequence.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons >> Point to the bottom right corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| In the 3rd and 4th levels, the prompt for the letter at the bottom is not shown.

Learners have to remember the sequence of alphabets to complete this level.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore these levels if required.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down.

Point to '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.
|| Scroll down.

Let's move on to '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on it.

This activity will help you to recognize the alphabet letters from the voice.
|-
|| Point to the train cars and uppercase letters.
|| Here we can see the train cars carrying uppercase letters.

Uppercase letters are also called as capital letters.
|-
|| Click on the lips symbol.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the lips symbol at the top right corner.

You can hear the pronunciation of the letter again.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the '''U''' letter >>
Click the left button of a mouse.
|| Now place the cursor on the letter '''U''' and click the left mouse button.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| If a correct letter is recognised, a smiley face pops up on screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| The voice prompts us to click on the letter '''Y'''.
|-
|| Place the mouse cursor on the letter '''Y''' >> click on it.
|| Place the cursor on the letter '''Y''' and click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Similarly continue to click all the spoken letters correctly.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 11 levels.

Explore these levels if desired.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Point to all the activities.
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Activities related to the words are displayed.
|-
|| Point to the '''Letter in which word''' activity.

Click on '''Letter in which word''' activity.
|| Let's play the '''Letter in which word''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Point to the words.
|| In this activity, we have to find the alphabet in the word on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the letter '''O'''.

Point to the words.

|| Here we see a letter '''O''' displayed on the flag attached to the plane.

Below the flag some words are displayed.
|-
|| Point to the words.

Point to letter and words.

|| These words are in lowercase letters.

Letters and words may vary in your case.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Point to '''Letter in which word configuration''' page.
|| Some of the settings on this can be modified using the '''configuration''' tool.

At the bottom of the screen we see a '''tool box''' icon.

Click on it.

'''Configuration''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the two options.

Point to '''All words''' and '''Only 5 words''' option.

Click on '''Only 5 words''' option.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we have two options to select the words limit.

'''All words''' and '''Only 5 words'''.

I will select '''only 5 words''' option.

Now only 5 words will be displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the '''select the Case for the letter to be searched''' option.

Click on the button.

Point to the list.
|| Next there is a setting to '''select the Case for the letter to be searched'''.

Click on the button.

A list is displayed.
|-
|| Point to the three options.

Point to the '''Mixed Case''', '''Upper Case''' and '''Lower Case''' option.

Click on the '''Lower Case''' option.

Point to the '''select the Case for the letter to be searched''' option.
|| Here we have 3 options to choose.

'''Mixed Case''' or '''Upper Case''' or '''Lower Case''' .

I will choose '''Lower Case'''.

With this setting the letter to be found is displayed in lower case.
|-
|| Point to '''Select your locale''' option.

Click on the button.

Point to the '''Select your locale''' page.
|| Next setting is to change the language.

Click on the button.

'''Select your locale''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the list.

Scroll down >> Point to the list.

Click on '''UK English'''.
|| Here is the list of all languages.

Select the language of your choice.

I will select '''UK English'''.
|-
|| Click on the red cross button at the top right corner.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the five words.
|| Below the flag five words are displayed.
|-
|| Click on the words which contains the letter '''S'''.

Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to the green tick mark.
|| Click on the words which contains the letter '''S'''.

After clicking we can hear the pronunciation of the word.

Please note that pronunciations for all the words may not be available.

The word is selected with a green tick mark.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| After selecting all the words which contains '''S''' letter, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the sad face.

Correct the answer.

Click on '''OK''' button.
|| For a wrong selection will show a sad face on the screen.

Please recheck the answer again.

After correcting, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face appears on the screen.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| Check out other levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Now we will move on to the activities related to numbers.
|-
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|-
|| Point to the activities.
|| Activities related to the numbers are displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Draw Numbers''' activity.
|| Click on '''Draw Numbers''' activity.
|-
|| Point to the number Zero.

Cursor on the interafce.
|| '''Draw Numbers''' activity opens with number '''zero'''.

This activity is similar to the '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| In this activity we can practice the numbers upto '''nine'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Numbers with dominoes''' activity.

Cursor on the screen.

|| Scroll down and click on the '''Numbers with dominoes''' activity.

This activity will help you to improve the counting skills.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''Select Domino mode''' button >> Drag the '''Speed''' slider towards the left side.

Click on the red cross icon at the top of the screen.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the screen.

Here we can change the domino mode and speed of the falling dominoes.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the dominoes.
|| Here we can see the falling dominoes.
|-
|| Point to the dots on the dominoes.
|| Count the number of dots on the falling dominoes.
|-
|| Point to the number of dots.

Click on the number 2 on the keyboard at the bottom of the screen.

Cursor on the interface.

|| This domino has 2 dots.

Click on the correct number 2 from the keyboard given at the bottom of the screen.

We can also use the qwerty keyboard to enter the correct number.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of dots of all falling dominoes.
|| Similarly count the number of dots on the other falling dominoes.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of dots of all falling dominoes.
|| We have to be very quick while counting and entering the number.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

|| So far we have learned about letters and numbers.

Now we will learn how to read the numbers with the help of memory activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Wordnumber memory game'''.
|| Click on '''Wordnumber memory game'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Wordnumber memory game''' interface.
|| '''Wordnumber memory game''' opens.

This activity will help you to train your memory.
|-
|| Point to the set of blank cards.

Click on the cards.

|| Here we can see a set of blank cards.

Few cards have numbers on the other side.

The remaining cards have spellings for those corresponding numbers.

You have to match the number with its spelling.
|-
|| Click on the other card.

|| You can only turn two cards at a time.
|-
|| Click on the cards.

Point to the disappeared card.
|| So you need to remember where the numbers and the words are hidden.

Click on the corresponding number or word.

The matching pair of cards disappears.
|-
|| Click on the remaining cards.
|| Click on the remaining cards to pair them .

Once all the cards disappear, you will complete the activity.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Scroll down and point to the activities.
|| As you go to higher levels the number of cards increases.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Explore more interesting activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt to,

*Write the alphabet letters in an alphabetical order

*Recognize an alphabet letter from the voice

*Select the words which contain the spoken letter
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| We have also learnt to,

*Write the numbers

*Count the numbers

*Identify numbers with their corresponding spellings
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities

1) Numbers with dice

2) Numbers in order

3) Enumeration memory game
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''
Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?* Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Acknowledgemen'''t
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Alphabets-and-Numbers/English

2020-04-23T12:44:32Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual Cue''' || '''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Alphabets and Numbers'''. |- ||..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Alphabets and Numbers'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn to,

*Write the alphabet letters in an alphabetical order

*Recognize an alphabet letter from the voice

*Select the words which contain the spoken letter
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| We will also learn to,

*Write the numbers

*Count the numbers

*Identify numbers with their corresponding spellings

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial, I am using,

*Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

*GCompris v 0.97
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

'''https://spoken-tutorial.org/'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learners must be familiar with,

*Basic computer skills

*GCompris interface

For the pre-requisite tutorials, please visit this website.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''GCompris application-Link'''

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
|| From this tutorial onwords I am using, '''GCompris''' v 0.97.

Use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| Here, I have opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Scroll down >> Click on the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

Click on the red cross icon at the top of the page.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon to open the '''Configuration''' page.

Scroll down and enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option if it is disabled.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the cow with ABC icon.
|| Let’s begin with the reading section.
|-
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon.
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Point to the activities.
|| List of activities related to alphabets is displayed on the interface.
|-
|| Point to '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|| Click on the '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| '''Draw Letters''' activity opens with the letter '''A'''.
|-
|| Point to the letter '''A'''.
|| Now let us learn how to draw the letter '''A''' correctly.
|-
|| Point to the point highlighted in blue.
|| Here we can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Place your cursor on the blue moving point >> click the left mouse button.

Point to the blue point.

|| Place the cursor on this blue point and click on it.

Observe that blue point has shifted to the next green point.
|-
|| Click on all the blue points in the correct sequence.
|| Continue clicking on the blue highlighted points in the correct order.
|-
|| Point to letter '''A'''.
|| Alphabet '''A''' is seen on the screen after you finish clicking all the points.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Point to the letter '''B'''.
|| Smiley face pops up on the screen if we have done it correctly.

Second level activity loads on the screen with the letter '''B'''.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.

|| This activity has 26 levels.

Each level corresponds to one alphabet.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.

Click on '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.
|| Now we will move on to the '''Alphabet sequence''' activity.

Click on the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This activity will make the learners to learn the sequence of alphabets.
|-
|| Point to the helicopter.

Point to the letter at the bottom right corner.
|| Here we have to catch the letters with the help of a helicopter.

The letter is displayed at the bottom right corner.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of arrow keys of the keyboard.

Picture of mouse.
|| There are two ways to catch the letter.

First use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the helicopter.

Second use a mouse or a pointing device to directly click on the target letter.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let's begin the activity.
|-
|| Point to the bottom right corner.

Point to the letter '''a'''.
|| Check the bottom right corner for the letter.

It shows the letter '''a'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Place the cursor of mouse on letter '''a'''.

Click the left button of the mouse.
|| Wait until the letter '''a''' appears on the screen.

Once it appears, place the cursor on the letter.

Then click the left mouse button.
|-
|| Point to the disappeared letter '''a'''.

Point to the letter '''b''' at the bottom right corner.

Cursor on the interafce.

Click on the letter ''' b'''.
|| After clicking, the letter '''a''' disappears.

The next letter '''b''' appears at the bottom right corner of the screen.

Again wait till the letter '''b''' appears.

Once letter '''b''' is seen, click on it.
|-
|| Point to the bottom right corner.

Click on all the remaining letters.
|| Likewise check the bottom right corner for the remaining letters.

Then click on all the letters in the correct alphabet sequence.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| After the completion of this level, second level loads on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the capital letters at the bottom right corner.
|| Here, we have to catch the capital letters in correct sequence.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons >> Point to the bottom right corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| In the 3rd and 4th levels, the prompt for the letter at the bottom is not shown.

Learners have to remember the sequence of alphabets to complete this level.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore these levels if required.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down.

Point to '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.
|| Scroll down.

Let's move on to '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on it.

This activity will help you to recognize the alphabet letters from the voice.
|-
|| Point to the train cars and uppercase letters.
|| Here we can see the train cars carrying uppercase letters.

Uppercase letters are also called as capital letters.
|-
|| Click on the lips symbol.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the lips symbol at the top right corner.

You can hear the pronunciation of the letter again.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the '''U''' letter >>
Click the left button of a mouse.
|| Now place the cursor on the letter '''U''' and click the left mouse button.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| If a correct letter is recognised, a smiley face pops up on screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| The voice prompts us to click on the letter '''Y'''.
|-
|| Place the mouse cursor on the letter '''Y''' >> click on it.
|| Place the cursor on the letter '''Y''' and click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Similarly continue to click all the spoken letters correctly.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 11 levels.

Explore these levels if desired.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Point to all the activities.
|| Click on the '''Words''' tab.

Activities related to the words are displayed.
|-
|| Point to the '''Letter in which word''' activity.

Click on '''Letter in which word''' activity.
|| Let's play the '''Letter in which word''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Point to the words.
|| In this activity, we have to find the alphabet in the word on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the letter '''O'''.

Point to the words.

|| Here we see a letter '''O''' displayed on the flag attached to the plane.

Below the flag some words are displayed.
|-
|| Point to the words.

Point to letter and words.

|| These words are in lowercase letters.

Letters and words may vary in your case.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Point to '''Letter in which word configuration''' page.
|| Some of the settings on this can be modified using the '''configuration''' tool.

At the bottom of the screen we see a '''tool box''' icon.

Click on it.

'''Configuration''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the two options.

Point to '''All words''' and '''Only 5 words''' option.

Click on '''Only 5 words''' option.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we have two options to select the words limit.

'''All words''' and '''Only 5 words'''.

I will select '''only 5 words''' option.

Now only 5 words will be displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Point to the '''select the Case for the letter to be searched''' option.

Click on the button.

Point to the list.
|| Next there is a setting to '''select the Case for the letter to be searched'''.

Click on the button.

A list is displayed.
|-
|| Point to the three options.

Point to the '''Mixed Case''', '''Upper Case''' and '''Lower Case''' option.

Click on the '''Lower Case''' option.

Point to the '''select the Case for the letter to be searched''' option.
|| Here we have 3 options to choose.

'''Mixed Case''' or '''Upper Case''' or '''Lower Case''' .

I will choose '''Lower Case'''.

With this setting the letter to be found is displayed in lower case.
|-
|| Point to '''Select your locale''' option.

Click on the button.

Point to the '''Select your locale''' page.
|| Next setting is to change the language.

Click on the button.

'''Select your locale''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to the list.

Scroll down >> Point to the list.

Click on '''UK English'''.
|| Here is the list of all languages.

Select the language of your choice.

I will select '''UK English'''.
|-
|| Click on the red cross button at the top right corner.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Point to the five words.
|| Below the flag five words are displayed.
|-
|| Click on the words which contains the letter '''S'''.

Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to the green tick mark.
|| Click on the words which contains the letter '''S'''.

After clicking we can hear the pronunciation of the word.

Please note that pronunciations for all the words may not be available.

The word is selected with a green tick mark.
|-
|| Click on the '''OK''' button.
|| After selecting all the words which contains '''S''' letter, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the sad face.

Correct the answer.

Click on '''OK''' button.
|| For a wrong selection will show a sad face on the screen.

Please recheck the answer again.

After correcting, click on the '''OK''' button.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.
|| Smiley face appears on the screen.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| Check out other levels for more interesting learning.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Now we will move on to the activities related to numbers.
|-
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|| Click on the sheep with numbers icon.
|-
|| Point to the activities.
|| Activities related to the numbers are displayed.
|-
|| Click on '''Draw Numbers''' activity.
|| Click on '''Draw Numbers''' activity.
|-
|| Point to the number Zero.

Cursor on the interafce.
|| '''Draw Numbers''' activity opens with number '''zero'''.

This activity is similar to the '''Draw Letters''' activity.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| In this activity we can practice the numbers upto '''nine'''.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Numbers with dominoes''' activity.

Cursor on the screen.

|| Scroll down and click on the '''Numbers with dominoes''' activity.

This activity will help you to improve the counting skills.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''Select Domino mode''' button >> Drag the '''Speed''' slider towards the left side.

Click on the red cross icon at the top of the screen.
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon at the bottom of the screen.

Here we can change the domino mode and speed of the falling dominoes.

Close the page.
|-
|| Point to the dominoes.
|| Here we can see the falling dominoes.
|-
|| Point to the dots on the dominoes.
|| Count the number of dots on the falling dominoes.
|-
|| Point to the number of dots.

Click on the number 2 on the keyboard at the bottom of the screen.

Cursor on the interface.

|| This domino has 2 dots.

Click on the correct number 2 from the keyboard given at the bottom of the screen.

We can also use the qwerty keyboard to enter the correct number.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of dots of all falling dominoes.
|| Similarly count the number of dots on the other falling dominoes.
|-
|| Count and enter the number of dots of all falling dominoes.
|| We have to be very quick while counting and entering the number.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Cursor on the interface.

|| So far we have learned about letters and numbers.

Now we will learn how to read the numbers with the help of memory activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Wordnumber memory game'''.
|| Click on '''Wordnumber memory game'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Wordnumber memory game''' interface.
|| '''Wordnumber memory game''' opens.

This activity will help you to train your memory.
|-
|| Point to the set of blank cards.

Click on the cards.

|| Here we can see a set of blank cards.

Few cards have numbers on the other side.

The remaining cards have spellings for those corresponding numbers.

You have to match the number with its spelling.
|-
|| Click on the other card.

|| You can only turn two cards at a time.
|-
|| Click on the cards.

Point to the disappeared card.
|| So you need to remember where the numbers and the words are hidden.

Click on the corresponding number or word.

The matching pair of cards disappears.
|-
|| Click on the remaining cards.
|| Click on the remaining cards to pair them .

Once all the cards disappear, you will complete the activity.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Scroll down and point to the activities.
|| As you go to higher levels the number of cards increases.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

Explore more interesting activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt to,

*Write the alphabet letters in an alphabetical order

*Recognize an alphabet letter from the voice

*Select the words which contain the spoken letter
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
|| We have also learnt to,

*Write the numbers

*Count the numbers

*Identify numbers with their corresponding spellings
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities

1) Numbers with dice

2) Numbers in order

3) Enumeration memory game
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''
Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?* Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Acknowledgemen'''t
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Keyboard-and-Mouse-Activities/English

2020-01-16T09:26:35Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Keyboard''' and''' Mouse Activities''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| In this tutorial we will learn how to,
*Draw a picture by clicking on the selected points

*Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

*Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
||
*Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

*Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

*Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

*Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

*GCompris v 0.96
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial, learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''GCompris application-Link'''

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
|| Use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''

|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| I have already opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Point to the first section.
|| We will start with the first section.
|-
|| Click on the cat with '''keyboard''' and '''mouse''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to activities.
|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a '''keyboard''' and a '''mouse'''.

A list of activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

These activities are based on computer '''mouse''' and '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up >> Point to '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on '''Click and draw''' activity.
|| We will begin with '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the blue point.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

In this activity we will learn how to click using the '''mouse'''.

Here, We have to draw a picture by clicking on the blue points in a sequence.
|-
|| Point to a point highlighted in blue.
|| We can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the blue point.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the next blue point.
|| Place the cursor on this blue point.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

On clicking, note that next point in the sequence is highlighted.
|-
|| Click on the blue point.

Point to the black line.

Connect all the blue points.

|| Now click on this blue point.

A black line is drawn connecting the two points.

Continue to click on the blue highlighted points.
|-
|| Point to the picture.
|| When you finish connecting all the points, we see a picture.

This is a picture of a star.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

|| A Smiley face pops up on the screen after successfully completing the picture.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

As we go to the higher level, level of difficulty increases.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity if required.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the next activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Scroll down and click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

This activity helps children, improve the motor coordination.
|-
|| Point to the yellow blocks.
|| We can see yellow blocks hiding a background image.
|-
|| Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the block.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the disappeared block.

|| Now place the '''mouse''' cursor on the block.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

Observe that on clicking, the block disappears.
|-
|| Click on all the blocks.

Point to the image.
|| Continue to click other blocks, until all the blocks disappear.

Finally we see a hidden image.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Smiley face indicates successful completion of the level.

Explore the other levels on your own.

Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Penalty kick''' screen.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Instructions about how to play this activity is given at the top of the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of the '''mouse''' showing left, right

and middle '''mouse''' button.
|| We have to double click on any side of the goal in order to score.

For double clicking we can use left, right or middle '''mouse''' buttons.

You can use any button as per your convenience.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's play the activity.
|-
|| Point to the left and right side of the screen.
|| First place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the side where we want to put the ball in.
|-
|| Point to the right side.

Double click the left /middle

/right button of the '''mouse'''.
|| I wish to kick the ball to the right side.

For that I will place the cursor at the required position.

Then double click the left, middle or right '''mouse''' button to kick the ball.
|-
|| Point to the '''tux'''.
|| '''Tux''' becomes happy if we double click correctly.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Double click the '''mouse''' slowly >> Point to the ball.

Click on the ball.
|| We have to be quick while clicking the '''mouse'''.

If we do not click fast enough, '''Tux''' catches the ball.

Click on the ball to bring it to its original position.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now we will move on to the another activity.
|-
|| Scroll up >> Click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Point to the fireman and fire.

Point to the hose.
|| Scroll up and click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Here we see a fireman who needs to stop the fire.

But the hose is blocked.
|-
|| Point to the red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the lock.

Point to the lock.

|| The lock is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor on the lock.

Observe that as we place the cursor the lock moves.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Move the cursor out off the hose >> point to the lock.
|| Be careful while moving the cursor over the lock.

If we move the cursor off the hose, the lock will go backward.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Point to the lock.
|| Continue with the movement of the cursor over the lock.

The lock will move part by part upto the fire.
|-
|| Point to the water and fire.

Point to the extinguished fire.
|| Finally when the cursor is at the end of the hose, the water reaches the fire.

We can see that fire has extinguished.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 8 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

In this activity we will learn, how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mousewheel'''.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Here we can see the instructions.

It is about how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mouse''' and '''trackpad'''.

Read these instructions.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let’s start with the activity.
|-
|| Point to the rockwall.

Point to the sparkle.

Place the cursor near the sparkle

>> scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| Look at the rockwall.

We will see a sparkle on the screen.

Place a cursor near the sparkle and scroll up the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| A message appears.

Scroll up again.
|-
|| Point to the gold nugget.

Click on the gold nugget.
|| Now we can see the gold nugget at the position of sparkle.

Click on the gold nugget to collect it.
|-
|| Point to the numbers.
|| At the bottom right corner we can see numbers on the truck.
|-
|| Point to number 1.

Point to number 2.

|| 1 indicates the number of already collected nuggets.

2 indicates the total number of nuggets we have to collect.
|-
|| Point to number 2.

Cursor on the interface.

|| In this level we have to collect 2 nuggets.

We have already collected one nugget, so we have to collect one more.
|-
|| Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the another sparkle.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.

|| After collecting the nugget, scroll down the '''mousewheel''' to zoom out.

We will see another sparkle.

Zoom in again around the sparkle until we see the gold nugget.
|-
|| Click on the nugget.

Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the lion.
|| Click on this nugget to collect it.

After collecting this nugget, zoom out again.

A lion with smiley face pops up on the screen after completing the level.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the levels.
|| This activity has 2 more levels.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the activity related to the functioning of the '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up << click on the '''Make the ball go to the Tux'''.
|| Scroll up and click on the '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the instructions.

|| The activity opens.

Instructions about how to play the activity is displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Click on the '''Start''' button.
|| After reading the instructions, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''tux'''.
|| Here we see '''Tux''' who will catch the ball.
|-
||Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets now throw the ball.
|-
|| Keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Press left and right arrow keys simultaneously.

Picture to show a picture of keyboard with arrow keys.
|| For this, keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Then press the keys simultaneously.
|-
|| Point to the ball.

Point to the '''Tux'''.
|| Observe that the ball goes in a straight line towards the tux.

'''Tux''' seems happy if we do it correctly.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| When you complete the level, the next level loads on the screen.
|-
||Click on the '''home''' icon.
||Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
||Scroll down to show all the activities.
|| Please explore other activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt how to,
Draw a picture by clicking the selected points

Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
|| Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities in the '''mouse''' and '''Keyboard''' section-

1. Move the mouse or touch the screen

2. Double tap or double click
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
||

Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.

|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Keyboard-and-Mouse-Activities/English

2019-12-17T07:11:52Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Keyboard and Mouse Activities''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial,

We will demonstrate, '''Keyboard''' and '''Mouse''' activities.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

GCompris v 0.96
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''

|| In this tutorial we will learn how to,
Draw a picture by clicking on the selected points

Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''GCompris application-Link'''

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
|| Use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''

|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| I have already opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Point to the first section.
|| We will start with the first section.
|-
|| Click on the cat with '''keyboard''' and '''mouse''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to activities.
|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a '''keyboard''' and a '''mouse'''.

A list of activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

These activities are based on computer '''mouse''' and '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up >> Point to '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on '''Click and draw''' activity.
|| We will begin with '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the blue point.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

In this activity we will learn how to click using the '''mouse'''.

Here, We have to draw a picture by clicking on the blue points in a sequence.
|-
|| Point to a point highlighted in blue.
|| We can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Place the cursor on the blue point.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the next blue point.
|| Place the cursor on this blue point.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

To click, press the left button of a '''mouse''' and release it.

On clicking, note that next point in the sequence is highlighted.
|-
|| Click on the blue point.

Point to the black line.

Connect all the blue points.

|| Now click on this blue point.

A black line is drawn connecting the two points.

Continue to click on the blue highlighted points.
|-
|| Point to the picture.
|| When you finish connecting all the points, we see a picture.

This is a picture of a star.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

|| A Smiley face pops up on the screen after successfully completing the picture.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

As we go to the higher level, level of difficulty increases.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity if required.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the next activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Scroll down and click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

This activity helps children, improve the motor coordination.
|-
|| Point to the yellow blocks.
|| We can see yellow blocks hiding a background image.
|-
|| Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the block.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the disappeared block.

|| Now place the '''mouse''' cursor on the block.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

Observe that on clicking, the block disappears.
|-
|| Click on all the blocks.

Point to the image.
|| Continue to click other blocks, until all the blocks disappear.

Finally we see a hidden image.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Smiley face indicates successful completion of the level.

Explore the other levels on your own.

Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Penalty kick''' screen.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Instructions about how to play this activity is given at the top of the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of the '''mouse''' showing left, right

and middle '''mouse''' button.
|| We have to double click on any side of the goal in order to score.

For double clicking we can use left, right or middle '''mouse''' buttons.

You can use any button as per your convenience.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's play the activity.
|-
|| Point to the left and right side of the screen.
|| First place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the side where we want to put the ball in.
|-
|| Point to the right side.

Double click the left /middle

/right button of the '''mouse'''.
|| I wish to kick the ball to the right side.

For that I will place the cursor at the required position.

Then double click the left, middle or right '''mouse''' button to kick the ball.
|-
|| Point to the '''tux'''.
|| '''Tux''' becomes happy if we double click correctly.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Double click the '''mouse''' slowly >> Point to the ball.

Click on the ball.
|| We have to be quick while clicking the '''mouse'''.

If we do not click fast enough, '''Tux''' catches the ball.

Click on the ball to bring it to its original position.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now we will move on to the another activity.
|-
|| Scroll up >> Click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Point to the fireman and fire.

Point to the hose.
|| Scroll up and click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Here we see a fireman who needs to stop the fire.

But the hose is blocked.
|-
|| Point to the red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the lock.

Point to the lock.

|| The lock is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor on the lock.

Observe that as we place the cursor the lock moves.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Move the cursor out off the hose >> point to the lock.
|| Be careful while moving the cursor over the lock.

If we move the cursor off the hose, the lock will go backward.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Point to the lock.
|| Continue with the movement of the cursor over the lock.

The lock will move part by part upto the fire.
|-
|| Point to the water and fire.

Point to the extinguished fire.
|| Finally when the cursor is at the end of the hose, the water reaches the fire.

We can see that fire has extinguished.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 8 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Scroll down >> Click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

In this activity we will learn, how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mousewheel'''.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Here we can see the instructions.

It is about how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mouse''' and '''trackpad'''.

Read these instructions.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let’s start with the activity.
|-
|| Point to the rockwall.

Point to the sparkle.

Place the cursor near the sparkle

>> scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| Look at the rockwall.

We will see a sparkle on the screen.

Place a cursor near the sparkle and scroll up the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| A message appears.

Scroll up again.
|-
|| Point to the gold nugget.

Click on the gold nugget.
|| Now we can see the gold nugget at the position of sparkle.

Click on the gold nugget to collect it.
|-
|| Point to the numbers.
|| At the bottom right corner we can see numbers on the truck.
|-
|| Point to number 1.

Point to number 2.

|| 1 indicates the number of already collected nuggets.

2 indicates the total number of nuggets we have to collect.
|-
|| Point to number 2.

Cursor on the interface.

|| In this level we have to collect 2 nuggets.

We have already collected one nugget, so we have to collect one more.
|-
|| Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the another sparkle.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.

|| After collecting the nugget, scroll down the '''mousewheel''' to zoom out.

We will see another sparkle.

Zoom in again around the sparkle until we see the gold nugget.
|-
|| Click on the nugget.

Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the lion.
|| Click on this nugget to collect it.

After collecting this nugget, zoom out again.

A lion with smiley face pops up on the screen after completing the level.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the levels.
|| This activity has 2 more levels.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the activity related to the functioning of the '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up << click on the '''Make the ball go to the Tux'''.
|| Scroll up and click on the '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the instructions.

|| The activity opens.

Instructions about how to play the activity is displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Click on the '''Start''' button.
|| After reading the instructions, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''tux'''.
|| Here we see '''Tux''' who will catch the ball.
|-
||Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets now throw the ball.
|-
|| Keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Press left and right arrow keys simultaneously.

Picture to show a picture of keyboard with arrow keys.
|| For this, keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Then press the keys simultaneously.
|-
|| Point to the ball.

Point to the '''Tux'''.
|| Observe that the ball goes in a straight line towards the tux.

'''Tux''' seems happy if we do it correctly.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| When you complete the level, the next level loads on the screen.
|-
||Click on the '''home''' icon.
||Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
||Scroll down to show all the activities.
|| Please explore other activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt how to,
Draw a picture by clicking the selected points

Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Summary'''
|| Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities in the '''mouse''' and '''Keyboard''' section-

1. Move the mouse or touch the screen

2. Double tap or double click
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
||

Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.

|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Keyboard-and-Mouse-Activities/English

2019-12-13T10:32:54Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- || '''Visual Cue''' || '''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Keyboard and Mouse Activities''' in..."

{|border=1
|-
|| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Keyboard and Mouse Activities''' in '''GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial,

We will demonstrate, '''Keyboard''' and '''Mouse''' activities.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

GCompris v 0.96
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''

|| In this tutorial we will learn how to,
Draw a picture by clicking on the selected points

Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''GCompris application-Link'''

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''
|| Use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

'''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''

|-
|| Cursor on the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| I have already opened the '''GCompris''' interface.
|-
|| Point to the First section.
|| We will start with the first section.
|-
|| Click on the cat with '''keyboard''' and '''mouse''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to activities.
|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a '''keyboard''' and a '''mouse'''.

A list of activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

These activities are based on computer '''mouse''' and '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up> Point to '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on '''Click and draw''' activity.
|| We will begin with '''Click and draw''' activity.

Click on it.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the blue point.
|| The activity opens on the screen.

In this activity we will learn how to click using the '''mouse'''.

Here, We have to draw a picture by clicking on the blue points in a sequence.
|-
|| Point to a point highlighted in blue.
|| We can see a point highlighted in blue with a moving yellow arrow.
|-
|| Click on the blue moving point.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the next blue point.
|| Place the cursor on this blue point.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

To click, press the left button of the '''mouse''' and release it.

On clicking, note that next point in the sequence is highlighted.
|-
|| Click on the blue point.

Point to the black line.

Connect all the blue points.

|| Now click on this blue point.

A black line is drawn connecting the two points.

Continue to click on the blue highlighted points.
|-
|| Point to the picture.
|| When you finish connecting all the points, we see a picture.

This is a picture of a star.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

|| A Smiley face pops up on the screen after successfully completing the picture.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icon.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

As we go to the higher level, level of difficulty increases.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Explore the other levels in this activity if required.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's move on to the next activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down << click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.

|| Scroll down and click on '''Click or tap''' activity.

This activity helps children, improve the motor coordination.
|-
|| Point to the yellow blocks.
|| We can see yellow blocks hiding a background image.
|-
|| Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the block.

Click the left button of the '''mouse'''.

Point to the disappeared block.

|| Now place the '''mouse''' cursor on the block.

Then click the left '''mouse''' button.

Observe that on clicking, the block disappears.
|-
|| Click on all the blocks.

Point to the image.
|| Continue to click other blocks, until all the blocks disappear.

Finally we see a hidden image.
|-
|| Point to the smiley face.

Click on back and forth arrow icon.

Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Smiley face indicates successful completion of the level.

Explore the other levels on your own.

Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Scroll down> click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Penalty kick''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Penalty kick''' screen.
|| The activity opens.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Instructions about how to play this activity is given at the top of the screen.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Picture of the '''mouse''' showing left, right

and middle '''mouse''' button.
|| We have to double click on any side of the goal in order to score.

For double clicking we can use left, right or middle '''mouse''' buttons.

You can use any button as per your convenience.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let's play the activity.
|-
|| Point to the left and right side of the screen.
|| First place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the side where we want to put the ball in.
|-
|| Point to the right side.

Double click the left /middle

/right button of the '''mouse'''.
|| I wish to kick the ball to the right side.

For that I will place the cursor at the required position.

Then double click the left or middle or right '''mouse''' button to kick the ball.
|-
|| Point to the '''tux'''.
|| '''Tux''' becomes happy if we double click correctly.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Double click the '''mouse''' slowly >> Point to the ball.

Click on the ball.
|| We have to be quick while clicking the '''mouse'''.

If we do not click fast enough, '''Tux''' catches the ball.

Click on the ball to bring it to its original position.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 9 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now we will move on to another activity.
|-
|| Click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Point to the fireman and fire.

Point to the hose.
|| Scroll up and click on '''Control the hose-pipe''' activity.

Here we see a fireman who needs to stop the fire.

But the hose is blocked.
|-
|| Point to the red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor of the '''mouse''' on the lock.

Point to the lock.

|| The lock is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe.

Place the cursor on the lock.

Observe that as we place the cursor the lock moves.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Move the cursor out off the hose >> point to the lock.
|| Be careful while moving the cursor over the lock.

If we move the cursor off the hose, the lock will go backward.
|-
|| Move the cursor over the lock.

Point to the lock.
|| Continue with the movement of the cursor over the lock.

The lock will move part by part upto the fire.
|-
|| Point to the water and fire.

Point to the extinguished fire.
|| Finally when the cursor is at the end of the hose, the water reaches the fire.

We can see that fire has extinguished.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| This activity has 8 levels.

If interested, explore other levels in this activity.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to go to the home page.
|-
|| Click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on '''Mining for gold''' activity.

In this activity we will learn, how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mousewheel'''.
|-
|| Point to the instructions.
|| Here we can see the instructions.

It is about how to zoom in and zoom out using '''mouse''' and '''trackpad'''.

Read these instructions.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let’s start with the activity.
|-
|| Point to the rockwall.

Point to the sparkle.

Place the cursor near the sparkle

>> scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| Look at the rockwall.

We will see a sparkle on the screen.

Place a cursor near the sparkle and scroll up the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.
|| A message appears.

Scroll up again.
|-
|| Point to the gold nugget.

Click on the gold nugget.
|| Now we can see the gold nugget at the position of sparkle.

Click on the gold nugget to collect it.
|-
|| Point to the numbers.
|| At the bottom right corner we can see numbers on the truck.
|-
|| Point to number 1.

Point to number 2.

|| 1 indicates the number of already collected nuggets.

2 indicates the total number of nuggets we have to collect.
|-
|| Point to number 2.

Cursor on the interface.

|| In this level we have to collect 2 nuggets.

We have already collected one nugget, so we have to collect one more.
|-
|| Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the another sparkle.

Scroll up the '''mousewheel'''.

|| After collecting the nugget, scroll down the '''mousewheel''' to zoom out.

We will see another sparkle.

Zoom in again around the sparkle until we see the gold nugget.
|-
|| Click on the nugget.

Scroll down the '''mousewheel'''.

Point to the lion.
|| Click on this nugget to collect it.

After collecting this nugget, zoom out again.

A lion with smiley face pop up on the screen after completing the level.
|-
|| Click on back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the levels.
|| This activity has 2 more levels.

Explore these levels on your own.
|-
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''Home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Now let's move on to the activity related to the functioning of the '''keyboard'''.
|-
|| Scroll up << click on the '''Make the ball go to the Tux'''.
|| Scroll up and click on the '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the instructions.

|| The activity opens.

Instructions about how to play the activity is displayed on the screen.
|-
|| Click on the '''Start''' button.
|| After reading the instructions, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''tux'''.
|| Here we see '''Tux''' who will catch the ball.
|-
||Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets now throw the ball.
|-
|| Keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Press left and right arrow keys simultaneously.

Picture to show a picture of keyboard with arrow keys.
|| For this, keep your fingers on the left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard'''.

Then press the keys simultaneously.
|-
|| Point to the ball.

Point to the '''Tux'''.
|| Observe that the ball goes in a straight line towards the tux.

'''Tux''' seems happy if we do it correctly.
|-
|| Point to the second level.
|| When you complete the level, the next level loads on the screen.
|-
||
|| Please explore other activities in this section.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt how to,
Draw a picture by clicking the selected points

Click to remove the blocks and reveal the hidden image

Double click to score a goal

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Summary'''
|| Move the '''mouse''' precisely to aim at a point

Use the '''mousewheel''' to zoom in and zoom out

Use left and right arrow keys of the '''keyboard''' simultaneously

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the following activities in the '''mouse''' and '''Keyboard''' section-

1. Move the mouse or touch the screen

2. Double tap or double click
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''? Please visit this site.
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly.
Someone from our team will answer them.
||

Please post your timed queries in this forum.*
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Introduction-to-GCompris/English

2019-11-04T05:24:46Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
|-
| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
||'''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the Spoken Tutorial on '''Introduction to GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn,

About '''GCompris''' interface and menus

Configure the settings and

Customize the activities

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

GCompris v 0.96 and

A working Internet connection

|-
||'''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
||'''Slide Number 5'''

'''Link to Download GCompris'''

Point to '''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''.
|| Please use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

[https://gcompris.net/index-en.html https://gcompris.net/index-en.html]

|-
|| Point to '''Downloads''' folder.

Double-click on '''gcompris-qt-0.96-Linux''' folder.

|| To open '''GCompris''', go to the '''Downloads''' folder.

Double-click on '''GCompris''' installer folder for '''Linux'''.
|-
|| Double click on '''bin''' folder.
|| Then double click on '''bin''' folder to open it.
|-
|| In this folder, right click >> select '''Open in Terminal''' option.
|| In this folder, right click and select '''Open in Terminal''' option.
|-
|| At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''GCompris''' application opens.
|-
| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''About GCompris'''
|| The interface is designed for easy use by small children.

Computer with a mouse is essential for learning '''GCompris'''.

You can also use other pointing devices such as Joystick, Touchpad, Stylus pen etc.

For more information use the given link

https://gcompris.net/wiki/Manual
|-
|| Point to a list of activities.

Point to a control bar at the bottom.
|| '''GCompris''' graphic interface is shown here with,

a list of activities at the top and

a control bar at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to the eight sections.

Point to each icon.

|| All the activities are grouped under eight sections.

Each section is represented with an icon.
|-
|| Click on cat with a keyboard and mouse icon.

Scroll down >> Point to the activities.

|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a keyboard and a mouse.

List of the activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

All the activities shown in this section will train the child in using mouse and keyboard.
|-
|| Click on '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.

Point to the hint message.
| | Click on '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.

The activity opens with a hint message.
|-
|| Point to the hint message.

Click on the '''Start''' button.

|| This hint message gives an idea about how to play the activity.

After reading the message, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to the '''control bar'''.

Point to '''help''' icon, '''home''' icon and back and forth arrow icons.
| | At the bottom of the screen we see a '''control bar'''.

It has '''help''' icon, '''home''' icon and back and forth arrow icons.
|-
|| Click on '''hide/show''' icon.
|| We can hide or show the control bar with the help of '''hide/show''' icon.
|-
|| Click on '''help''' icon.

Point to a page.

Scroll down >> Point to instruction, '''Author''', '''Manual''' and '''Section'''.

|| Let's click on '''help''' icon.

A page opens.

Here we see the instruction to play the activity, '''Author''', '''Manual''' and '''Section''' of the activity.

|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| To close the page, click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|-
|| Point to back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the number.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| Back and forth arrow icons are used to select the level of the activity.

Here the number indicates the level of the activity.

Higher levels correspond to greater difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| In '''GCompris''', it is possible to go to the next level without completing the current level.
|-
|| Point to the '''home''' icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

Cursor on the interface.

|| '''Home''' icon is used to quit the activity.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

It leaves the current activity and takes you to the previous menu.
|-
|| Click on a cow with ABC icon.

Point to the activities.

Scroll down to show activities.

Click on '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
| | Click on Cow with ABC icon.

List of activities under this category appear on the interface.

In this category, we have activities related to reading letters, words, typing text etc.

Select '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| The activity opens on the interface.

We heard a voice giving instructions about how to play the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| It asks us to click on the spoken letter.
|-
|| Point to Lips symbol.

Click on Lips symbol.
|| Lips symbol is present at the top right corner of the interface.

Click on this symbol to listen to the letter again.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| We can disable the sound If we don't want to hear the audio.

This can be done using the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to the '''control bar'''.

Point to the four icons.
|| At the bottom of the interface we can see a '''control bar'''.

It has '''Quit''' icon, '''About GCompris''' icon, '''Help''' icon and '''tool box''' icon.
|-
|| Point to the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
| | The '''tool box''' icon is represented with a spanner image.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Configuration''' page.

Click on the white arrow icon.
| | A '''Configuration''' page opens with list of settings that can be enabled or disabled.

Click on the arrow icon available at the bottom right corner to see the complete list.

|-
|| Point to '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| Here we can see two options to set the audio.

'''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects'''.
|-
|| Point to green tick mark.

Point to red cross mark.

|| The green tick mark indicates that the setting is enabled.

The red cross mark indicates that the setting is disabled.
|-
|| Click on the '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| Uncheck the '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.

|-
|| Click on red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner to close the page.
|-
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon << Click on '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
|| Go to the '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity again.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the top right corner.
| | Note that, audio is now disabled.

Hence, lips symbol also disappears.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets see the other settings available on the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| Go to the '''Configuration''' page again.

'''Fullscreen''' option is listed here.
|-
|| Drag the boundary of the interface.
|| We can resize the '''GCompris''' interface with the help of this option.
|-
|| Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| Lets keep this option as it is.
|-
|| Point to the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

|| In the '''GCompris''', a lot of activities require virtual keyboard.

Whenever you need this keyboard, enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files''' options.
|| Let us keep the options shown here as it is.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.

Next we will see the settings to change the font style, size, spacing etc with an activity.

|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Image Name''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Image Name''' activity.
|-
|| Point to the words in '''Image Name''' activity.
|| Let's change the font size, style, spacing and case of the words.
|-
|| Click on '''home''' icon>>Click on '''tool box''' icon.
|| For this, go to the '''Configuration''' page again.
|-
|| Click on the '''Font selector''' button.

Scroll down >> show font style list.

Click on '''Bitstream Charter'''.
|| Click on the '''Font selector''' button.

A list of font styles is displayed.

I will select '''Bitstream Charter'''.
|-
|| Drag the '''Font size''' slider.
|| Then drag the '''Font size''' slider to increase the font size.
|-
|| Point to '''Font Capitalization''' setting.
|| Next is a '''Font Capitalization''' setting.
|-
|| Click on '''Font Capitalization''' button.

Point to mixed case or uppercase or lowercase options.
|| Click on '''Font Capitalization''' button.

Here we can change all the letters to mixed case or uppercase or lowercase.
|-
|| Click on '''All uppercase''' option.
|| I will select '''All uppercase''' option.
|-
|| Drag the '''Font letter spacing''' slider.
|| Next drag the '''Font letter spacing''' slider to change the spacing between the letters.
|-
|| Click on red cross icon at the top right corner>>Click on '''Image Name''' activity.

Point to all the words.

Click on '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Now close the '''Configuration''' page and open the '''Image Name''' activity.

Observe that properties of the font has changed.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|| In '''GCompris''', we can also change the language for the activity.

For this go to the '''Configuration''' page again.
|-
|| Click on '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
| | To listen to the audio again we will enable the two audio settings.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Language selector''' button.

Point to the list.

|| Scroll down and click on '''Language selector''' button.

Here is the list of all languages.
|-
|| Scroll down >> point to all languages.

Click on '''Hindi'''.
|| Select the language as per your requirement.

I will select '''Hindi'''.
|-
|| Point to '''localized voices''' option.

Click on the '''Download''' button.
|| Below the '''Language selector''' button we have an option to update '''localized voices'''.

Click on the '''Download''' button.
|-
|| Point to pop up window.

Point to a message.
|| A pop up window opens.

It shows that your download is completed.

The data files are now accessible.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon of the pop up window.
|| Close the pop up window.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| To see the changes on the interface, restart the '''GCompris''' application.
|-
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page and '''GCompris''' application.

At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| To restart the '''GCompris''' application close the '''GCompris''' window.

On the terminal type the command as shown earlier and press '''Enter''' to open.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on cow with ABC icon.

Point to the titles of the activities.

Click on '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Notice that the language is now changed to '''Hindi'''.

Click on cow with ABC icon.

Observe that titles of the activities have changed to '''Hindi'''.

Select '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Now we can listen to the instructions in '''Hindi'''.
|-
||
Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Point to the instructions.

Scroll down >> click on '''language selector''' button.

Click on '''Your system default'''.
|| Let us go back and configure the settings to the default language which is '''English'''.

Go to the '''Configuration''' page.

Notice that instructions are now in '''Hindi'''.

Scroll down and click on '''language selector''' button.

Change the language to '''Your default system''' language.
|-
|| Close the '''GCompris''' application.

Open the '''GCompris''' application.
|| Restart the '''GCompris''' application to see the activities in '''English'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Lets see how to filter the activities according to the difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to the '''Difficulty filter''' option.
|| Open the '''Configuration''' page.

Scroll down the list to see the '''Difficulty filter''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Difficulty filter''' option.

Point to the stars.

|| '''Difficulty filter''' option allows you to filter the activities as per the age group.

The stars indicate the age group for which each activity is designed.
|-
|| Point to three yellow stars.

Point to three red stars.

|| First three yellow stars are for 4 to 6 years old children.

Next three red complex stars are for the children above 6 years of age.
|-
|| Cursor on the stars.
|| Select the stars according to your difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on the yellow stars.

|| To deselect the activities click on the stars.

I want to deselect the activities for 4 to 6 years old, so I am clicking on the yellow stars.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon of the '''Configuration''' page.

Click on all the sections>>show the activities.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.

Observe that, all the sections now have activities intended for kids above 6 years.
|-
| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on deselected yellow stars.

Click on the red cross icon.
|| Go to the''' Configuration''' page again.

Click on the deselected yellow stars to show all the activities.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the sun icon.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the sun icon at the top left corner of the interface.

This will take you to the home page.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Cursor on the interface.

Click on tux icon.
| | On the interface we can see a message.

This message asks us to select favorite activities from different categories.

To do so first click on any activity of your choice.

I will click on tux icon.
|-
|| Point to the sun icon at the top right corner.

Click on the sun icon of different activities.
|| You will see an icon of sun at the top right corner of each activity.

Click on it to select the activity.
|-
|| Click on piggy icon >> Click on sun icon at the top right corner of different activities.

Click on the sun icon at the top left corner.

Point to the selected activities on the interface.
|| Select your favorite activities under different categories.

After selecting the activities, click on the sun icon at the top left corner.

Now we can see all the selected activities on the main interface.
|-
|| Click on all the sun icons at the top right corner of the activity.

Click on the sun icon at the top left corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the sun icon at the top-right corner of each activity.

Then click on the sun icon at the top-left corner on the main activity bar.

This will remove the activities under the selected category.
|-
|| Point to the '''quit''' icon.

Click on the '''quit''' icon.
| | The quit icon at the bottom of the interface is used to quit the '''GCompris''' application.

We can also use '''Ctrl''' and '''Q''' keys together on the keyboard to quit the '''GCompris''' application.
|-
||
| | Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
| | In this tutorial we have learnt,
About '''GCompris''' interface and menus

Configure the settings and

Customize the activities
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Open the '''Configuration''' menu,

1)Using the '''Difficulty filter''' option,

select games for 4 to 6 years old children and

2)Change the language for the activities as per your choice.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
| | The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Do you have questions in '''This''' '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

GCompris/C2/Introduction-to-GCompris/English

2019-11-01T12:35:27Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 |- | '''Visual Cue''' || '''Narration''' |- ||'''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the Spoken Tutorial on '''Introduction to GCompris'''. |- ||..."

{|border=1
|-
| '''Visual Cue'''
|| '''Narration'''
|-
||'''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the Spoken Tutorial on '''Introduction to GCompris'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn,

About '''GCompris''' interface and menus

Configure the settings and

Customize the activities

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| To record this tutorial I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS v 16.04

GCompris v 0.96 and

A working Internet connection

|-
||'''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with basic computer skills.
|-
||'''Slide Number 5'''

'''Link to Download GCompris'''

Point to '''https://gcompris.net/index-en.html'''.
|| Please use the given link to download the '''GCompris''' application.

[https://gcompris.net/index-en.html https://gcompris.net/index-en.html]

|-
|| Point to '''Downloads''' folder.

Double-click on '''gcompris-qt-0.96-Linux''' folder.

|| To open '''GCompris''', go to the '''Downloads''' folder.

Double-click on '''GCompris''' installer folder for '''Linux'''.
|-
|| Double click on '''bin''' folder.
|| Then double click on '''bin''' folder to open it.
|-
|| In this folder, right click >> select '''Open in Terminal''' option.
|| In this folder, right click and select '''Open in Terminal''' option.
|-
|| At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''GCompris''' interface.
|| At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''GCompris''' application opens.
|-
| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''About GCompris'''
|| The interface is designed for easy use by small children.

Computer with a mouse is essential for learning '''GCompris'''.

You can also use other pointing devices such as Joystick, Touchpad, Stylus pen etc.

For more information use the given link

https://gcompris.net/wiki/Manual
|-
|| Point to a list of activities.

Point to a control bar at the bottom.
|| '''GCompris''' graphic interface is shown here with,

a list of activities at the top and

a control bar at the bottom.
|-
|| Point to the eight sections.

Point to each icon.

|| All the activities are grouped under eight sections.

Each section is represented with an icon.
|-
|| Click on cat with a keyboard and mouse icon.

Scroll down >> Point to the activities.

|| Click on the icon that shows a cat with a keyboard and a mouse.

List of the activities in this section are displayed on the interface.

All the activities shown in this section will train the child in using mouse and keyboard.
|-
|| Click on '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.

Point to the hint message.
| | Click on '''Make the ball go to Tux''' activity.

The activity opens with a hint message.
|-
|| Point to the hint message.

Click on the '''Start''' button.

|| This hint message gives an idea about how to play the activity.

After reading the message, click on the '''Start''' button.
|-
|| Point to the '''control bar'''.

Point to '''help''' icon, '''home''' icon and back and forth arrow icons.
| | At the bottom of the screen we see a '''control bar'''.

It has '''help''' icon, '''home''' icon and back and forth arrow icons.
|-
|| Click on '''hide/show''' icon.
|| We can hide or show the control bar with the help of '''hide/show''' icon.
|-
|| Click on '''help''' icon.

Point to a page.

Scroll down >> Point to instruction, '''Author''', '''Manual''' and '''Section'''.

|| Let's click on '''help''' icon.

A page opens.

Here we see the instruction to play the activity, '''Author''', '''Manual''' and '''Section''' of the activity.

|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| To close the page, click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.
|-
|| Point to back and forth arrow icons.

Point to the number.

Click on back and forth arrow icons.
|| Back and forth arrow icons are used to select the level of the activity.

Here the number indicates the level of the activity.

Higher levels correspond to greater difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on the back and forth arrow icons.
|| In '''GCompris''', it is possible to go to the next level without completing the current level.
|-
|| Point to the '''home''' icon.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

Cursor on the interface.

|| '''Home''' icon is used to quit the activity.

Click on the '''home''' icon.

It leaves the current activity and takes you to the previous menu.
|-
|| Click on a cow with ABC icon.

Point to the activities.

Scroll down to show activities.

Click on '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
| | Click on Cow with ABC icon.

List of activities under this category appear on the interface.

In this category, we have activities related to reading letters, words, typing text etc.

Select '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| The activity opens on the interface.

We heard a voice giving instructions about how to play the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| It asks us to click on the spoken letter.
|-
|| Point to Lips symbol.

Click on Lips symbol.
|| Lips symbol is present at the top right corner of the interface.

Click on this symbol to listen to the letter again.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| We can disable the sound If we don't want to hear the audio.

This can be done using the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Point to the '''control bar'''.

Point to the four icons.
|| At the bottom of the interface we can see a '''control bar'''.

It has '''Quit''' icon, '''About GCompris''' icon, '''Help''' icon and '''tool box''' icon.
|-
|| Point to the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
| | The '''tool box''' icon is represented with a spanner image.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Configuration''' page.

Click on the white arrow icon.
| | A '''Configuration''' page opens with list of settings that can be enabled or disabled.

Click on the arrow icon available at the bottom right corner to see the complete list.

|-
|| Point to '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| Here we can see two options to set the audio.

'''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects'''.
|-
|| Point to green tick mark.

Point to red cross mark.

|| The green tick mark indicates that the setting is enabled.

The red cross mark indicates that the setting is disabled.
|-
|| Click on the '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
|| Uncheck the '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.

|-
|| Click on red cross icon at the top right corner.
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner to close the page.
|-
|| Click on the cow with ABC icon << Click on '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity.
|| Go to the '''Click on a lowercase letter''' activity again.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to the top right corner.
| | Note that, audio is now disabled.

Hence, lips symbol also disappears.
|-
|| Click on the '''home''' icon.
|| Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Lets see the other settings available on the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| Go to the '''Configuration''' page again.

'''Fullscreen''' option is listed here.
|-
|| Drag the boundary of the interface.
|| We can resize the '''GCompris''' interface with the help of this option.
|-
|| Point to the '''Fullscreen''' option.
|| Lets keep this option as it is.
|-
|| Point to the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.

|| In the '''GCompris''', a lot of activities require virtual keyboard.

Whenever you need this keyboard, enable the '''Virtual Keyboard''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files''' options.
|| Let us keep the options shown here as it is.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon at the top right corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.

Next we will see the settings to change the font style, size, spacing etc with an activity.

|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Image Name''' activity.
|| Scroll down and click on '''Image Name''' activity.
|-
|| Point to the words in '''Image Name''' activity.
|| Let's change the font size, style, spacing and case of the words.
|-
|| Click on '''home''' icon>>Click on '''tool box''' icon.
|| For this, go to the '''Configuration''' page again.
|-
|| Click on the '''Font selector''' button.

Scroll down >> show font style list.

Click on '''Bitstream Charter'''.
|| Click on the '''Font selector''' button.

A list of font styles is displayed.

I will select '''Bitstream Charter'''.
|-
|| Drag the '''Font size''' slider.
|| Then drag the '''Font size''' slider to increase the font size.
|-
|| Point to '''Font Capitalization''' setting.
|| Next is a '''Font Capitalization''' setting.
|-
|| Click on '''Font Capitalization''' button.

Point to mixed case or uppercase or lowercase options.
|| Click on '''Font Capitalization''' button.

Here we can change all the letters to mixed case or uppercase or lowercase.
|-
|| Click on '''All uppercase''' option.
|| I will select '''All uppercase''' option.
|-
|| Drag the '''Font letter spacing''' slider.
|| Next drag the '''Font letter spacing''' slider to change the spacing between the letters.
|-
|| Click on red cross icon at the top right corner>>Click on '''Image Name''' activity.

Point to all the words.

Click on '''home''' icon to quit the activity.
|| Now close the '''Configuration''' page and open the '''Image Name''' activity.

Observe that properties of the font has changed.

Click on the '''home''' icon to quit the activity.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the '''tool box''' icon.
|| In '''GCompris''', we can also change the language for the activity.

For this go to the '''Configuration''' page again.
|-
|| Click on '''Enable audio voices''' and '''Enable audio effects''' options.
| | To listen to the audio again we will enable the two audio settings.
|-
|| Scroll down >> click on '''Language selector''' button.

Point to the list.

|| Scroll down and click on '''Language selector''' button.

Here is the list of all languages.
|-
|| Scroll down >> point to all languages.

Click on '''Hindi'''.
|| Select the language as per your requirement.

I will select '''Hindi'''.
|-
|| Point to '''localized voices''' option.

Click on the '''Download''' button.
|| Below the '''Language selector''' button we have an option to update '''localized voices'''.

Click on the '''Download''' button.
|-
|| Point to pop up window.

Point to a message.
|| A pop up window opens.

It shows that your download is completed.

The data files are now accessible.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon of the pop up window.
|| Close the pop up window.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| To see the changes on the interface, restart the '''GCompris''' application.
|-
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page and '''GCompris''' application.

At the prompt type '''sh gcompris-qt.sh''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| To restart the '''GCompris''' application close the '''GCompris''' window.

On the terminal type the command as shown earlier and press '''Enter''' to open.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on cow with ABC icon.

Point to the titles of the activities.

Click on '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Notice that the language is now changed to '''Hindi'''.

Click on cow with ABC icon.

Observe that titles of the activities have changed to '''Hindi'''.

Select '''Click on an uppercase letter''' activity.

Now we can listen to the instructions in '''Hindi'''.
|-
||
Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Point to the instructions.

Scroll down >> click on '''language selector''' button.

Click on '''Your system default'''.
|| Let us go back and configure the settings to the default language which is '''English'''.

Go to the '''Configuration''' page.

Notice that instructions are now in '''Hindi'''.

Scroll down and click on '''language selector''' button.

Change the language to '''Your default system''' language.
|-
|| Close the '''GCompris''' application.

Open the '''GCompris''' application.
|| Restart the '''GCompris''' application to see the activities in '''English'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Lets see how to filter the activities according to the difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on '''tool box''' icon.

Scroll down >> point to the '''Difficulty filter''' option.
|| Open the '''configuration''' page.

Scroll down the list to see the '''Difficulty filter''' option.
|-
|| Point to '''Difficulty filter''' option.

Point to the stars.

|| '''Difficulty filter''' option allows you to filter the activities as per the age group.

The stars indicate the age group for which each activity is designed.
|-
|| Point to three yellow stars.

Point to three red stars.

|| First three yellow stars are for 4 to 6 years old children.

Next three red complex stars are for the children above 6 years of age.
|-
|| Cursor on the stars.
|| Select the stars according to your difficulty level.
|-
|| Click on the yellow stars.

|| To deselect the activities click on the stars.

I want to deselect the activities for 4 to 6 years old, so I am clicking on the yellow stars.
|-
|| Click on the red cross icon of the '''Configuration''' page.

Click on all the sections>>show the activities.
|| Close the '''Configuration''' page.

Observe that, all the sections now have activities intended for kids above 6 years.
|-
| Click on the '''tool box''' icon.

Click on deselected yellow stars.

Click on the red cross icon.
|| Go to the''' Configuration''' page again.

Click on the deselected yellow stars to show all the activities.

Close the '''Configuration''' page.
|-
|| Click on the sun icon.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the sun icon at the top left corner of the interface.

This will take you to the home page.
|-
|| Point to the message.

Cursor on the interface.

Click on tux icon.
| | On the interface we can see a message.

This message asks us to select favorite activities from different categories.

To do so first click on any activity of your choice.

I will click on tux icon.
|-
|| Point to the sun icon at the top right corner.

Click on the sun icon of different activities.
|| You will see an icon of sun at the top right corner of each activity.

Click on it to select the activity.
|-
|| Click on piggy icon >> Click on sun icon at the top right corner of different activities.

Click on the sun icon at the top left corner.

Point to the selected activities on the interface.
|| Select your favorite activities under different categories.

After selecting the activities, click on the sun icon at the top left corner.

Now we can see all the selected activities on the main interface.
|-
|| Click on all the sun icons at the top right corner of the activity.

Click on the sun icon at the top left corner.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Click on the sun icon at the top-right corner of each activity.

Then click on the sun icon at the top-left corner on the main activity bar.

This will remove the activities under the selected category.
|-
|| Point to the '''quit''' icon.

Click on the '''quit''' icon.
| | The quit icon at the bottom of the interface is used to quit the '''GCompris''' application.

We can also use '''Ctrl''' and '''Q''' keys together on the keyboard to quit the '''GCompris''' application.
|-
||
| | Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Summary'''
| | In this tutorial we have learnt,
About '''GCompris''' interface and menus

Configure the settings and

Customize the activities
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Open the '''Configuration''' menu,

1)Using the '''Difficulty filter''' option,

select games for 4 to 6 years old children and

2)Change the language for the activities as per your choice.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
| | The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
| | The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

Do you have questions in '''This''' '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use these discussion as instructional material.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by MHRD, Government of India.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Models-of-the-Hydrogen-Atom/English

2019-05-31T06:53:37Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS v 14.04

Java v 1.7.0
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will,

Visualize different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explain the experimental predictions of each model.

Discuss limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Explain the energy level diagram.

Determine the orbital shape and orientation from n, l and m values.
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd space Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java hyphen jar hydrogen-atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space hydrogen hyphen atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''File''' and '''Help'''.

|| Top-left corner of the screen has a menu bar with menu items

'''File''' and '''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment''' and '''Prediction'''.
|| Below the menu bar, there is a grey button with two options,

'''Experiment''' and

'''Prediction'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment'''.
|| By default '''Experiment''' mode opens.
|-
||
Point to light gun.
|| On the screen,

we see an experimental setup with a light gun to emit beam of photons.
|-
|| Point to '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

Point to zoom-in box.
|| There is also a '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

This box is filled with hydrogen atoms.

The zoom-in box represents a single hydrogen atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Turn on the gun''' message.
|| A message appears.

It prompts you to click on the red button to turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to '''White''' and '''Monochromatic''' radio buttons.

Point to '''White''' radio button.
|| The light gun has two light controls, '''White''' and '''Monochromatic'''.

By default '''White''' light is selected.
|-
|| Click on '''Prediction''' button.

Point to '''Atomic Model''' panel.

Point to '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|| Click on '''Prediction''' option on the grey button.

'''Atomic Model''' panel opens on the left-side of the screen.

It has a list of '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can check how the prediction of a model matches the experimental results.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box on the right-side of the screen has a list of sub-atomic particles.
|-
|| Point to slider at the bottom.

Point to '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

*Slider to control speed of animation

* '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

|-
|| Point to '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Click on '''Billiard Ball''' from the list.
|| The first model of atom proposed, is the '''Billiard Ball''' model.

By default '''Billiard Ball''' is selected from the list.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Billiard Ball Model'''
|| '''Billiard Ball''' Model

'''Billiard Ball''' model is also called as '''Dalton's''' atomic model.

It was proposed by '''John Dalton'''.

According to this model,

individual atom is visualized as solid, hard spheres, like billiard balls.
|-
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Point to '''White''' light.
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to photons in zoom in box.
|| A beam of photons having different wave lengths pass through box of hydrogen.
|-
|| Point to deflected photons in the path of hydrogen atom.
|| Observe that,
All photons in the path of hydrogen atoms are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Experiments showed that atoms are mostly made up of empty space.

Presence of different kinds of sub-atomic particles was also established.

|| Limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Sub-atomic particles carry positive and negative charges.

Based on these observations, Plum Pudding Model was suggested.
||Here are the limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Turn off the light beam.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.
|-
|| Point to model in zoom in box.

Point to brown mass.

Point to blue color particle.
|| This model was proposed by '''J. J. Thomson''' in 1898.

The positive charge is uniformly distributed and electrons are embedded into it.

The brown mass is the positive charge.

Blue color particle in the middle is the electron.
|-
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Turn on the light beam.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to electron and deflected photons.

Point to spectrum.
|| When photons strikes electron, the electron moves and photons deflected.

Notice that, spectrum consists of only emitted uv photons.
|-
|| Click on red button of the spectrometer.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Limitations of Plum Pudding model'''

Gold foil scattering experiments by '''Rutherford''' showed that,

Positive charge is not spread evenly over the entire atom.
|| Limitations of''' Plum Pudding model'''

Here are the limitations of '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|-
|| Point to '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|| Based on the above observations,
Rutherford proposed the '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| '''Solar System''' Model

Rutherford nuclear model of an atom is like a small scale solar system.

Nucleus plays the role of sun and the electrons that of revolving planets.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| The very small positive charge portion of the atom was called nucleus.

Electrons move around the nucleus.

They move with very high speed in circular paths called orbits.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Classical Solar System'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Pause the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Classical Solar System''' from the list.
|-
|| Point to '''Show electron energy level diagram'''.

Click on the check box.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| Screen has '''Show electron energy level diagram''' check-box at the top-right corner.

Click on the check box.

It shows the energy of the electron.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| If this model were true,

it should take an electron only a fraction of a second to spiral into the nucleus.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>> click '''Step''' button.
|| Click on '''Step''' button to view the energy of the electron.

Energy of the electron goes from highest to lowest in a fraction of a second.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| We know that this does not happen.

Atom is known to be stable.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Limitations of Solar System model'''
|| Limitations of '''Solar System model'''

'''Rutherford''' model cannot explain,

The stability of an atom and also,

The distribution of electrons and their energies.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Bohr''' model.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

From the '''Atomic Model''' list, click on '''Bohr'''.

'''Neils Bohr''' proposed a model of hydrogen atom to improve upon '''Rutherford's''' model.
|-
||
Point to electron and orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to '''n=1,2,3,4''' in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| According to this model,

The electron moves around the nucleus in an orbit of fixed radius and energy.

The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time.

These orbits are called energy levels.

These orbits are represented by '''n=1,2,3,4''' etc in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Turn on the light beam.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|-
|| Point to electron in the first orbit of atom.

Point electron at '''n =1''' in energy level diagram.

|| Initially there is an electron in the 1st orbit of an atom.

'''Electron energy level''' diagram shows electron at n =1st level.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

|| Observe the electronic transition in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Electron absorbs photon and gets excited to higher level.

Energy is emitted when electron moves from higher level to lower level.
|-
|| Point to electron in 1st level.
|| This electron returns back to 1st level.
|-
|| Point to spectrometer.

Point to emitted photons in the spectrometer.
|| Observe the spectrometer.

Spectrometer shows emitted photons.
|-
|| Click on '''Monochromatic''' radiobutton.
|| Under '''Light controls''', click on '''Monochromatic''' radio button.
|-
|| Check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|| Then check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to four vertical spectral lines.
|| You will see four vertical spectral lines.

These lines represent the wavelengths of absorption.
|-
|| Point to highlighted slider.

Point to '''94 nm''' wavelength in text box.
|| The slider is highlighted on the first line.

Wavelength, '''94 nm''' as shown in the text box.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| As the photon strikes the electron,

observe the electronic transition at '''94 nm''' in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Point to electron at n= 6 level.

Point to electron at n=1 level.
|| The electron moves to n= 6th level.

After a while it moves to lower level by emitting photon.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Assignment '''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Bohr''' Atomic model.

Change the light beam to '''Monochromatic'''.

Observe the electronic transitions at 103 nm, 112 nm, and 122 nm absorption wave lengths.
|-
||'''Slide Number 16'''

'''Assignment '''
||Observe the energy level diagram and the spectrometer results.

Note the observation and give an explanation.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Limitations of Bohr’s model'''

The spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen.

Finer details of the hydrogen atom spectrum.

Ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds.

Splitting of spectral lines in the presence of, a '''Magnetic field (Zeeman effect)'''
or an '''Electric field (Stark effect)'''.

||Limitations of '''Bohr’s''' model

'''Bohr's''' model was unable to explain the following phenomena.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''deBroglie Model'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Another model based on dual behavior of electrons was proposed.
|-
|| Click on '''deBroglie model'''.

Point to wave in zoom in box.
|| Click on '''de Broglie''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.

Notice the wave which represents electron in zoom-in box.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''deBroglie Atomic Model'''
||
'''deBroglie''' Atomic Model

The French physicist, '''de Broglie''' in 1924 proposed dual behavior of electrons.

Like radiation, matter should also exhibit both particle and wavelike properties.

Electrons should also have momentum as well as wavelength.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to electron>>Point to electron at higher energy level orbit.

Point to electron at lower energy level orbit.

Point to energy level diagram.
|| Notice that the electron absorbs photon and moves to higher energy level orbit.

Electron at higher energy level emits energy.

It returns to the lower energy level orbit.

Observe the electronic transitions in '''energy level diagram'''.
|-
|| Point to '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view'''>>click on '''3D view'''.
|| Top-left corner of the view box has '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view''' and click on it.
|-
|| Point to wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Now observe the wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In order to explain the spectrum of hydrogen atom,

theory of quantum mechanics came into existence.
|-
|| '''Slide number 19'''

'''Schrödinger Model'''

|| '''Schrödinger''' Model

'''Erwin Schrödinger''' proposed the quantum mechanical model of the atom.

'''Schrödinger''' used mathematical equations to describe the probability of finding an electron.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Quantum Numbers'''
|| '''Quantum''' Numbers

The three coordinates that come from '''Schrodinger's''' wave equations are '''quantum''' numbers,

'''Principal (n)''', '''Angular (l)''', and '''Magnetic (m)'''.

'''Quantum''' numbers describe size, shape and orientation of the orbitals.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' model.

Point to atom in the zoom in box.
|| Back to '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' from the list.

In the zoom in box, atom is shown with nucleus surrounded by electron cloud.
|-
|| Click on the '''White''' radio button.
|| Switch back to '''White''' light.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

|| Turn on the light beam.

|-
|| Point to electron in zoom in box.
|| Observe that electron absorbs photon and moves to different orbital.
|-
|| Point to shapes of orbitals.
|| Observe the shapes of orbitals as the electron moves.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to n, l, m in '''energy level''' diagram.
|| Notice the electronic transitions in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

In addition to value of '''n''', '''energy level''' diagram has values for '''l''' and '''m''' also.
|-
|| Point to '''n, l, m''' value at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Point to '''n, l, m''' value.
|| Note '''n''', ''' l''', '''m''' values at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Note the change in '''n''', '''l''', '''m''' values as the photons strike the electrons.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| All these models compare how the experimental results match with the prediction.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

For the '''Schrodinger's''' atomic model, select '''Monochromatic''' light beam.

Note '''n,l,m''' values for the electron at four absorption wavelengths.

Note the orbital shape and possible orientation for each wavelength.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarise.

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', ''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 23'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Visualized different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explained the experimental predictions of each model.

Discussed limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 24'''

'''Summary'''
|| Determined the orbital shape and orientation from '''n''', '''l''' and '''m''' values.

Explained the energy level diagram.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 25'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 26'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 27'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 28'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 29'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Models-of-the-Hydrogen-Atom/English

2019-05-31T06:47:32Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS v 14.04

Java v 1.7.0
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will,

Visualize different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explain the experimental predictions of each model.

Discuss limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Explain the energy level diagram.

Determine the orbital shape and orientation from n, l and m values.
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd space Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java hyphen jar hydrogen-atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space hydrogen hyphen atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''File''' and '''Help'''.

|| Top-left corner of the screen has a menu bar with menu items

'''File''' and '''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment''' and '''Prediction'''.
|| Below the menu bar, there is a grey button with two options,

'''Experiment''' and

'''Prediction'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment'''.
|| By default '''Experiment''' mode opens.
|-
||
Point to light gun.
|| On the screen,

we see an experimental setup with a light gun to emit beam of photons.
|-
|| Point to '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

Point to zoom-in box.
|| There is also a '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

This box is filled with hydrogen atoms.

The zoom-in box represents a single hydrogen atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Turn on the gun''' message.
|| A message appears.

It prompts you to click on the red button to turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to '''White''' and '''Monochromatic''' radio buttons.

Point to '''White''' radio button.
|| The light gun has two light controls, '''White''' and '''Monochromatic'''.

By default '''White''' light is selected.
|-
|| Click on '''Prediction''' button.

Point to '''Atomic Model''' panel.

Point to '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|| Click on '''Prediction''' option on the grey button.

'''Atomic Model''' panel opens on the left-side of the screen.

It has a list of '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can check how the prediction of a model matches the experimental results.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box on the right-side of the screen has a list of sub-atomic particles.
|-
|| Point to slider at the bottom.

Point to '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

*Slider to control speed of animation

* '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

|-
|| Point to '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Click on '''Billiard Ball''' from the list.
|| The first model of atom proposed, is the '''Billiard Ball''' model.

By default '''Billiard Ball''' is selected from the list.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Billiard Ball Model'''
|| '''Billiard Ball''' Model

'''Billiard Ball''' model is also called as '''Dalton's''' atomic model.

It was proposed by '''John Dalton'''.

According to this model,

individual atom is visualized as solid, hard spheres, like billiard balls.
|-
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Point to '''White''' light.
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to photons in zoom in box.
|| A beam of photons having different wave lengths pass through box of hydrogen.
|-
|| Point to deflected photons in the path of hydrogen atom.
|| Observe that,
All photons in the path of hydrogen atoms are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Experiments showed that atoms are mostly made up of empty space.

Presence of different kinds of sub-atomic particles was also established.

|| Limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Here are the limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Sub-atomic particles carry positive and negative charges.

Based on these observations, Plum Pudding Model was suggested.
||
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Turn off the light beam.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.
|-
|| Point to model in zoom in box.

Point to brown mass.

Point to blue color particle.
|| This model was proposed by '''J. J. Thomson''' in 1898.

The positive charge is uniformly distributed and electrons are embedded into it.

The brown mass is the positive charge.

Blue color particle in the middle is the electron.
|-
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Turn on the light beam.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to electron and deflected photons.

Point to spectrum.
|| When photons strikes electron, the electron moves and photons deflected.

Notice that, spectrum consists of only emitted uv photons.
|-
|| Click on red button of the spectrometer.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Limitations of Plum Pudding model'''

Gold foil scattering experiments by '''Rutherford''' showed that,

Positive charge is not spread evenly over the entire atom.
|| Limitations of''' Plum Pudding model'''

Here are the limitations of '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|-
|| Point to '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|| Based on the above observations,
Rutherford proposed the '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| '''Solar System''' Model

Rutherford nuclear model of an atom is like a small scale solar system.

Nucleus plays the role of sun and the electrons that of revolving planets.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| The very small positive charge portion of the atom was called nucleus.

Electrons move around the nucleus.

They move with very high speed in circular paths called orbits.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Classical Solar System'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Pause the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Classical Solar System''' from the list.
|-
|| Point to '''Show electron energy level diagram'''.

Click on the check box.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| Screen has '''Show electron energy level diagram''' check-box at the top-right corner.

Click on the check box.

It shows the energy of the electron.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| If this model were true,

it should take an electron only a fraction of a second to spiral into the nucleus.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>> click '''Step''' button.
|| Click on '''Step''' button to view the energy of the electron.

Energy of the electron goes from highest to lowest in a fraction of a second.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| We know that this does not happen.

Atom is known to be stable.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Limitations of Solar System model'''
|| Limitations of '''Solar System model'''

'''Rutherford''' model cannot explain,

The stability of an atom and also,

The distribution of electrons and their energies.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Bohr''' model.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

From the '''Atomic Model''' list, click on '''Bohr'''.

'''Neils Bohr''' proposed a model of hydrogen atom to improve upon '''Rutherford's''' model.
|-
||
Point to electron and orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to '''n=1,2,3,4''' in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| According to this model,

The electron moves around the nucleus in an orbit of fixed radius and energy.

The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time.

These orbits are called energy levels.

These orbits are represented by '''n=1,2,3,4''' etc in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Turn on the light beam.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|-
|| Point to electron in the first orbit of atom.

Point electron at '''n =1''' in energy level diagram.

|| Initially there is an electron in the 1st orbit of an atom.

'''Electron energy level''' diagram shows electron at n =1st level.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

|| Observe the electronic transition in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Electron absorbs photon and gets excited to higher level.

Energy is emitted when electron moves from higher level to lower level.
|-
|| Point to electron in 1st level.
|| This electron returns back to 1st level.
|-
|| Point to spectrometer.

Point to emitted photons in the spectrometer.
|| Observe the spectrometer.

Spectrometer shows emitted photons.
|-
|| Click on '''Monochromatic''' radiobutton.
|| Under '''Light controls''', click on '''Monochromatic''' radio button.
|-
|| Check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|| Then check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to four vertical spectral lines.
|| You will see four vertical spectral lines.

These lines represent the wavelengths of absorption.
|-
|| Point to highlighted slider.

Point to '''94 nm''' wavelength in text box.
|| The slider is highlighted on the first line.

Wavelength, '''94 nm''' as shown in the text box.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| As the photon strikes the electron,

observe the electronic transition at '''94 nm''' in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Point to electron at n= 6 level.

Point to electron at n=1 level.
|| The electron moves to n= 6th level.

After a while it moves to lower level by emitting photon.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Assignment '''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Bohr''' Atomic model.

Change the light beam to '''Monochromatic'''.

Observe the electronic transitions at 103 nm, 112 nm, and 122 nm absorption wave lengths.
|-
||'''Slide Number 16'''

'''Assignment '''
||Observe the energy level diagram and the spectrometer results.

Note the observation and give an explanation.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Limitations of Bohr’s model'''

The spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen.

Finer details of the hydrogen atom spectrum.

Ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds.

Splitting of spectral lines in the presence of, a '''Magnetic field (Zeeman effect)'''
or an '''Electric field (Stark effect)'''.

||Limitations of '''Bohr’s''' model

'''Bohr's''' model was unable to explain the following phenomena.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''deBroglie Model'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Another model based on dual behavior of electrons was proposed.
|-
|| Click on '''deBroglie model'''.

Point to wave in zoom in box.
|| Click on '''de Broglie''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.

Notice the wave which represents electron in zoom-in box.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''deBroglie Atomic Model'''
||
'''deBroglie''' Atomic Model

The French physicist, '''de Broglie''' in 1924 proposed dual behavior of electrons.

Like radiation, matter should also exhibit both particle and wavelike properties.

Electrons should also have momentum as well as wavelength.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to electron>>Point to electron at higher energy level orbit.

Point to electron at lower energy level orbit.

Point to energy level diagram.
|| Notice that the electron absorbs photon and moves to higher energy level orbit.

Electron at higher energy level emits energy.

It returns to the lower energy level orbit.

Observe the electronic transitions in '''energy level diagram'''.
|-
|| Point to '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view'''>>click on '''3D view'''.
|| Top-left corner of the view box has '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view''' and click on it.
|-
|| Point to wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Now observe the wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In order to explain the spectrum of hydrogen atom,

theory of quantum mechanics came into existence.
|-
|| '''Slide number 19'''

'''Schrödinger Model'''

|| '''Schrödinger''' Model

'''Erwin Schrödinger''' proposed the quantum mechanical model of the atom.

'''Schrödinger''' used mathematical equations to describe the probability of finding an electron.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Quantum Numbers'''
|| '''Quantum''' Numbers

The three coordinates that come from '''Schrodinger's''' wave equations are '''quantum''' numbers,

'''Principal (n)''', '''Angular (l)''', and '''Magnetic (m)'''.

'''Quantum''' numbers describe size, shape and orientation of the orbitals.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' model.

Point to atom in the zoom in box.
|| Back to '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' from the list.

In the zoom in box, atom is shown with nucleus surrounded by electron cloud.
|-
|| Click on the '''White''' radio button.
|| Switch back to '''White''' light.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

|| Turn on the light beam.

|-
|| Point to electron in zoom in box.
|| Observe that electron absorbs photon and moves to different orbital.
|-
|| Point to shapes of orbitals.
|| Observe the shapes of orbitals as the electron moves.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to n, l, m in '''energy level''' diagram.
|| Notice the electronic transitions in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

In addition to value of '''n''', '''energy level''' diagram has values for '''l''' and '''m''' also.
|-
|| Point to '''n, l, m''' value at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Point to '''n, l, m''' value.
|| Note '''n''', ''' l''', '''m''' values at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Note the change in '''n''', '''l''', '''m''' values as the photons strike the electrons.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| All these models compare how the experimental results match with the prediction.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

For the '''Schrodinger's''' atomic model, select '''Monochromatic''' light beam.

Note '''n,l,m''' values for the electron at four absorption wavelengths.

Note the orbital shape and possible orientation for each wavelength.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarise.

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', ''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 23'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Visualized different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explained the experimental predictions of each model.

Discussed limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 24'''

'''Summary'''
|| Determined the orbital shape and orientation from '''n''', '''l''' and '''m''' values.

Explained the energy level diagram.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 25'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 26'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 27'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 28'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 29'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Models-of-the-Hydrogen-Atom/English

2019-05-22T07:20:35Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS v 14.04

Java v 1.7.0
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will,

Visualize different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explain the experimental predictions of each model.

Discuss limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Explain the energy level diagram.

Determine the orbital shape and orientation from n, l and m values.
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd space Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java hyphen jar hydrogen-atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space hydrogen hyphen atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''File''' and '''Help'''.

|| Top-left corner of the screen has a menu bar with menu items

'''File''' and '''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment''' and '''Prediction'''.
|| Below the menu bar, there is a grey button with two options,

'''Experiment''' and

'''Prediction'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment'''.
|| By default '''Experiment''' mode opens.
|-
||
Point to light gun.
|| On the screen,

we see an experimental setup with a light gun to emit beam of photons.
|-
|| Point to '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

Point to zoom-in box.
|| There is also a '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

This box is filled with hydrogen atoms.

The zoom-in box represents a single hydrogen atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Turn on the gun''' message.
|| A message appears.

It prompts you to click on the red button to turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to '''White''' and '''Monochromatic''' radio buttons.

Point to '''White''' radio button.
|| The light gun has two light controls, '''White''' and '''Monochromatic'''.

By default '''White''' light is selected.
|-
|| Click on '''Prediction''' button.

Point to '''Atomic Model''' panel.

Point to '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|| Click on '''Prediction''' option on the grey button.

'''Atomic Model''' panel opens on the left-side of the screen.

It has a list of '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can check how the prediction of a model matches the experimental results.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box on the right-side of the screen has a list of sub-atomic particles.
|-
|| Point to slider at the bottom.

Point to '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

*Slider to control speed of animation

* '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

|-
|| Point to '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Click on '''Billiard Ball''' from the list.
|| The first model of atom proposed is the '''Billiard Ball''' model.

By default '''Billiard Ball''' is selected from the list.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Billiard Ball Model'''
|| '''Billiard Ball''' Model

'''Billiard Ball''' model is also called as '''Dalton's''' atomic model.

It was proposed by '''John Dalton'''.

According to this model,

individual atom is visualized as solid, hard spheres, like billiard balls.
|-
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Point to '''White''' light.
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to photons in zoom in box.
|| A beam of photons having different wave lengths pass through box of hydrogen.
|-
|| Point to deflected photons in the path of hydrogen atom.
|| Observe that,
All photons in the path of hydrogen atoms are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Experiments showed that atoms are mostly made up of empty space.

Presence of different kinds of sub-atomic particles was also established.

|| Limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Here are the limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Sub-atomic particles carry positive and negative charges.

Based on these observations, Plum Pudding Model was suggested.
||
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Turn off the light beam.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.
|-
|| Point to model in zoom in box.

Point to brown mass.

Point to blue color particle.
|| This model was proposed by '''J. J. Thomson''' in 1898.

The positive charge is uniformly distributed and electrons are embedded into it.

The brown mass is the positive charge.

Blue color particle in the middle is the electron.
|-
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Turn on the light beam.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to electron and deflected photons.

Point to spectrum.
|| When photons strikes electron, the electron moves and photons deflected.

Notice that, spectrum consists of only emitted uv photons.
|-
|| Click on red button of the spectrometer.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Limitations of Plum Pudding model'''

Gold foil scattering experiments by '''Rutherford''' showed that,

Positive charge is not spread evenly over the entire atom.
|| Limitations of''' Plum Pudding model'''

This model failed because of the following reasons.
|-
|| Point to '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|| Based on the above observations,
Rutherford proposed the '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| '''Solar System''' Model

Rutherford nuclear model of an atom is like a small scale solar system.

Nucleus plays the role of sun and the electrons that of revolving planets.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| The very small positive charge portion of the atom was called nucleus.

Electrons move around the nucleus.

They move with very high speed in circular paths called orbits.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Classical Solar System'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Pause the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Classical Solar System''' from the list.
|-
|| Point to '''Show electron energy level diagram'''.

Click on the check box.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| Screen has '''Show electron energy level diagram''' check-box at the top-right corner.

Click on the check box.

It shows the energy of the electron.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| If this model were true,

it should take an electron only a fraction of a second to spiral into the nucleus.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>> click '''Step''' button.
|| Click on '''Step''' button to view the energy of the electron.

Energy of the electron goes from highest to lowest in a fraction of a second.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| We know that this does not happen.

Atom is known to be stable.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Limitations of Solar System model'''
|| Limitations of '''Solar System model'''

'''Rutherford''' model cannot explain,

The stability of an atom and also,

The distribution of electrons and their energies.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Bohr''' model.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

From the '''Atomic Model''' list, click on '''Bohr'''.

'''Neils Bohr''' proposed a model of hydrogen atom to improve upon '''Rutherford's''' model.
|-
||
Point to electron and orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to '''n=1,2,3,4''' in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| According to this model,

The electron moves around the nucleus in an orbit of fixed radius and energy.

The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time.

These orbits are called energy levels.

These orbits are represented by '''n=1,2,3,4''' etc in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Turn on the light beam.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|-
|| Point to electron in the first orbit of atom.

Point electron at '''n =1''' in energy level diagram.

|| Initially there is an electron in the 1st orbit of an atom.

'''Electron energy level''' diagram shows electron at n =1st level.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

|| Observe the electronic transition in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Electron absorbs photon and gets excited to higher level.

Energy is emitted when electron moves from higher level to lower level.
|-
|| Point to electron in 1st level.
|| This electron returns back to 1st level.
|-
|| Point to spectrometer.

Point to emitted photons in the spectrometer.
|| Observe the spectrometer.

Spectrometer shows emitted photons.
|-
|| Click on '''Monochromatic''' radiobutton.
|| Under '''Light controls''', click on '''Monochromatic''' radio button.
|-
|| Check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|| Then check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to four vertical spectral lines.
|| You will see four vertical spectral lines.

These lines represent the wavelengths of absorption.
|-
|| Point to highlighted slider.

Point to '''94 nm''' wavelength in text box.
|| The slider is highlighted on the first line.

Wavelength, '''94 nm''' as shown in the text box.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| As the photon strikes the electron,

observe the electronic transition at '''94 nm''' in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Point to electron at n= 6 level.

Point to electron at n=1 level.
|| The electron moves to n= 6th level.

After a while it moves to lower level by emitting photon.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Assignment '''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Bohr''' Atomic model.

Change the light beam to '''Monochromatic'''.

Observe the electronic transitions at 103nm, 112nm, and 122 nm absorption wave lengths.
|-
||'''Slide Number 16'''

'''Assignment '''
||Observe the energy level diagram and the spectrometer results.

Note the observation and give an explanation.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Limitations of Bohr’s model'''

The spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen.

Finer details of the hydrogen atom spectrum.

Ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds.

Splitting of spectral lines in the presence of, a '''Magnetic field (Zeeman effect)'''
or an '''Electric field (Stark effect)'''.

||Limitations of '''Bohr’s''' model

'''Bohr's''' model was unable to explain the following phenomena.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''deBroglie Model'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Another model based on dual behavior of electrons was proposed.
|-
|| Click on '''deBroglie model'''.

Point to wave in zoom in box.
|| Click on '''de Broglie''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.

Notice the wave which represents electron in zoom-in box.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''deBroglie Atomic Model'''
||
'''deBroglie''' Atomic Model

The French physicist, '''de Broglie''' in 1924 proposed dual behavior of electrons.

Like radiation, matter should also exhibit both particle and wavelike properties.

Electrons should also have momentum as well as wavelength.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to electron>>Point to electron at higher energy level orbit.

Point to electron at lower energy level orbit.

Point to energy level diagram.
|| Notice that the electron absorbs photon and moves to higher energy level orbit.

Electron at higher energy level emits energy.

It returns to the lower energy level orbit.

Observe the electronic transitions in '''energy level diagram'''.
|-
|| Point to '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view'''>>click on '''3D view'''.
|| Top-left corner of the view box has '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view''' and click on it.
|-
|| Point to wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Now observe the wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In order to explain the spectrum of hydrogen atom,

theory of quantum mechanics came into existence.
|-
|| '''Slide number 19'''

'''Schrödinger Model'''

|| '''Schrödinger''' Model

'''Erwin Schrödinger''' proposed the quantum mechanical model of the atom.

'''Schrödinger''' used mathematical equations to describe the probability of finding an electron.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Quantum Numbers'''
|| '''Quantum''' Numbers

The three coordinates that come from '''Schrodinger's''' wave equations are '''quantum''' numbers,

'''Principal (n)''', '''Angular (l)''', and '''Magnetic (m)'''.

'''Quantum''' numbers describe size, shape and orientation of the orbitals.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' model.

Point to atom in the zoom in box.
|| Back to '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' from the list.

In the zoom in box, atom is shown with nucleus surrounded by electron cloud.
|-
|| Click on the '''White''' radio button.
|| Switch back to '''White''' light.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

|| Turn on the light beam.

|-
|| Point to electron in zoom in box.
|| Observe that electron absorbs photon and moves to different orbital.
|-
|| Point to shapes of orbitals.
|| Observe the shapes of orbitals as the electron moves.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to n, l, m in '''energy level''' diagram.
|| Notice the electronic transitions in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

In addition to value of '''n''', '''energy level''' diagram has values for '''l''' and '''m''' also.
|-
|| Point to '''n, l, m''' value at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Point to '''n, l, m''' value.
|| Note '''n''', ''' l''', '''m''' values at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Note the change in '''n''', '''l''', '''m''' values as the photons strike the electrons.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| All these models compare how the experimental results match with the prediction.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

For the '''Schrodinger's''' atomic model, select '''Monochromatic''' light beam.

Note '''n,l,m''' values for the electron at four absorption wavelengths.

Note the orbital shape and possible orientations for each wavelength.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarise.

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', ''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 23'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Visualized different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explained the experimental predictions of each model.

Discussed limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 24'''

'''Summary'''
|| Determined the orbital shape and orientation from '''n''', '''l''' and '''m''' values.

Explained the energy level diagram.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 25'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 26'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 27'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 28'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 29'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Models-of-the-Hydrogen-Atom/English

2019-05-22T06:27:04Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS v 14.04

Java v 1.7.0
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this simulation we will,

Visualize different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explain the experimental predictions of each model.

Discuss limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Explain the energy level diagram.

Determine the orbital shape and orientation from n, l and m values.
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''' phet.
|| I have already downloaded '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd space Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java hyphen jar hydrogen-atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space hydrogen hyphen atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''File''' and '''Help'''.

|| Top-left corner of the screen has a menu bar with menu items

'''File''' and '''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment''' and '''Prediction'''.
|| Below the menu bar, there is a grey button with two options,

'''Experiment''' and

'''Prediction'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment'''.
|| By default '''Experiment''' mode opens.
|-
||
Point to light gun.
|| On the screen,

we see an experimental setup with a light gun to emit beam of photons.
|-
|| Point to '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

Point to zoom-in box.
|| There is also a '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

This box is filled with hydrogen atoms.

The zoom-in box represents a single hydrogen atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Turn on the gun''' message.
|| A message appears.

It prompts you to click on the red button to turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to '''White''' and '''Monochromatic''' radio buttons.

Point to '''White''' radio button.
|| The light gun has two light controls, '''White''' and '''Monochromatic'''.

By default '''White''' light is selected.
|-
|| Click on '''Prediction''' button.

Point to '''Atomic Model''' panel.

Point to '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|| Click on '''Prediction''' option on the grey button.

'''Atomic Model''' panel opens on the left-side of the screen.

It has a list of '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can check how the prediction of a model matches the experimental results.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box on the right-side of the screen has a list of sub-atomic particles.
|-
|| Point to slider at the bottom.

Point to '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

*Slider to control speed of animation

* '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

|-
|| Point to '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Click on '''Billiard Ball''' from the list.
|| The first model of atom proposed is the '''Billiard Ball''' model.

By default '''Billiard Ball''' is selected from the list.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Billiard Ball Model'''
|| '''Billiard Ball Model'''

'''Billiard Ball''' model is also called as '''Dalton's''' atomic model.

It was proposed by '''John Dalton'''.

According to this model,

individual atom is visualized as solid, hard spheres, like billiard balls.
|-
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Point to '''White''' light.
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to photons in zoom in box.
|| A beam of photons having different wave lengths pass through box of hydrogen.
|-
|| Point to deflected photons in the path of hydrogen atom.
|| Observe that,
All photons in the path of hydrogen atoms are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Experiments showed that atoms are mostly made up of empty space.

Presence of different kinds of sub-atomic particles was also established.

|| Limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Here are the limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Sub-atomic particles carry positive and negative charges.

Based on these observations, Plum Pudding Model was suggested.
||
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Turn off the light beam.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.
|-
|| Point to model in zoom in box.

Point to brown mass.

Point to blue color particle.
|| This model was proposed by '''J. J. Thomson''' in 1898.

The positive charge is uniformly distributed and electrons are embedded into it.

The brown mass is the positive charge.

Blue color particle in the middle is the electron.
|-
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Turn on the light beam.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to electron and deflected photons.

Point to spectrum.
|| When photons strikes electron, the electron moves and photons deflected.

Notice that, spectrum consists of only emitted uv photons.
|-
|| Click on red button of the spectrometer.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Limitations of Plum Pudding model'''

Gold foil scattering experiments by '''Rutherford''' showed that,

Positive charge is not spread evenly over the entire atom.
|| Limitations of''' Plum Pudding model'''

This model failed because of the following reasons.
|-
|| Point to '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|| Based on the above observations,
Rutherford proposed the '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| '''Solar System Model'''

Rutherford nuclear model of an atom is like a small scale solar system.

Nucleus plays the role of sun and the electrons that of revolving planets.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| The very small positive charge portion of the atom was called nucleus.

Electrons move around the nucleus.

They move with very high speed in circular paths called orbits.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Classical Solar System'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Pause the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Classical Solar System''' from the list.
|-
|| Point to '''Show electron energy level diagram'''.

Click on the check box.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| Screen has '''Show electron energy level diagram''' check-box at the top-right corner.

Click on the check box.

It shows the energy of the electron.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| If this model were true,

it should take an electron only a fraction of a second to spiral into the nucleus.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>> click '''Step''' button.
|| Click on '''Step''' button to view the energy of the electron.

Energy of the electron goes from highest to lowest in a fraction of a second.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| We know that this does not happen.

Atom is known to be stable.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Limitations of Solar System model'''
|| Limitations of '''Solar System model'''

'''Rutherford''' model cannot explain,

The stability of an atom and also,

The distribution of electrons and their energies.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Bohr''' model.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

From the '''Atomic Model''' list, click on '''Bohr'''.

'''Neils Bohr''' proposed a model of hydrogen atom to improve upon '''Rutherford's''' model.
|-
||
Point to electron and orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to '''n=1,2,3,4''' in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| According to this model,

The electron moves around the nucleus in an orbit of fixed radius and energy.

The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time.

These orbits are called energy levels.

These orbits are represented by '''n=1,2,3,4''' etc in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Turn on the light beam.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|-
|| Point to electron in the first orbit of atom.

Point electron at '''n =1''' in energy level diagram.

|| Initially there is an electron in the 1st orbit of an atom.

'''Electron energy level''' diagram shows electron at n =1st level.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

|| Observe the electronic transition in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Electron absorbs photon and gets excited to higher level.

Energy is emitted when electron moves from higher level to lower level.
|-
|| Point to electron in 1st level.
|| This electron returns back to 1st level.
|-
|| Point to spectrometer.

Point to emitted photons in the spectrometer.
|| Observe the spectrometer.

Spectrometer shows emitted photons.
|-
|| Click on '''Monochromatic''' radiobutton.
|| Under '''Light controls''', click on '''Monochromatic''' radio button.
|-
|| Check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|| Then check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to four vertical spectral lines.
|| You will see four vertical spectral lines.

These lines represent the wavelengths of absorption.
|-
|| Point to highlighted slider.

Point to '''94 nm''' wavelength in text box.
|| The slider is highlighted on the first line.

Wavelength, '''94 nm''' as shown in the text box.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| As the photon strikes the electron,

observe the electronic transition at '''94 nm''' in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Point to electron at n= 6 level.

Point to electron at n=1 level.
|| The electron moves to n= 6th level.

After a while it moves to lower level by emitting photon.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Assignment '''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Bohr''' Atomic model.

Change the light beam to '''Monochromatic'''.

Observe the electronic transitions at 103nm, 112nm, and 122 nm absorption wave lengths.
|-
||'''Slide Number 16'''

'''Assignment '''
||Observe the energy level diagram and the spectrometer results.

Note the observation and give an explanation.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Limitations of Bohr’s model'''

The spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen.

Finer details of the hydrogen atom spectrum.

Ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds.

Splitting of spectral lines in the presence of, a '''Magnetic field (Zeeman effect)'''
or an '''Electric field (Stark effect)'''.

||Limitations of '''Bohr’s''' model

'''Bohr's''' model was unable to explain the following phenomena.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''deBroglie Model'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Another model based on dual behavior of electrons was proposed.
|-
|| Click on '''deBroglie model'''.

Point to wave in zoom in box.
|| Click on '''de Broglie''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.

Notice the wave which represents electron in zoom-in box.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''deBroglie Atomic Model'''
||
'''deBroglie''' Atomic Model

The French physicist, '''de Broglie''' in 1924 proposed dual behavior of electrons.

Like radiation, matter should also exhibit both particle and wavelike properties.

Electrons should also have momentum as well as wavelength.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to electron>>Point to electron at higher energy level orbit.

Point to electron at lower energy level orbit.

Point to energy level diagram.
|| Notice that the electron absorbs photon and moves to higher energy level orbit.

Electron at higher energy level emits energy.

It returns to the lower energy level orbit.

Observe the electronic transitions in '''energy level diagram'''.
|-
|| Point to '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view'''>>click on '''3D view'''.
|| Top-left corner of the view box has '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view''' and click on it.
|-
|| Point to wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Now observe the wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In order to explain the spectrum of hydrogen atom,

theory of quantum mechanics came into existence.
|-
|| '''Slide number 19'''

'''Schrödinger Model'''

|| '''Schrödinger''' Model

'''Erwin Schrödinger''' proposed the quantum mechanical model of the atom.

'''Schrödinger''' used mathematical equations to describe the probability of finding an electron.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Quantum Numbers'''
|| '''Quantum Numbers'''

The three coordinates that come from '''Schrodinger's''' wave equations are quantum numbers,

'''Principal (n)''', '''Angular (l)''', and '''Magnetic (m)'''.

Quantum numbers describe size, shape and orientation of the orbitals.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' model.

Point to atom in the zoom in box.
|| Back to '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' from the list.

In the zoom in box, atom is shown with nucleus surrounded by electron cloud.
|-
|| Click on the '''White''' radio button.
|| Switch back to '''White''' light.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

|| Turn on the light beam.

|-
|| Point to electron in zoom in box.
|| Observe that electron absorbs photon and moves to different orbital.
|-
|| Point to shapes of orbitals.
|| Observe the shapes of orbitals as the electron moves.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to n, l, m in '''energy level''' diagram.
|| Notice the electronic transitions in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

In addition to value of '''n''', '''energy level''' diagram has values for '''l''' and '''m''' also.
|-
|| Point to '''n, l, m''' value at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Point to '''n, l, m''' value.
|| Note '''n''', ''' l''', '''m''' values at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Note the change in '''n''', '''l''', '''m''' values as the photons strike the electrons.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| All these models compare how the experimental results match with the prediction.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

For the '''Schrodinger's''' atomic model, select '''Monochromatic''' light beam.

Note '''n,l,m''' values for the electron at four absorption wavelengths.

Note the orbital shape and possible orientations for each wavelength.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarise.

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', ''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 23'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this simulation we have,

Visualized different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explained the experimental predictions of each model.

Discussed limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 24'''

'''Summary'''
|| Determined the orbital shape and orientation from '''n''', '''l''' and '''m''' values.

Explained the energy level diagram.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 25'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 26'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 27'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 28'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 29'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Models-of-the-Hydrogen-Atom/English

2019-05-22T05:37:41Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS v 14.04

Java v 1.7.0
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this simulation we will,

Visualize different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explain the experimental predictions of each model.

Discuss limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Explain the energy level diagram.

Determine the orbital shape and orientation from n, l and m values.
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''' phet.
|| I have already downloaded '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd space Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java hyphen jar hydrogen-atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space hydrogen hyphen atom_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''File''' and '''Help'''.

|| Top-left corner of the screen has a menu bar with menu items.

'''File''' and '''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment''' and '''Prediction'''.
|| Below the menu bar, there is a grey button with two options,

'''Experiment''' and

'''Prediction'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment'''.
|| By default '''Experiment''' mode opens.
|-
||
Point to light gun.
|| On the screen,

we see an experimental setup with a light gun to emit beam of photons.
|-
|| Point to '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

Point to zoom-in box.
|| There is also a '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

This box is filled with hydrogen atoms.

The zoom-in box represents a single hydrogen atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Turn on the gun''' message.
|| A message appears.

It prompts you to click on the red button to turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to '''White''' and '''Monochromatic''' radio buttons.

Point to '''White''' radio button.
|| The light gun has two light controls, '''White''' and '''Monochromatic'''.

By default '''White''' light is selected.
|-
|| Click on '''Prediction''' button.

Point to '''Atomic Model''' panel.

Point to '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|| Click on '''Prediction''' option on the grey button.

'''Atomic Model''' panel opens on the left-side of the screen.

It has a list of '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can check how the prediction of a model matches the experimental results.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box on the right-side of the screen has a list of sub-atomic particles.
|-
|| Point to slider at the bottom.

Point to '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

*Slider to control speed of animation

* '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

|-
|| Point to '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Click on '''Billiard Ball''' from the list.
|| The first model of atom proposed is the '''Billiard Ball''' model.

By default '''Billiard Ball''' is selected from the list.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Billiard Ball Model'''
|| '''Billiard Ball''' model is also called as '''Dalton's''' atomic model.

It was proposed by '''John Dalton'''.

According to this model,

individual atom is visualized as solid, hard spheres, like billiard balls.
|-
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Point to '''White''' light.
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to photons in zoom in box.
|| A beam of photons having different wave lengths pass through box of hydrogen.
|-
|| Point to deflected photons in the path of hydrogen atom.
|| Observe that,
All photons in the path of hydrogen atoms are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Experiments showed that atoms are mostly made up of empty space.

Presence of different kinds of sub-atomic particles was also established.

|| Limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Here are the limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Sub-atomic particles carry positive and negative charges.

Based on these observations, Plum Pudding Model was suggested.
||
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Turn off the light beam.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.
|-
|| Point to model in zoom in box.

Point to brown mass.

Point to blue color particle.
|| This model was proposed by '''J. J. Thomson''' in 1898.

The positive charge is uniformly distributed and electrons are embedded into it.

The brown mass is the positive charge.

Blue color particle in the middle is the electron.
|-
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Turn on the light beam.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to electron and deflected photons.

Point to spectrum.
|| When photons strikes electron, the electron moves and photons deflected.

Notice that, spectrum consists of only emitted uv photons.
|-
|| Click on red button of the spectrometer.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Limitations of Plum Pudding model'''

Gold foil scattering experiments by '''Rutherford''' showed that,

Positive charge is not spread evenly over the entire atom.
|| This model failed because of the following reasons.

|-
|| Point to '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|| Based on the above observations,
Rutherford proposed the '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| Rutherford nuclear model of an atom is like a small scale solar system.

Nucleus plays the role of sun and the electrons that of revolving planets.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| The very small positive charge portion of the atom was called nucleus.

Electrons move around the nucleus.

They move with very high speed in circular paths called orbits.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Classical Solar System'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Pause the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Classical Solar System''' from the list.
|-
|| Point to '''Show electron energy level diagram'''.

Click on the check box.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| Screen has '''Show electron energy level diagram''' check-box at the top-right corner.

Click on the check box.

It shows the energy of the electron.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| If this model were true,

it should take an electron only a fraction of a second to spiral into the nucleus.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>> click '''Step''' button.
|| Click on '''Step''' button to view the energy of the electron.

Energy of the electron goes from highest to lowest in a fraction of a second.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| We know that this does not happen.

Atom is known to be stable.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Limitations of Solar System model'''
|| '''Rutherford''' model cannot explain,

The stability of an atom and also,

The distribution of electrons and their energies.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Bohr''' model.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

From the '''Atomic Model''' list, click on '''Bohr'''.

'''Neils Bohr''' proposed a model of hydrogen atom to improve upon '''Rutherford's''' model.
|-
||
Point to electron and orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to '''n=1,2,3,4''' in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| According to this model,

The electron moves around the nucleus in an orbit of fixed radius and energy.

The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time.

These orbits are called energy levels.

These orbits are represented by '''n=1,2,3,4''' etc in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Turn on the light beam.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|-
|| Point to electron in the first orbit of atom.

Point electron at '''n =1''' in energy level diagram.

|| Initially there is an electron in the 1st orbit of an atom.

'''Electron energy level''' diagram shows electron at n =1st level.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

|| Observe the electronic transition in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Electron absorbs photon and gets excited to higher level.

Energy is emitted when electron moves from higher level to lower level.
|-
|| Point to electron in 1st level.
|| This electron returns back to 1st level.
|-
|| Point to spectrometer.

Point to emitted photons in the spectrometer.
|| Observe the spectrometer.

Spectrometer shows emitted photons.
|-
|| Click on '''Monochromatic''' radiobutton.
|| Under '''Light controls''', click on '''Monochromatic''' radio button.
|-
|| Check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|| Then check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to four vertical spectral lines.
|| You will see four vertical spectral lines.

These lines represent the wavelengths of absorption.
|-
|| Point to highlighted slider.

Point to '''94 nm''' wavelength in text box.
|| The slider is highlighted on the first line.

Wavelength, '''94 nm''' as shown in the text box.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| As the photon strikes the electron,

observe the electronic transition at '''94 nm''' in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Point to electron at n= 6 level.

Point to electron at n=1 level.
|| The electron moves to n= 6th level.

After a while it moves to lower level by emitting photon.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Assignment '''
|| Select '''Bohr''' Atomic model.

Change the light beam to '''Monochromatic'''.

Observe the electronic transitions at 103nm, 112nm, and 122 nm absorption wave lengths.

Observe the energy level diagram and the spectrometer results.

Note the observation and give an explanation.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Limitations of Bohr’s model'''

The spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen.

Finer details of the hydrogen atom spectrum.

Ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds.

Splitting of spectral lines in the presence of, '''a Magnetic field (Zeeman effect)
or an Electric field (Stark effect)'''

|| '''Bohr's''' model was unable to explain the following phenomena.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''deBroglie Model'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Another model based on dual behavior of electrons was proposed.
|-
|| Click on '''deBroglie model'''.

Point to wave in zoom in box.
|| Click on '''de Broglie''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.

Notice the wave which represents electron in zoom-in box.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''deBroglie Atomic Model'''
|| The French physicist, '''de Broglie''' in 1924 proposed dual behavior of electrons.

Like radiation, matter should also exhibit both particle and wavelike properties.

Electrons should also have momentum as well as wavelength.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to electron>>Point to electron at higher energy level orbit.

Point to electron at lower energy level orbit.

Point to energy level diagram.
|| Notice that the electron absorbs photon and moves to higher energy level orbit.

Electron at higher energy level emits energy.

It returns to the lower energy level orbit.

Observe the electronic transitions in '''energy level diagram'''.
|-
|| Point to '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view'''>>click on '''3D view'''.
|| Top-left corner of the view box has '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view''' and click on it.
|-
|| Point to wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Now observe the wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In order to explain the spectrum of hydrogen atom,

theory of quantum mechanics came into existence.
|-
|| '''Slide number 18'''

'''Schrödinger Model'''

|| '''Erwin Schrödinger''' proposed the quantum mechanical model of the atom.

'''Schrödinger''' used mathematical equations to describe the probability of finding an electron.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Quantum Numbers'''
|| The 3 coordinates that come from '''Schrodinger's''' wave equations are quantum numbers,

'''Principal (n)''', '''Angular (l)''', and '''Magnetic (m)'''.

Quantum numbers describe size, shape and orientation of the orbitals.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' model.

Point to atom in the zoom in box.
|| Back to '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' from the list.

In the zoom in box, atom is shown with nucleus surrounded by electron cloud.
|-
|| Click on the '''White''' radio button.
|| Switch back to '''White''' light.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

|| Turn on the light beam.

|-
|| Point to electron in zoom in box.
|| Observe that electron absorbs photon and moves to different orbital.
|-
|| Point to shapes of orbitals.
|| Observe the shapes of orbitals as the electron moves.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to n, l, m in '''energy level''' diagram.
|| Notice the electronic transitions in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

In addition to value of '''n''', '''energy level''' diagram has values for '''l''' and '''m''' also.
|-
|| Point to '''n, l, m''' value at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Point to '''n, l, m''' value.
|| Note '''n''', ''' l''', '''m''' values at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Note the change in '''n''', '''l''', '''m''' values as the photons strike the electrons.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| All these models compare how the experimental results match with the prediction.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

For the '''Schrodinger's''' atomic model, select '''Monochromatic''' light beam.

Note '''n,l,m''' values for the electron at four absorption wavelengths.

Note the orbital shape and possible orientations for each wavelength.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarise.

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', ''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this simulation we have,

Visualized different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explained the experimental predictions of each model.

Discussed limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 23'''

'''Summary'''
|| Determined the orbital shape and orientation from '''n''', '''l''' and '''m''' values.

Explained the energy level diagram.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 24'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 25'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 26'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 27'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 28'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Models-of-the-Hydrogen-Atom/English

2019-05-21T12:37:42Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 ||'''Visual Cue''' ||'''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''. |- ||..."

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to the spoken tutorial on '''Models of the hydrogen atom'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS v 14.04

Java v 1.7.0
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this simulation we will,

Visualize different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explain the experimental predictions of each model.

Discuss limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Explain the energy level diagram.

Determine the orbital shape and orientation from n, l and m values.
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''' phet.
|| I have already downloaded '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press enter.
|| To run the simulation, open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd space Downloads''' and press enter.
|-
|| Type '''java hyphen jar hydrogen-atom_en.jar''' and press enter.

Point to the interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space hydrogen hyphen atom_en.jar''' and press enter.

'''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''' simulation opens.
|-
|| Point to '''File''' and '''Help'''.

|| Top-left corner of the screen has a menu bar with menu items.

'''File''' and '''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment''' and '''Prediction'''.
|| Below the menu bar, there is a grey button with two options

'''Experiment''' and

'''Prediction'''
|-
|| Point to '''Experiment'''.
|| By default '''Experiment''' mode opens.
|-
||
Point to light gun.
|| On the screen,

we see an experimental setup with a light gun to emit beam of photons.
|-
|| Point to '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

Point to zoom-in box.
|| There is also a '''Box of Hydrogen'''.

This box is filled with hydrogen atoms.

The zoom-in box represents a single hydrogen atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Turn on the gun''' message.
|| A message appears.

It prompts you to click on the red button to turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to '''White''' and '''Monochromatic''' radio buttons.

Point to '''White''' radio button.
|| The light gun has two light controls, '''White''' and '''Monochromatic'''.

By default '''White''' light is selected.
|-
|| Click on '''Prediction''' button.

Point to '''Atomic Model''' panel.

Point to '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|| Click on '''Prediction''' option on the grey button.

'''Atomic Model''' panel opens on the left-side of the screen.

It has a list of '''Classical''' and '''Quantum Atomic Models'''.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here we can check how the prediction of a model matches the experimental results.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box on the right-side of the screen has a list of sub-atomic particles.
|-
|| Point to slider at the bottom.

Point to '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

*Slider to control speed of animation

* '''Play'''/'''Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

|-
|| Point to '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Click on '''Billiard Ball''' from the list.
|| The first model of atom proposed is the '''Billiard Ball''' model.

By default '''Billiard Ball''' is selected from the list.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Billiard Ball Model'''
|| '''Billiard Ball''' model is also called as '''Dalton's''' atomic model.

It was proposed by '''John Dalton'''.

According to this model,

individual atom is visualized as solid, hard spheres, like billiard balls.
|-
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Point to '''White''' light.
|| Click on the red button of the light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to photons in zoom in box.
|| A beam of photons having different wave lengths pass through box of hydrogen.
|-
|| Point to deflected photons in the path of hydrogen atom.
|| Observe that,
All photons in the path of hydrogen atoms are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Experiments showed that atoms are mostly made up of empty space.

Presence of different kinds of sub-atomic particles was also established.

|| Limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.

Here are the limitations of '''Billiard Ball''' model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Limitations of Billiard Ball Model'''

Sub-atomic particles carry positive and negative charges.

Based on these observations, Plum Pudding Model was suggested.
||
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' model.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Turn off the light beam.

Click on '''Plum Pudding''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.
|-
|| Point to model in zoom in box.

Point to brown mass.

Point to blue color particle.
|| This model was proposed by '''J. J. Thomson''' in 1898.

The positive charge is uniformly distributed and electrons are embedded into it.

The brown mass is the positive charge.

Blue color particle in the middle is the electron.
|-
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Click on the red button of light gun.

Select '''White''' light.
|| Click on '''Show spectrometer''' check-box.

Turn on the light beam.

Select '''White''' light.
|-
|| Point to electron and deflected photons.

Point to spectrum.
|| When photons strikes electron, the electron moves and photons deflected.

Notice that, spectrum consists of only emitted uv photons.
|-
|| Click on red button of the spectrometer.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Limitations of Plum Pudding model'''

Gold foil scattering experiments by '''Rutherford''' showed that,

Positive charge is not spread evenly over the entire atom.
|| This model failed because of the following reasons.

|-
|| Point to '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|| Based on the above observations,
Rutherford proposed the '''Classical solar system''' model of atom.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| Rutherford nuclear model of an atom is like a small scale solar system.

Nucleus plays the role of sun and the electrons that of revolving planets.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Solar System Model'''
|| The very small positive charge portion of the atom was called nucleus.

Electrons move around the nucleus.

They move with very high speed in circular paths called orbits.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Classical Solar System'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Pause the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Classical Solar System''' from the list.
|-
|| Point to '''Show electron energy level diagram'''.

Click on the check box.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| Screen has '''Show electron energy level diagram''' check-box at the top-right corner.

Click on the check box.

It shows the energy of the electron.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| If this model were true,

it should take an electron only a fraction of a second to spiral into the nucleus.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|| Drag the speed slider to '''slow'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>> click '''Step''' button.
|| Click on '''Step''' button to view the energy of the electron.

Energy of the electron goes from highest to lowest in a fraction of a second.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| We know that this does not happen.

Atom is known to be stable.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Limitations of Solar System model'''
|| '''Rutherford''' model cannot explain,

The stability of an atom and also,

The distribution of electrons and their energies.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Bohr''' model.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

From the '''Atomic Model''' list, click on '''Bohr'''.

'''Neils Bohr''' proposed a model of hydrogen atom to improve upon '''Rutherford's''' model.
|-
||
Point to electron and orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to orbits in the zoom in box.

Point to '''n=1,2,3,4''' in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| According to this model,

The electron moves around the nucleus in an orbit of fixed radius and energy.

The energy of an electron in the orbit does not change with time.

These orbits are called energy levels.

These orbits are represented by '''n=1,2,3,4''' etc in the '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Turn on the light beam.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|-
|| Point to electron in the first orbit of atom.

Point electron at '''n =1''' in energy level diagram.

|| Initially there is an electron in the 1st orbit of an atom.

'''Electron energy level''' diagram shows electron at n =1st level.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

|| Observe the electronic transition in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Electron absorbs photon and gets excited to higher level.

Energy is emitted when electron moves from higher level to lower level.
|-
|| Point to electron in 1st level.
|| This electron returns back to 1st level.
|-
|| Point to spectrometer.

Point to emitted photons in the spectrometer.
|| Observe the spectrometer.

Spectrometer shows emitted photons.
|-
|| Click on '''Monochromatic''' radiobutton.
|| Under '''Light controls''', click on '''Monochromatic''' radio button.
|-
|| Check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|| Then check '''Show absorption wavelengths''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to four vertical spectral lines.
|| You will see four vertical spectral lines.

These lines represent the wavelengths of absorption.
|-
|| Point to highlighted slider.

Point to '''94 nm''' wavelength in text box.
|| The slider is highlighted on the first line.

Wavelength, '''94 nm''' as shown in the text box.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|| As the photon strikes the electron,

observe the electronic transition at '''94 nm''' in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.
|-
|| Point to electron at n= 6 level.

Point to electron at n=1 level.
|| The electron moves to n= 6th level.

After a while it moves to lower level by emitting photon.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Assignment '''
|| Select '''Bohr''' Atomic model.

Change the light beam to '''Monochromatic'''.

Observe the electronic transitions at 103nm, 112nm, and 122 nm absorption wave lengths.

Observe the energy level diagram and the spectrometer results.

Note the observation and give an explanation.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Limitations of Bohr’s model'''
The spectrum of atoms other than hydrogen

Finer details of the hydrogen atom spectrum

Ability of atoms to form molecules by chemical bonds

Splitting of spectral lines in the presence of, '''a Magnetic field (Zeeman effect)
or an Electric field (Stark effect)'''

|| '''Bohr's''' model was unable to explain the following phenomena.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to '''deBroglie Model'''.
|| Back to the '''simulation'''.

Another model based on dual behavior of electrons was proposed.
|-
|| Click on '''deBroglie model'''.

Point to wave in zoom in box.
|| Click on '''de Broglie''' from the '''Atomic Model''' list.

Notice the wave which represents electron in zoom-in box.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''deBroglie Atomic Model'''
|| The French physicist, '''de Broglie''' in 1924 proposed dual behavior of electrons.

Like radiation, matter should also exhibit both particle and wavelike properties.

Electrons should also have momentum as well as wavelength.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Turn on the light beam.
|-
|| Point to electron>>Point to electron at higher energy level orbit.

Point to electron at lower energy level orbit.

Point to energy level diagram.
|| Notice that the electron absorbs photon and moves to higher energy level orbit.

Electron at higher energy level emits energy.

It returns to the lower energy level orbit.

Observe the electronic transitions in '''energy level diagram'''.
|-
|| Point to '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view'''>>click on '''3D view'''.
|| Top-left corner of the view box has '''radial view''' drop-down box.

Click on drop-down arrow.

Scroll to '''3D view''' and click on it.
|-
|| Point to wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Click on the red button of light gun.
|| Now observe the wave nature of electron in '''3D view'''.

Turn off the light beam.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| In order to explain the spectrum of hydrogen atom,

theory of quantum mechanics came into existence.
|-
|| '''Slide number 18'''

'''Schrödinger Model'''

|| '''Erwin Schrödinger''' proposed the quantum mechanical model of the atom.

'''Schrödinger''' used mathematical equations to describe the probability of finding an electron.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Quantum Numbers'''
|| The 3 coordinates that come from '''Schrodinger's''' wave equations are quantum numbers,

'''Principal (n)''', '''Angular (l)''', and '''Magnetic (m)'''.

Quantum numbers describe size, shape and orientation of the orbitals.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' model.

Point to atom in the zoom in box.
|| Back to '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Schrödinger''' from the list.

In the zoom in box, atom is shown with nucleus surrounded by electron cloud.
|-
|| Click on the '''White''' radio button.
|| Switch back to '''White''' light.
|-
|| Click on the red button of light gun.

|| Turn on the light beam.

|-
|| Point to electron in zoom in box.
|| Observe that electron absorbs photon and moves to different orbital.
|-
|| Point to shapes of orbitals.
|| Observe the shapes of orbitals as the electron moves.
|-
|| Point to '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

Point to n, l, m in '''energy level''' diagram.
|| Notice the electronic transitions in '''Electron energy level''' diagram.

In addition to value of '''n''', '''energy level''' diagram has values for '''l''' and '''m''' also.
|-
|| Point to '''n, l, m''' value at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Point to '''n, l, m''' value.
|| Note '''n''', ''' l''', '''m''' values at the bottom right corner of the view box.

Note the change in '''n''', '''l''', '''m''' values as the photons strike the electrons.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| All these models compare how the experimental results match with the prediction.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

For the '''Schrodinger's''' atomic model, select '''Monochromatic''' light beam.

Note '''n,l,m''' values for the electron at four absorption wavelengths.

Note the orbital shape and possible orientations for each wavelength.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarise.

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Models of the Hydrogen Atom''', ''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this simulation we have,

Visualized different models of the hydrogen atom.

Explained the experimental predictions of each model.

Discussed limitations of each model.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 23'''

'''Summary'''
|| Determined the orbital shape and orientation from '''n''', '''l''' and '''m''' values.

Explained the energy level diagram.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 24'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 25'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 26'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 27'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 28'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-16T09:23:49Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

||
* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Right click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio buttons
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate Neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| Resting Potential

The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.
|-

||Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

|| Notice the change in polarity across the axon membrane.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.
|-
||Click on '''Pause''' button.

||Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

|-

||Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|| This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''

||
* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 18'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-16T09:12:53Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

||
* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Right click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio buttons
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate Neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| Resting Potential

The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.
|-

||Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

|| Notice the change in polarity across the axon membrane.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.
|-
||Click on '''Pause''' button.

||Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

|-

||Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|| This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''

||
* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 18'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-16T07:38:32Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

||
* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Right click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio buttons
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate Neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| Resting Potential

The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.
|-

||Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

|| Notice the change in polarity across the axon membrane.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.
|-
||Click on '''Pause''' button.

||Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

|-

||Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|| This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''

* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-12T09:27:29Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser Version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

||
* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio buttons
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate Neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| Resting Potential

The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.
|-

||Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

|| Notice the change in polarity across the axon membrane.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.
|-
||Click on '''Pause''' button.

||Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

|-

||Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|| This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''

* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-12T09:20:14Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser Version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

|| Membrane permeability

Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio buttons
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate Neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| Resting Potential

The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.
|-

||Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

|| Notice the change in polarity across the axon membrane.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.
|-
||Click on '''Pause''' button.

||Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

|-

||Cursor on the interface.

Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|| This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''

* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-12T09:12:48Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser Version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

|| Membrane permeability

Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio buttons
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate Neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| Resting Potential

The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.
|-

||Cursor on the membrane.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

|| Notice the change in polarity across the axon membrane.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.
|-
||Click on '''Pause''' button.

||Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the membrane.

Click on '''stimulate Neuron''' button.

Cursor on the interface.
|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''

* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-12T07:38:02Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser Version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

|| Membrane permeability

Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio button
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| About '''Neuron'''

Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.

Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.

Click on '''stimulate Neuron''' button.

Cursor on the interface.
|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''

* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha and Meenal from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Neuron/English

2018-11-05T11:35:01Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with " {|border=1 ||'''Visual Cue''' ||'''Narration''' |- |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title Slide''' || Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''...."

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Neuron''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser Version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Learning Goals'''

|| Membrane permeability

Sequence of events that generates an action potential
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Open '''Downloads''' folder and show.
|| I have already downloaded '''Neuron simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

Point to '''Neuron simulation'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Neuron_en.html''' file.

Select '''Open With Firefox Web Browser''' Option.

'''Simulation''' opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' window.

Point to axon.

Point to axoplasm.

Point to axon membrane.

Point to ion '''channels'''.

|| The '''simulation''' window shows a cross-section of a axon.

The nerve fibre or axon is like a cylinder.

The interior of axon is filled with axoplasm.

Exterior is covered with a thin axon membrane.

Different types of ion '''channels''' are present on axon membrane.

|-
|| Pointer on the zoom slider.
|| On the top-left corner of the screen, we have a zoom slider.

This helps to see the close-up view of the membrane.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

|| On the right-side of the interface, you will see a '''Legend''' box and '''Show''' box.

'''Legend''' box shows ions and '''channels'''.

|-
|| Point to the all check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, we have check boxes to show,

'''All Ions'''

'''Charges'''

'''Concentrations'''

'''Potential chart'''

|-
|| Show all the buttons at the bottom of the window.

|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

* a box with, '''Fast Forward''', '''Normal''' and '''Slow Motion''' radio button
* '''Rewind''', '''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons
* '''Stimulate neuron''' button and
* '''Reset''' button

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.
|| In this '''simulation''', we will see the movement of, '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions across the axon membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''About Neuron'''
|| Neurons are highly specialized cells in nervous system.

They can detect, receive and transmit different kinds of stimuli.

|-
|| Drag slider to + ve side.
|| Drag the zoom slider, to zoom-in the axon membrane.

|-
|| Point to ion '''channels'''.

Point to '''Leak channel''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| The ion '''channels''' are selectively permeable to different ions.

Here, 2 different types of ion '''channels''' are shown.

'''Leak Channel''' and '''Gated Channel'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' panel.

Point to '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''leak''' and '''gated channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.
|| For reference please refer to the '''Legend''' panel on the right-side of the screen.

There are '''sodium''' and '''potassium''', '''Gated''' and '''Leak channels''' in the '''Legend''' panel.

|-
|| Point to '''leak channels'''.

Point to '''gated channels'''.
|| '''Leak''' ion '''channels''' are always open.

They are responsible for the resting membrane potential.

'''Gated Channels''' open or close in response to a stimulus.

|-
|| Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

Point to '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.

Point to the respective '''leak channels'''.
|| To observe the exchange of ions properly, keep the '''simulation''' speed slow.

Click on '''Slow Motion''' radio button at the bottom of the screen.

'''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions are seen continuously moving in and out of the membrane.

They move through the respective '''leak channels'''.

|-
|| In the '''Show''' box, click on '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.
|| In the '''Show''' box, check against '''Charges''' and '''Concentrations''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to concentrations of '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions outside and inside of the membrane.

|| Note the concentrations of '''potassium''' and '''sodium''' ions, outside and inside the membrane.

Axoplasm will contain

* high concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and low concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

|-
|| Point to concentrations outside '''Sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions.
|| The fluid outside the axon contains

* low concentration of '''potassium''' ions

* and high concentration of '''sodium''' ions.

This forms a concentration gradient across the membrane.

|-
|| Point to charges on the membrane.

|| As a result, outer surface of the membrane is positively charged.

While its inner surface becomes negatively charged.

Therefore the membrane is polarised.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Resting Potential'''
|| The electrical potential difference across the axon membrane is called Resting Potential.

|-
|| Click the check-box for '''Potential Chart''' in '''Show''' box.
|| In the '''Show''' box, Check the check-box for '''Potential Chart'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button
|| To stimulate the neuron, click on '''Stimulate Neuron''' button.

|-
|| Point to ions and '''channels'''.

Point to the charges.

Point to '''gated channel'''.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| Notice that '''Sodium''' ions move inside and '''potassium''' ions move outside.

During the exchange of ions charges get exchanged.

At this stage the nerve fibre is said to be in '''action potential''' or '''depolarized'''.

This movement of ions happen through '''gated channels'''.

Pause the '''simulation''' briefly.

|-
|| Point to the peak in '''membrane potential''' chart.
|| Observe the increase in the '''membrane potential''' in the potential chart.

Action potentials in neuron are known as nerve impulses.

|-
|| Click on the '''Play''' button.
|| Click on the '''Play''' button to start the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the neuron.

Click on '''stimulate Neuron''' button.

Cursor on the interface.
|| After a period of action potential, again reversal of the process takes place.

During this process the '''sodium''' and '''potassium''' ions move in and out.

This restores the resting potential of the membrane.

This process is called repolarization.

Now the fibre is ready to receive responsive stimulations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''

|| Let us summarize,

In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use, '''Neuron PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

* Movement of ions across the membranes when the neuron is stimulated or at rest

* Function of '''leak''' and '''gated channels'''

* Membrane permeability

* Sequence of events that generates an action potential

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an Assignment

Observe,

the difference between a '''gated channel''' and a '''leak channel'''.

the sequence in which ion '''channels''' open or close to propagate an action potential.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT''', '''MHRD Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha and Meenal from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Membrane-Channels/English

2018-10-29T11:29:18Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Membrane Channels PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Membrane Channels''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals '''

|| Using '''Membrane Channels simulation''', we will learn

* To predict movement of particles through the membrane

* Types of '''channels''' present on the membrane

* To predict the rate of diffusion based on the number and type of '''channels''' present

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''About Membrane Channels'''
|| About '''Membrane Channels'''

'''Membrane channels''' are proteins.

They allow passive transport of solute across a membrane.

The solute moves by simple diffusion through the membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Membrane Channels'''
|| Solute moves from the region of higher concentration to the region of lower concentration.

The diffusion continues until the two compartments have equal concentrations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Types of membrane channels'''

'''Leakage channels''': always open

'''Gated channels''': open in response to some stimulus

|| Two types of '''channels''' are found in membranes,

'''Leakage channels''' and '''Gated channels'''.

'''Leakage channels''' are always open.

'''Gated channels''' open in response to some stimulus.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Point to the file in '''Downloads''' folder.
|| I have already downloaded '''Membrane Channels simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Press '''ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

At the prompt type,

'''cd Downloads''' >> press '''Enter'''.

|| To run the '''simulation''', open the '''terminal'''.

At the prompt type, '''cd space Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

|-
|| Type, '''java -jar membrane-channels_en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''simulation'''.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space membrane hyphen channels_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Membrane Channels simulation''' opens.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Membrane Channels simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to the compartments and membrane.
|| The '''simulation''' window has two compartments separated by a membrane.

|-
|| Point to solute pump.

Point to solute particles.

Point to green circles and blue diamonds.
|| Each compartment has a solute pump.

Each pump has two different types of solute particles.

Particles are represented as green circles and blue diamonds.

|-
|| Point to green circle in the upper compartment.

Point to blue diamond in the lower compartment.
|| By default green circle is selected in the upper compartment.

Blue diamond is selected in the lower compartment.

|-
|| Click on the green radio button.
|| We can select the particle by clicking on the radio button next to the particle.

|-
|| Click on red button.
|| Click on the red button, to release a single particle into the compartment.

|-
|| Point to the '''channels'''.

Click >> drop green '''leakage''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| Two different kinds of '''channels''' are provided at the bottom,

'''Leakage channels''' and '''Gated channels'''.

Drag and drop to add '''channels''' on the membrane.

|-
|| Click on the black arrow on the right-panel.
|| '''Gated channels''' can be opened and closed using the buttons on the right-pannel.

|-
|| Point to the '''Play/Pause''' buttons.

Point to '''Step''' Button.

Point to the '''Sim Speed''' slider.
|| Use the '''Play/Pause button''' to start and pause the '''simulation'''.

'''Step''' Button is activated when '''Play/Pause''' button is on '''Play''' mode.

There is a slider to change the '''Sim speed''' from '''Slow''' to '''Fast'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Click on the '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Point to bar graphs on screen.
|| There is a check-box on the right panel to show the concentrations of particles.

Click on the '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Bar graphs showing concentrations for each compartment appear on the screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Clear Particles''' button.

|| Click on '''Clear Particles''' button, to clear the particles present in the compartment.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Point to a message appears on the screen.

Click on '''Yes''' button.
|| To reset the '''simulation''', click on '''Reset All''' button.

A message appears to prompt you to confirm the reset all settings.

Click on '''Yes''' button.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on the radio button next to blue diamond.

Click on red button of the pump 10 times.
|| In the lower compartment, select blue particle.

Click on the red button to add blue particles to the compartment.

Click the red button 10 times to add 10 blue particles to the compartment.

|-
|| Drag >> drop 2 blue '''leakage channels''' on the membrane.

Point to blue particles in upper compartment.

Point to blue particles in upper compartment.
|| Place 2 blue '''leakage channels''' on the membrane.

The blue particles pass through the '''channel''' to the upper compartment.

Wait for a few seconds.

Note the number of blue particles in the upper compartment.

|-
|| Cursor on the particles.

Point to the particles in both the compartments.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| The particles move in both directions through the '''channels'''.

The diffusion of the particles continues.

After sometime the particles in both the compartments are almost equal.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Point to the bar graph.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Concentrations of particles in each compartment is represented as a bar graph.

Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Drag >> place one green '''leakage channel''' on the membrane.

Point to blue particles and green '''channel'''.
|| Place one green '''Leakage Channel''' on the membrane.

Observe that blue particles do not pass through the green '''channel'''.

|-
|| Click on the radio button next to green particle.

Click the red button 10 times.
|| Now add 10 green particles to the lower compartment.

Click on the radio button next to the green particle.

Click the red button 10 times to add 10 green particles.

|-
|| Point to the '''channels''' and particles.

Point to green '''channel'''.
|| Observe the movement of the particles.

Notice that the green particles do not pass through the blue '''channels'''.

They pass through the green '''channel''' only.

This shows that, the '''channels''' are selective.

They only allow a particular particle to pass through them.

|-
|| Cursor on the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

|| After sometime equilibrium is reached.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.

Note that at this point concentration of the particles in both the compartments are almost same.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button.

The particles continue to move in both the directions to maintain the equilibrium.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Click on '''Yes''' button.
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Click '''Yes''' to confirm the reset all settings.

|-
|| Select green particles >> Click on the red button 20 times.
|| Add 20 green particles to the upper compartment by clicking 20 times.

|-
|| Click on blue particles radio button.
|| In the lower compartment, select blue particles radio button.

|-
|| Click on the red button 20 times.
|| Add 20 blue particles to the lower compartment.

|-
|| Drag >> place one blue and green '''gated channel''' on the membrane.
|| Place one each blue and green '''gated channel''' on the membrane.

|-
|| Click on blue '''Open''' button on the right panel.

Point to the blue '''channel''' on the membrane.

Point to the blue particles.
|| Click on blue '''Open''' button on the right panel.

On the membrane, blue '''channel''' opens.

Blue particles move through the '''Gated channel''' in both the directions.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Wait until equilibrium is reached.

|-
|| Point to the green particles in the compartment.

Point to upper compartment.

Point to lower compartment.
|| Green particles do not pass through the Blue '''gated channel''', hence remain in the upper compartment.

Observe that there are no green particles in the lower compartment.

|-
|| Click on the green '''Open''' button on the right panel.

Point to the green '''channel''' on the membrane.

Point to green particles in the lower compartment .
|| Now click on the green '''Open''' button on the right panel.

On the membrane, green '''channel''' opens.

Green particles pass through the green '''gated channel''' to the lower compartment.

|-
|| Point to the bar graph.
|| Equilibrium is reached after a few minutes.

|-
|| Click on green '''Close''' button on the right-panel.
|| Next, click on green '''Close''' button to close the green '''gated channel'''.

|-
|| Point to the particles.

Point to the blue particles.

Point to the green particles.
|| Observe the movement of particles.

Notice that now only blue particles move between the compartments.

Green particles do not cross the compartments, as they cannot pass through blue '''channel'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This is how solute or ions diffuse through the membrane in real cells.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| Lets Summarize,

In this tutorial we have learnt,

how to use '''Membrane Channels''', '''PhET Simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| We have also learnt,

* To predict movement of particles through the membrane

* Types of '''channels''' present on the membrane

* To predict the rate of diffusion based on the number and type of '''channels''' present

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment

Fill the upper and lower compartments with equal number of blue and green particles.

Add '''gated channels''' of both colors on the membrane.

Note if the diffusion rate increases with increase in number of '''channels'''.

Give Explanation.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site

* Choose the minute and second where you have the question

* Explain your question briefly

* Someone from our team will answer them

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD,''' '''Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Membrane-Channels/English

2018-10-26T11:46:46Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Membrane Channels PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Membrane Channels''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals '''

|| Using '''Membrane Channels simulation''', we will learn

* To predict movement of particles through the membrane

* Types of '''channels''' present on the membrane

* To predict the rate of diffusion based on the number and type of '''channels''' present

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''About Membrane Channels'''
|| About '''Membrane Channels'''

'''Membrane channels''' are proteins.

They allow passive transport of solute across a membrane.

The solute moves by simple diffusion through the membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Membrane Channels'''
|| Solute moves from the region of higher concentration to the region of lower concentration.

The diffusion continues until the two compartments have equal concentrations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Types of membrane channels'''

'''Leakage channels''': always open

'''Gated channels''': open in response to some stimulus

|| Two types of '''channels''' are found in membranes,

'''Leakage channels''' and '''Gated channels'''.

'''Leakage channels''' are always open.

'''Gated channels''' open in response to some stimulus.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Point to the file in '''Downloads''' folder.
|| I have already downloaded '''Membrane Channels simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Press '''ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

At the prompt type,

'''cd Downloads''' >> press '''Enter'''.

|| To run the '''simulation''', open the '''terminal'''.

At the prompt type, '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

|-
|| Type, '''java -jar membrane-channels_en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''simulation'''.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space membrane hyphen channels_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Membrane Channels simulation''' opens.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Membrane Channels simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to the compartments and membrane.
|| The '''simulation''' window has two compartments separated by a membrane.

|-
|| Point to solute pump.

Point to solute particles.

Point to green circles and blue diamonds.
|| Each compartment has a solute pump.

Each pump has two different types of solute particles.

Particles are represented as green circles and blue diamonds.

|-
|| Point to green circle in the upper compartment.

Point to blue diamond in the lower compartment.
|| By default green circle is selected in the upper compartment.

Blue diamond is selected in the lower compartment.

|-
|| Click on the green radio button.
|| We can select the particle by clicking on the radio button next to the particle.

|-
|| Click on red button.
|| Click on the red button, to release a single particle into the compartment.

|-
|| Point to the '''channels'''.

Click >> drop green '''leakage''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| Two different kinds of '''channels''' are provided at the bottom,

'''Leakage channels''' and '''Gated channels'''.

Drag and drop to add '''channels''' on the membrane.

|-
|| Click on the black arrow on the right-panel.
|| '''Gated channels''' can be opened and closed using the buttons on the right-pannel.

|-
|| Point to the '''Play/Pause''' buttons.

Point to '''Step''' Button.

Point to the '''Sim Speed''' slider.
|| Use the '''Play/Pause button''' to start and pause the '''simulation'''.

'''Step''' Button is activated when '''Play/Pause''' button is on '''Play''' mode.

There is a slider to change the '''Sim speed''' from '''Slow''' to '''Fast'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Click on the '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Point to bar graphs on screen.
|| There is a check-box on the right panel to show the concentrations of particles.

Click on the '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Bar graphs showing concentrations for each compartment appear on the screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Clear Particles''' button.

|| Click on '''Clear Particles''' button, to clear the particles present in the compartment.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Point to a message appears on the screen.

Click on '''Yes''' button.
|| To reset the '''simulation''', click on '''Reset All''' button.

A message appears to promt you to confirm the reset all settings.

Click on '''Yes''' button.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on the radio button next to blue diamond.

Click on red button of the pump 10 times.
|| In the lower compartment, select blue particle.

Click on the red button to add blue particles to the compartment.

Click the red button 10 times to add 10 blue particles to the compartment.

|-
|| Drag >> drop 2 blue '''leakage channels''' on the membrane.

Point to blue particles in upper compartment.

Point to blue particles in upper compartment.
|| Place 2 blue '''leakage channels''' on the membrane.

The blue particles pass through the '''channel''' to the upper compartment.

Wait for a few seconds.

Note the number of blue particles in the upper compartment.

|-
|| Cursor on the particles.

Point to the particles in both the compartments.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| The particles move in both directions through the '''channels'''.

The diffusion of the particles continues.

After sometime the particles in both the compartments are almost equal.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Point to the bar graph.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Concentrations of particles in each compartment is represented as a bar graph.

Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Drag >> place one green '''leakage channel''' on the membrane.

Point to blue particles and green '''channel'''.
|| Place one green '''Leakage Channel''' on the membrane.

Observe that blue particles do not pass through the green '''channel'''.

|-
|| Click on the radio button next to green particle.

Click the red button 10 times.
|| Now add 10 green particles to the lower compartment.

Click on the radio button next to the green particle.

Click the red button 10 times to add 10 green particles.

|-
|| Point to the '''channels''' and particles.

Point to green '''channel'''.
|| Observe the movement of the particles.

Notice that the green particles do not pass through the blue '''channels'''.

They pass through the green '''channel''' only.

This shows that, the '''channels''' are selective.

They only allow a particular particle to pass through them.

|-
|| Cursor on the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

|| After sometime equilibrium is reached.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.

Note that at this point concentration of the particles in both the compartments are almost same.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button.

The particles continue to move in both the directions to maintain the equilibrium.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Click on '''Yes''' button.
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Click '''Yes''' to confirm the reset all settings.

|-
|| Select green particles >> Click on the red button 20 times.
|| Add 20 green particles to the upper compartment by clicking 20 times.

|-
|| Click on blue particles radio button.
|| In the lower compartment, select blue particles radio button.

|-
|| Click on the red button 20 times.
|| Add 20 blue particles to the lower compartment.

|-
|| Drag >> place one blue and green '''gated channel''' on the membrane.
|| Place one each blue and green '''gated channel''' on the membrane.

|-
|| Click on blue '''Open''' button on the right panel.

Point to the blue '''channel''' on the membrane.

Point to the blue particles.
|| Click on blue '''Open''' button on the right panel.

On the membrane, blue '''channel''' opens.

Blue particles move through the '''Gated channel''' in both the directions.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Wait until equilibrium is reached.

|-
|| Point to the green particles in the compartment.

Point to upper compartment.

Point to lower compartment.
|| Green particles do not pass through the Blue '''gated channel''', hence remain in the upper compartment.

Observe that there are no green particles in the lower compartment.

|-
|| Click on the green '''Open''' button on the right panel.

Point to the green '''channel''' on the membrane.

Point to green particles in the lower compartment .
|| Now click on the green '''Open''' button on the right panel.

On the membrane, green '''channel''' opens.

Green particles pass through the green '''gated channel''' to the lower compartment.

|-
|| Point to the bar graph.
|| Equilibrium is reached after a few minutes.

|-
|| Click on green '''Close''' button on the right-panel.
|| Next, click on green '''Close''' button to close the green '''gated channel'''.

|-
|| Point to the particles.

Point to the blue particles.

Point to the green particles.
|| Observe the movement of particles.

Notice that now only blue particles move between the compartments.

Green particles do not cross the compartments, as they cannot pass through blue '''channel'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This is how solute or ions diffuse through the membrane in real cells.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| Lets Summarize,

In this tutorial we have learnt,

how to use the '''Membrane Channels''', '''PhET Simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| We have also learnt,

* To predict movement of particles through the membrane

* Types of '''channels''' present on the membrane

* To predict the rate of diffusion based on the number and type of '''channels''' present

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment

Fill the upper and lower compartments with equal number of blue and green particles.

Add '''gated channels''' of both colors on the membrane.

Note if the diffusion rate increases with increase in number of '''channels'''.

Give Explanation.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site

* Choose the minute and second where you have the question

* Explain your question briefly

* Someone from our team will answer them

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD,''' '''Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Membrane-Channels/English

2018-10-26T11:21:29Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Visual Cue''' ||'''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title Slide''' || Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Membrane Channels PhET simulation'''...."

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Membrane Channels PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Membrane Channels''', '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

learner should be familiar with topics in high school biology.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals '''

|| Using '''Membrane Channels simulation''', we will learn

* To predict movement of particles through the membrane

* Types of '''channels''' present on the membrane

* To predict the rate of diffusion based on the number and type of '''channels''' present

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''About Membrane Channels'''
|| About '''Membrane Channels'''

'''Membrane channels''' are proteins.

They allow passive transport of solute across a membrane.

The solute moves by simple diffusion through the membrane.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Membrane Channels'''
|| Solute moves from the region of higher concentration to the region of lower concentration.

The diffusion continues until the two compartments have equal concentrations.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Types of membrane channels'''

'''Leakage channels''': always open

'''Gated channels''': open in response to some stimulus

|| Two types of '''channels''' are found in membranes,

'''Leakage channels''' and '''Gated channels'''.

'''Leakage channels''' are always open.

'''Gated channels''' open in response to some stimulus.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Point to the file in '''Downloads''' folder.
|| I have already downloaded '''Membrane Channels simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Press '''ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

At the prompt type,

'''cd Downloads''' >> press '''Enter'''.

|| To run the '''simulation''', open the '''terminal'''.

At the prompt type, '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

|-
|| Type, '''java -jar membrane-channels_en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''simulation'''.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space membrane hyphen channels_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Membrane Channels simulation''' opens.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Membrane Channels simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to the compartments and membrane.
|| The '''simulation''' window has two compartments separated by a membrane.

|-
|| Point to solute pump.

Point to solute particles.

Point to green circles and blue diamonds.
|| Each compartment has a solute pump.

Each pump has two different types of solute particles.

Particles are represented as green circles and blue diamonds.

|-
|| Point to green circle in the upper compartment.

Point to blue diamond in the lower compartment.
|| By default green circle is selected in the upper compartment.

Blue diamond is selected in the lower compartment.

|-
|| Click on the green radio button.
|| We can select the particle by clicking on the radio button next to the particle.

|-
|| Click on red button.
|| Click on the red button, to release a single particle into the compartment.

|-
|| Point to the '''channels'''.

Click >> drop green '''leakage''' and '''gated channel'''.
|| Two different kinds of '''channels''' are provided at the bottom,

'''Leakage channels''' and '''Gated channels'''.

Drag and drop to add '''channels''' on the membrane.

|-
|| Click on the black arrow on the right-panel.
|| '''Gated channels''' can be opened and closed using the buttons on the right-pannel.

|-
|| Point to the '''Play/Pause''' buttons.

Point to '''Step''' Button.

Point to the '''Sim Speed''' slider.
|| Use the '''Play/Pause button''' to start and pause the '''simulation'''.

'''Step''' Button is activated when '''Play/Pause''' button is on '''Play''' mode.

There is a slider to change the '''Sim speed''' from '''Slow''' to '''Fast'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Click on the '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Point to bar graphs on screen.
|| There is a check-box on the right panel to show the concentrations of particles.

Click on the '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Bar graphs showing concentrations for each compartment appear on the screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Clear Particles''' button.

|| Click on '''Clear Particles''' button, to clear the particles present in the compartment.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Point to a message appears on the screen.

Click on '''Yes''' button.
|| To reset the '''simulation''', click on '''Reset All''' button.

A message appears to promt you to confirm the reset all settings.

Click on '''Yes''' button.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on the radio button next to blue diamond.

Click on red button of the pump 10 times.
|| In the lower compartment, select blue particle.

Click on the red button to add blue particles to the compartment.

Click the red button 10 times to add 10 blue particles to the compartment.

|-
|| Drag >> drop 2 blue '''leakage channels''' on the membrane.

Point to blue particles in upper compartment.

Point to blue particles in upper compartment.
|| Place 2 blue '''leakage channels''' on the membrane.

The blue particles pass through the '''channel''' to the upper compartment.

Wait for a few seconds.

Note the number of blue particles in the upper compartment.

|-
|| Cursor on the particles.

Point to the particles in both the compartments.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| The particles move in both directions through the channels.

The diffusion of the particles continues.

After sometime the particles in both the compartments are almost equal.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Point to the bar graph.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Show Concentrations''' check-box.

Concentrations of particles in each compartment is represented as a bar graph.

Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Drag >> place one green '''leakage channel''' on the membrane.

Point to blue particles and green '''channel'''.
|| Place one green '''Leakage Channel''' on the membrane.

Observe that blue particles do not pass through the green '''channel'''.

|-
|| Click on the radio button next to green particle.

Click the red button 10 times.
|| Now add 10 green particles to the lower compartment.

Click on the radio button next to the green particle.

Click the red button 10 times to add 10 green particles.

|-
|| Point to the '''channels''' and particles.

Point to green '''channel'''.
|| Observe the movement of the particles.

Notice that the green particles do not pass through the blue '''channels'''.

They pass through the green '''channel''' only.

This shows that, the '''channels''' are selective.

They only allow a particular particle to pass through them.

|-
|| Cursor on the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Pause''' button.

Click on '''Play''' button.
|| After sometime equilibrium is reached.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.

Note that at this point concentration of the particles in both the compartments are almost same.

Click on '''Play''' button.

The particles continue to move in both the directions to maintain the equilibrium.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Click on '''Yes''' button.
|| Click on '''Reset All''' button.

Click '''Yes''' to confirm the reset all settings.

|-
|| Select green particles >> Click on the red button 20 times.
|| Add 20 green particles to the upper compartment by clicking 20 times.

|-
|| Click on blue particles radio button.
|| In the lower compartment, select blue particles radio button.

|-
|| Click on the red button 20 times.
|| Add 20 blue particles to the lower compartment.

|-
|| Drag >> place one blue and green '''gated channel''' on the membrane.
|| Place one each blue and green '''gated channel''' on the membrane.

|-
|| Click on blue '''Open''' button on the right panel.

Point to the blue '''channel''' on the membrane.

Point to the blue particles.
|| Click on blue '''Open''' button on the right panel.

On the membrane, Blue '''channel''' opens.

Blue particles move through the '''Gated channel''' in both the directions.

|-
|| Click on '''Show concentrations''' check-box.
|| Click on '''Show concentrations''' check-box.

Wait until equilibrium is reached.

|-
|| Point to the green particles in the compartment.

Point to upper compartment.

Point to lower compartment.
|| Green particles do not pass through the Blue '''gated channel''',

hence remain in the upper compartment.

Observe that there are no green particles in the lower compartment.

|-
|| Click on the green '''Open''' button on the right panel.

Point to the green '''channel''' on the membrane.

Point to green particles in the lower compartment .
|| Now click on the green '''Open''' button on the right panel.

On the membrane, green '''channel''' opens.

Green particles pass through the green '''gated channel''' to the lower compartment.

|-
|| Point to the bar graph.
|| Equilibrium is reached after a few minutes.

|-
|| Click on green '''Close''' button on the right-panel.
|| Next, click on green '''Close''' button to close the green '''gated channel'''.

|-
|| Point to the particles.

Point to the blue particles.

Point to the green particles.
|| Observe the movement of particles.

Notice that now only blue particles move between the compartments.

Green particles do not cross the compartments, as they cannot pass through blue '''channel'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| This is how solute or ions diffuse through the membrane in real cells.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| Lets Summarize,

In this tutorial we have learnt,

how to use the '''Membrane Channels''', '''PhET Simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''

|| We have also learnt,

* To predict movement of particles through the membrane

* Types of '''channels''' present on the membrane

* To predict the rate of diffusion based on the number and type of '''channels''' present

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment

Fill the upper and lower compartments with equal number of blue and green particles.

Add '''gated channels''' of both colors on the membrane.

Note if the diffusion rate increases with increase in number of '''channels'''.

Give Explanation.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site
* Choose the minute and second where you have the question
* Explain your question briefly
* Someone from our team will answer them

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by '''NMEICT, MHRD,''' '''Government of India'''.

More information on this Mission is available at this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Faradays-Electromagnetic-Lab/English

2018-10-26T08:44:01Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial, we will demonstrate,

'''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.8.0

Firefox web browser version 61.0.1

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this simulation we will be able to,

* Predict the change in magnetic field as the magnet moves
* Study the deflections of compass with respect to the magnetic field
* Compare the change in voltage with an induced '''EMF'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
||
* Explain the cause of electromagnetic induction
* Explain the working of a '''transformer'''
* Show how a '''generator''' works
|-
||
|| For more information please see the additional material provided along with this tutorial.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Point to '''faraday_en.jar'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| To run this '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

|-
|| Type '''java -jar faraday_en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Now type, '''java space hyphen jar space faraday_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to different tabs.
|| '''Simulation''' interface has five tabs.

'''Bar Magnet'''

'''Pickup Coil'''

'''Electromagnet'''

'''Transformer'''

'''Generator'''

|-
|| Point to the '''Bar Magnet''' tab.
|| By default '''Bar Magnet''' tab opens.

|-
|| Point to the bar magnet and compass.
|| On the screen we see,

a bar magnet with north and south poles marked and a compass.

|-
|| Point to the lines of force.
|| Magnetic lines of force are seen spread across the screen.

|-
|| Point to the visual cue.
|| A visual cue '''Move me or me''' is also seen.

This visual cue prompts us to drag the magnet or the compass.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to magnetic lines of force.
|| Let us change the needle spacing and needle size.

This helps us to view the magnetic lines of force clearly.

|-
|| Click on '''Options''' menu >> select '''Field Controls'''.

Point to the '''Field Controls''' dialog box.
|| Click on '''Options''' menu and select '''Field Controls'''.

'''Field Controls''' dialog box opens.
|-
|| Point '''Needle spacing''' and '''Needle size '''sliders.
|| In the dialog box, we have sliders for '''Needle spacing''' and '''Needle size'''.

|-
|| Drag the '''Needle spacing''' slider to 60 >> '''Needle size''' slider to 50x14.
|| Drag the '''Needle spacing''' slider to 60 and '''Needle size''' slider to 50x14(50 by 14).
|-
|| Highlight the changes.
|| You can change the sliders as per your requirement.

|-
|| Click '''OK''' button.
|| Click on '''OK''' button and observe the changes.

|-
|| Drag the magnet around the screen.
|| Drag the magnet around the screen.

|-
|| Point to the magnetic field.
|| Note that, magnetic lines of force align and rearrange as we drag the magnet.
|-
|| Drag the compass around the magnet.

Point to compass needle.
|| Now drag the compass around the magnet.

Note that compass needle aligns according to the magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Point to the '''Bar Magnet Strength''' slider.

Cursor on the slider.
|| On the right panel, we have '''Bar Magnet Strength''' slider.

Slider can be set between 0 to 100 percent.
|-
|| Drag the slider to 0%.
|| At 0% strength we do not see any magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Drag the slider 100%.
|| As we drag the slider towards 100%, magnetic lines of force are seen clearly.

|-
|| Click on '''Flip Polarity''' button.
|| Click on '''Flip Polarity''' button on the right panel.

|-
|| Point to the magnet.
|| Polarity of the magnet changes.
|-
|| Point to field lines and compass needle.
|| Change in polarity changes the direction of lines of force and compass needle.

|-
|| Click on '''See Inside Magnet''' check box in the right panel.

Point to the lines.
|| Click on '''See Inside Magnet''' check box in the right panel.

Observe the direction of lines of force inside the magnet.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check box.
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check box in the right panel.

|-
|| Point to '''field meter'''.
|| '''Field meter''' shows up on the screen.

|-
|| Drag the '''Field meter''' around the field.

Point to the values of '''B''', '''Bx''', '''By''' and '''Ө'''.
|| Drag the '''Field meter''' around the field.

It displays the changing values of,

Magnetic flux density '''B''', x component of B('''Bx'''), y component of B('''By''') and angle of deflection('''Ө''').

|-
|| Click on '''Pickup Coil''' tab.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Now click on '''Pickup Coil''' tab.

This screen demonstrates '''Faraday's law of Electromagnetic induction'''.

|-
|| Point to magnet and a coil.

Point to the bulb.
|| '''Pickup Coil''' screen has a magnet and a coil connected to a bulb.

'''Pickup Coil''' panel is added to the right panel.

The bulb acts as an '''indicator''' in the circuit.
|-
|| Move and show.
|| Here we can either drag the magnet towards the coil or coil towards the magnet.
|-
|| Drag the magnet towards the coil.
|| The most effective way is to drag the magnet towards the coil.

This is because, moving a magnet induces magnetic field around the coil.

|-
|| Drag the magnet back and forth through the coil.

Point to the bulb.
|| Let us drag the magnet back and forth through the coil.

Observe that bulb glows.

|-
|| Point to changing magnetic field.
|| This is due to the induced '''EMF''' in the coil.

This creates changing magnetic field around the coil.

|-
|| Click on '''Loops''' input box>> increase the number of loops to 3.
|| Now let us increase the number of loops to 3 in the '''Loops''' input box.

|-
|| Drag the '''Loop Area''' slider to 100.
|| Then drag the '''Loop Area''' slider to 100%.

|-
|| Drag the magnet through the loop.

Point to the bulb.

Point to the bulb.
|| Drag the magnet through the loop.

Observe the glow in the bulb.

The intensity of the bulb changes as we drag the magnet.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Replace the bulb with voltage meter.

Observe the change in the induced '''EMF''', when

1 Magnet is moved rapidly

2 Polarity of the magnet is flipped

Explain your observation.

|-
|| Click on '''Electromagnet''' tab.
|| Click on '''Electromagnet''' tab.

|-
|| Point to electromagnet, magnetic lines of force and compass.
|| This screen has an electromagnet with its magnetic lines of force and a compass.

|-
|| Point to 10 v battery.

Point to voltage slider.
|| Electromagnet has a 10 v battery as a source of current.

This Battery has a voltage slider to control the voltage.

|-
|| Point to '''DC Current Source'''.
|| By default electromagnet has '''DC Current Source'''.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field.
|| Here '''DC''' electromagnet creates a constant magnetic field.

|-
|| Check '''Show Field Meter''' check-box.

Place the '''field meter''' on the coil.
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check-box.

Place the '''field meter''' on the coil.

|-
|| Drag the voltage slider towards zero.

Point to electrons.
|| Gradually decrease the voltage of the battery from 10 volt to 1 volt.

Observe the change in speed of electrons on the coil with change in voltage.
|-
|| Point to electron movement.
|| The speed of electron movement decreases as voltage is reduced from 10 volt to 1 volt.
|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.
|| Magnetic field disappears at zero voltage.

Now, the coil is no more an electromagnet.

|-
|| Drag the slider to left side towards 10 v.
|| Continue to drag the voltage slider to the left side towards 10 volt.
|-
|| Point to compass needle.
|| Polarity of electromagnet has changed.

This changes direction of magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Point to electrons.
|| Notice the change in direction of movement of electrons.

|-
|| Point to '''DC''' and '''AC'''.

Click on '''AC current source'''.
|| Now let us switch the '''DC current source''' to '''AC'''.

|-
|| Point to field meter and compass needle.
|| Observe the continuously switching magnetic field and compass needle.

|-
|| Point to two sliders.
|| '''AC Current Supply''' is provided with two sliders.

|-
|| Drag the horizontal slider.

Point to magnetic field lines and meter.

Point to the Amplitude slider.
|| Drag the horizontal slider to change the frequency of the wave.

Note that rate of magnetic field switching has increased.

Drag the vertical slider and check what happens?
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Change the number of loops of the coil

and observe the magnetic field(B) values.
|-
||
|| Let us see how a '''transformer''' works.

|-
|| Click on '''Transformer''' tab.
|| Click on '''Transformer''' tab to open it.

|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet'''.

Point to '''Pickup Coil'''.
|| '''Transformer''' screen has,

* an electromagnet with '''DC''' current source as a primary coil

* a '''Pickup Coil''' with '''Indicator''' as a secondary coil
|-
||Point to both the coils.
|| In the '''transformer''', primary coil induces a current into a secondary coil.

|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.
|| Right panel has '''Electromagnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Compass''' check-box.
|| Click on '''Show Compass''' check-box in '''Electromagnet''' box.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Drag the coils close to each other.
|| In a '''transformer''', two coils are linked together by an iron core.

However, in this case we don't have the iron core to link the coils.

Move the coils close, so that they touch each other.

|-
|| Point to area of the loop.

Point to light bulb.
|| At the stationary position there is no change in the flux.

Hence, bulb does not glow.

|-
|| Point to the secondary coil.
|| To induce voltage in the secondary coil, magnetic field should vary.

|-
|| Drag the slider to left side.

Point to light bulb.

Point to compass needle and electrons.
|| Drag the voltage slider of the electromagnet back and forth.

As we drag, notice that bulb glows.

Also, note the deflections in the compass needle and direction of flow of electrons.

|-
|| Move primary coil in and out of the secondary coil.

Point to area of loop.

Point to light bulb.
|| Next drag the primary coil in and out of the secondary coil.

Observe the change in flux as we move the coil.

Now bulb glows brightly.
|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet''' box.

Click on '''AC''' source.
|| From the '''Electromagnet''' box, change the '''DC''' source to '''AC''' source.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.

Point to the secondary coil.
|| '''AC''' current in primary coil produces a changing magnetic field.

This changing magnetic field induces a voltage in the secondary coil.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Observe the change in voltage in the bulb with changing magnetic field.

|-
|| Drag the vertical slider of AC current supply.

Point to light bulb.
|| In the '''AC''' current supply, increase the amplitude.

With the increase in amplitude of the wave, bulb glows brightly.
|-
|| Drag the horizontal slider.
|| Drag the horizontal slider to increase the frequency.

|-
|| Point to light of light bulb and compass needle.
|| Notice the fast flickering in the bulb and deflections on compass.

This is due to change in voltage in the coils.

|-
|| Point to coils of primary and secondary coil.
|| Note that there are 4 loops on the primary coil and 2 loops on the secondary coil.

|-
|| Under '''Pickup Coil''' box,

Click on '''Loops''' input box >> increase the number of loops to 3.

Under '''Electromagnet''' box, Reduce the number of loops to 1.
|| Now increase the number of loops on secondary coil to 3.

Reduce the number of loops of primary coil to 1.
|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Note the change in voltage of the bulb in the '''transformer'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Check what happens when frequency slider of '''AC Current Supply''' is moved to 5%?

Explain your observation.

|-
|| Point to '''Generator'''.
|| Now we will move on to '''Generator'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Generator''' tab.

Point to left side of the screen.
|| Click on '''Generator''' tab to open it.

This is a simple version of a '''generator'''.

|-
|| Point to the tools on the right side of the screen.
|| On the right panel, we have '''Bar Magnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Field''' >> '''Show Field Meter''' check-boxes.
|| Under the''' Bar magnet''' box, click on '''Show Field''' and '''Show Field Meter''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to faucet, paddlewheel with bar magnet, '''pickup coil''', compass and '''Field Meter'''.
|| Screen has a faucet, paddlewheel with a bar magnet, '''pickup coil''', compass and '''Field Meter'''.

|-
|| Point to bar magnet.
|| By default the Bar magnet is at '''0 RPM''' (revolutions per minute).

|-
|| Drag, place '''Field Meter''' close to coil.
|| Drag and place the '''Field Meter''' close to the coil.

|-
|| Drag slider at the top of tap.
|| Drag the slider to turn on the faucet.

|-
|| Point to rotating bar magnet.

Point to changing magnetic lines.

Point to compass.
|| Observe that the bar magnet starts spinning as water falls on it.

As the magnet rotates, magnetic lines of force change continuously.

|-
|| Point to '''Field Meter''' and compass.
|| Notice the change in the values in the '''Field Meter'''.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| This results in the production of induced '''EMF''' in the coil and bulb glows.

|-
|| Point to '''RPM''' value.
|| Now lets increase the rotation of magnet to '''100 RPM'''.

|-
|| Drag the faucet slider to the extreme right end.
|| Drag the faucet slider gradually to maximum.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.
|| Observe the rapidly changing magnetic field with increase in '''RPM'''.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Now bulb glows brightly as the voltage increases.

|-
||
|| Pause the tutorial and do this assignment.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment'''
|| What changes do you see in the working of the '''generator''', when

1. Number of loops and loop area of the wire are changed.

2. Bar magnet strength is reduce to 0%?
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab, PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Predicted the change in magnetic field as the magnet moves.

Studied the deflections of compass with respect to the magnetic field.

Compared change in voltage with induced '''EMF'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Summary'''
|| Explained the cause of electromagnetic induction.

Explained how a '''transformer''' works.

Shown how a '''generator''' works.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

* gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site

* Choose the minute and second where you have the question

* Explain your question briefly

* Someone from our team will answer them

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at

this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Madhuri Ganapathi and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C3/Faradays-Electromagnetic-Lab/English

2018-10-26T07:45:42Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial, we will demonstrate,

'''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.8.0

Firefox web browser version 61.0.1

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this simulation we will be able to,

* Predict the change in magnetic field as the magnet moves
* Study the deflections of compass with respect to the magnetic field
* Compare the change in voltage with an induced '''EMF'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
||
* Explain the cause of electromagnetic induction
* Explain the working of a '''transformer'''
* Show how a '''generator''' works
|-
||
|| For more information please see the additional material provided along with this tutorial.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Point to '''faraday_en.jar'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| To run this '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

|-
|| Type '''java -jar faraday_en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Now type, '''java space hyphen jar space faraday_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to different tabs.
|| '''Simulation''' interface has five tabs.

'''Bar Magnet'''

'''Pickup Coil'''

'''Electromagnet'''

'''Transformer'''

'''Generator'''

|-
|| Point to the '''Bar Magnet''' tab.
|| By default '''Bar Magnet''' tab opens.

|-
|| Point to the bar magnet and compass.
|| On the screen we see,

a bar magnet with north and south poles marked and a compass.

|-
|| Point to the lines of force.
|| Magnetic lines of force are seen spread across the screen.

|-
|| Point to the visual cue.
|| A visual cue '''Move me or me''' is also seen.

This visual cue prompts us to drag the magnet or the compass.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to magnetic lines of force.
|| Let us change the needle spacing and needle size.

This helps us to view the magnetic lines of force clearly.

|-
|| Click on '''Options''' menu >> select '''Field Controls'''.

Point to the '''Field Controls''' dialog box.
|| Click on '''Options''' menu and select '''Field Controls'''.

'''Field Controls''' dialog box opens.
|-
|| Point '''Needle spacing''' and '''Needle size '''sliders.
|| In the dialog box, we have sliders for '''Needle spacing''' and '''Needle size'''.

|-
|| Drag the '''Needle spacing''' slider to 60 >> '''Needle size''' slider to 50x14.
|| Drag the '''Needle spacing''' slider to 60 and '''Needle size''' slider to 50x14(50 by 14).
|-
|| Highlight the changes.
|| You can change the sliders as per your requirement.

|-
|| Click '''OK''' button.
|| Click on '''OK''' button and observe the changes.

|-
|| Drag the magnet around the screen.
|| Drag the magnet around the screen.

|-
|| Point to the magnetic field.
|| Note that, magnetic lines of force align and rearrange as we drag the magnet.
|-
|| Drag the compass around the magnet.

Point to compass needle.
|| Now drag the compass around the magnet.

Note that compass needle aligns according to the magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Point to the '''Bar Magnet Strength''' slider.

Cursor on the slider.
|| On the right panel, we have '''Bar Magnet Strength''' slider.

Slider can be set between 0 to 100 percent.
|-
|| Drag the slider to 0%.
|| At 0% strength we do not see any magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Drag the slider 100%.
|| As we drag the slider towards 100%, magnetic lines of force are seen clearly.

|-
|| Click on '''Flip Polarity''' button.
|| Click on '''Flip Polarity''' button on the right panel.

|-
|| Point to the magnet.
|| Polarity of the magnet changes.
|-
|| Point to field lines and compass needle.
|| Change in polarity changes the direction of lines of force and compass needle.

|-
|| Click on '''See Inside Magnet''' check box in the right panel.

Point to the lines.
|| Click on '''See Inside Magnet''' check box in the right panel.

Observe the direction of lines of force inside the magnet.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check box.
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check box in the right panel.

|-
|| Point to '''field meter'''.
|| '''Field meter''' shows up on the screen.

|-
|| Drag the '''Field meter''' around the field.

Point to the values of '''B''', '''Bx''', '''By''' and '''Ө'''.
|| Drag the '''Field meter''' around the field.

It displays the changing values of,

Magnetic flux density '''B''', x component of B('''Bx'''), y component of B('''By''') and angle of deflection('''Ө''').

|-
|| Click on '''Pickup Coil''' tab.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Now click on '''Pickup Coil''' tab.

This screen demonstrates '''Faraday's law of Electromagnetic induction'''.

|-
|| Point to magnet and a coil.

Point to the bulb.
|| '''Pickup Coil''' screen has a magnet and a coil connected to a bulb.

'''Pickup Coil''' panel is added to the right panel.

The bulb acts as an '''indicator''' in the circuit.
|-
|| Move and show.
|| Here we can either drag the magnet towards the coil or coil towards the magnet.
|-
|| Drag the magnet towards the coil.
|| The most effective way is to drag the magnet towards the coil.

This is because, moving a magnet induces magnetic field around the coil.

|-
|| Drag the magnet back and forth through the coil.

Point to the bulb.
|| Let us drag the magnet back and forth through the coil.

Observe that bulb glows.

|-
|| Point to changing magnetic field.
|| This is due to the induced '''EMF''' in the coil.

This creates changing magnetic field around the coil.

|-
|| Click on '''Loops''' input box>> increase the number of loops to 3.
|| Now let us increase the number of loops to 3 in the '''Loops''' input box.

|-
|| Drag the '''Loop Area''' slider to 100.
|| Then drag the '''Loop Area''' slider to 100%.

|-
|| Drag the magnet through the loop.

Point to the bulb.

Point to the bulb.
|| Drag the magnet through the loop.

Observe the glow in the bulb.

The intensity of the bulb changes as we drag the magnet.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Replace the bulb with voltage meter.

Observe the change in the induced '''EMF''', when

1 Magnet is moved rapidly

2 Polarity of the magnet is flipped

Explain your observation.

|-
|| Click on '''Electromagnet''' tab.
|| Click on '''Electromagnet''' tab.

|-
|| Point to electromagnet, magnetic lines of force and compass.
|| This screen has an electromagnet with its magnetic lines of force and a compass.

|-
|| Point to 10 v battery.

Point to voltage slider.
|| Electromagnet has a 10 v battery as a source of current.

This Battery has a voltage slider to control the voltage.

|-
|| Point to '''DC Current Source'''.
|| By default electromagnet has '''DC Current Source'''.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field.
|| Here '''DC''' electromagnet creates a constant magnetic field.

|-
|| Check '''Show Field Meter''' check-box.

Place the '''field meter''' on the coil.
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check-box.

Place the '''field meter''' on the coil.

|-
|| Drag the voltage slider towards zero.

Point to electrons.
|| Gradually decrease the voltage of the battery from 10 volt to 1 volt.

Observe the change in speed of electrons on the coil with change in voltage.
|-
|| Point to electron movement.
|| The speed of electron movement decreases as voltage is reduced from 10 volt to 1 volt.
|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.
|| Magnetic field disappears at zero voltage.

Now, the coil is no more an electromagnet.

|-
|| Drag the slider to left side towards 10 v.
|| Continue to drag the voltage slider to the left side towards 10 volt.
|-
|| Point to compass needle.
|| Polarity of electromagnet has changed.

This changes direction of magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Point to electrons.
|| Notice the change in direction of movement of electrons.

|-
|| Point to '''DC''' and '''AC'''.

Click on '''AC current source'''.
|| Now let us switch the '''DC current source''' to '''AC'''.

|-
|| Point to field meter and compass needle.
|| Observe the continuously switching magnetic field and compass needle.

|-
|| Point to two sliders.
|| '''AC Current Supply''' is provided with two sliders.

|-
|| Drag the horizontal slider.

Point to magnetic field lines and meter.

Point to the Amplitude slider.
|| Drag the horizontal slider to change the frequency of the wave.

Note that rate of magnetic field switching has increased.

Drag the vertical slider and check what happens?
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Change the number of loops of the coil

and observe the magnetic field(B) values.
|-
||
|| Let us see how a '''transformer''' works.

|-
|| Click on '''Transformer''' tab.
|| Click on '''Transformer''' tab to open it.

|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet'''.

Point to '''Pickup Coil'''.
|| '''Transformer''' screen has,

* an electromagnet with '''DC''' current source as a primary coil

* a '''Pickup Coil''' with '''Indicator''' as a secondary coil
|-
||Point to both the coils.
|| In the '''transformer''', primary coil induces a current into a secondary coil.

|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.
|| Right panel has '''Electromagnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Compass''' check-box.
|| Click on '''Show Compass''' check-box in '''Electromagnet''' box.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Drag the coils close to each other.
|| In a '''transformer''', two coils are linked together by an iron core.

However, in this case we don't have the iron core to link the coils.

Move the coils close, so that they touch each other.

|-
|| Point to area of the loop.

Point to light bulb.
|| At the stationary position there is no change in the flux.

Hence, bulb does not glow.

|-
|| Point to the secondary coil.
|| To induce voltage in the secondary coil, magnetic field should vary.

|-
|| Drag the slider to left side.

Point to light bulb.

Point to compass needle and electrons.
|| Drag the voltage slider of the electromagnet back and forth.

As we drag, notice that bulb glows.

Also, note the deflections in the compass needle and direction of flow of electrons.

|-
|| Move primary coil in and out of the secondary coil.

Point to area of loop.

Point to light bulb.
|| Next drag the primary coil in and out of the secondary coil.

Observe the change in flux as we move the coil.

Now bulb glows brightly.
|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet''' box.

Click on '''AC''' source.
|| From the '''Electromagnet''' box, change the '''DC''' source to '''AC''' source.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.

Point to the secondary coil.
|| '''AC''' current in primary coil produces a changing magnetic field.

This changing magnetic field induces a voltage in the secondary coil.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Observe the change in voltage in the bulb with changing magnetic field.

|-
|| Drag the vertical slider of AC current supply.

Point to light bulb.
|| In the '''AC''' current supply, increase the amplitude.

With the increase in amplitude of the wave, bulb glows brightly.
|-
|| Drag the horizontal slider.
|| Drag the horizontal slider to increase the frequency.

|-
|| Point to light of light bulb and compass needle.
|| Notice the fast flickering in the bulb and deflections on compass.

This is due to change in voltage in the coils.

|-
|| Point to coils of primary and secondary coil.
|| Note that there are 4 loops on the primary coil and 2 loops on the secondary coil.

|-
|| Under '''Pickup Coil''' box,

Click on '''Loops''' input box >> increase the number of loops to 3.

Under '''Electromagnet''' box, Reduce the number of loops to 1.
|| Now increase the number of loops on secondary coil to 3.

Reduce the number of loops of primary coil to 1.
|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Note the change in voltage of the bulb in the '''transformer'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Check what happens when frequency slider of '''AC Current Supply''' is moved to 5%?

Explain your observation.

|-
|| Point to '''Generator'''.
|| Now we will move on to '''Generator'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Generator''' tab.

Point to left side of the screen.
|| Click on '''Generator''' tab to open it.

This is a simple version of a '''generator'''.

|-
|| Point to the tools on the right side of the screen.
|| On the right panel, we have '''Bar Magnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Field''' >> '''Show Field Meter''' check-boxes.
|| Under the''' Bar magnet''' box, click on '''Show Field''' and '''Show Field Meter''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to faucet, paddlewheel with bar magnet, '''pickup coil''', compass and '''Field Meter'''.
|| Screen has a faucet, paddlewheel with a bar magnet, '''pickup coil''', compass and '''Field Meter'''.

|-
|| Point to bar magnet.
|| By default the Bar magnet is at '''0 RPM''' (revolutions per minute).

|-
|| Drag, place '''Field Meter''' close to coil.
|| Drag and place the '''Field Meter''' close to the coil.

|-
|| Drag slider at the top of tap.
|| Drag the slider to turn on the faucet.

|-
|| Point to rotating bar magnet.

Point to changing magnetic lines.

Point to compass.
|| Observe that the bar magnet starts spinning as water falls on it.

As the magnet rotates, magnetic lines of force change continuously.

|-
|| Point to '''Field Meter''' and compass.
|| Notice the change in the values in the '''Field Meter'''.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| This results in the production of induced '''EMF''' in the coil and bulb glows.

|-
|| Point to '''RPM''' value.
|| Now lets increase the rotation of magnet to '''100 RPM'''.

|-
|| Drag the faucet slider to the extreme right end.
|| Drag the faucet slider gradually to maximum.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.
|| Observe the rapidly changing magnetic field with increase in '''RPM'''.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Now bulb glows brightly as the voltage increases.

|-
||
|| Pause the tutorial and do this assignment.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment'''
|| What changes do you see in the working of the '''generator''', when

1. Number of loops and loop area of wire are changed.

2. Bar magnet strength is reduce to 0%?
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab, PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Predicted the change in magnetic field as the magnet moves.

Studied the deflections of compass with respect to the magnetic field.

Compared change in voltage with induced '''EMF'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Summary'''
|| Explained the cause of electromagnetic induction.

Explained how a '''transformer''' works.

Shown how a '''generator''' works.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

* gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site

* Choose the minute and second where you have the question

* Explain your question briefly

* Someone from our team will answer them

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at

this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Madhuri Ganapathi and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C3/Faradays-Electromagnetic-Lab/English

2018-10-26T06:59:29Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Visual Cue''' ||'''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab'''. |- ||..."

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial, we will demonstrate,

'''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.8.0

Firefox web browser version 61.0.1

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this simulation we will be able to,

* Predict the change in magnetic field as the magnet move
* Study the deflections of compass with respect to the magnetic field
* Compare the change in voltage with an induced '''EMF'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
||
* Explain the cause of electromagnetic induction
* Explain the working of a '''transformer'''
* Show how a '''generator''' works
|-
||
|| For more information please see the additional material provided along with this tutorial.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

|-
|| Point to '''faraday_en.jar'''.
|| I have downloaded '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl+Alt+T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' >> press '''Enter'''.
|| To run this '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

|-
|| Type '''java -jar faraday_en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Now type, '''java space hyphen jar space faraday_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to different tabs.
|| '''Simulation''' interface has five tabs.

'''Bar Magnet'''

'''Pickup Coil'''

'''Electromagnet'''

'''Transformer'''

'''Generator'''

|-
|| Point to the '''Bar Magnet''' tab.
|| By default '''Bar Magnet''' tab opens.

|-
|| Point to the bar magnet and compass.
|| On the screen we see,

a bar magnet with north and south poles marked and a compass.

|-
|| Point to the lines of force.
|| Magnetic lines of force are seen spread across the screen.

|-
|| Point to the visual cue.
|| A visual cue '''Move me or me''' is also seen.

This visual cue prompts us to drag the magnet or the compass.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to magnetic lines of force.
|| Let us change the needle spacing and needle size.

This helps us to view the magnetic lines of force clearly.

|-
|| Click on '''Options''' menu >> select '''Field Controls'''.

Point to the '''Field Controls''' dialog box.
|| Click on '''Options''' menu and select '''Field Controls'''.

'''Field Controls''' dialog box opens.
|-
|| Point '''Needle spacing''' and '''Needle size '''sliders.
|| In the dialog box, we have sliders for '''Needle spacing''' and '''Needle size'''.

|-
|| Drag the '''Needle spacing''' slider to 60 >> '''Needle size''' slider to 50x14.
|| Drag the '''Needle spacing''' slider to 60 and '''Needle size''' slider to 50x14(50 by 14).
|-
|| Highlight the changes.
|| You can change the sliders as per your requirement.

|-
|| Click '''OK''' button.
|| Click on '''OK''' button and observe the changes.

|-
|| Drag the magnet around the screen.
|| Drag the magnet around the screen and observe the changes.

|-
|| Point to the magnetic field.
|| Note that, magnetic lines of force align and rearrange as we drag the magnet.
|-
|| Drag the compass around the magnet.

Point to compass needle.
|| Now drag the compass around the magnet.

Note that compass needle aligns according to the magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Point to the '''Bar Magnet Strength''' slider.

Cursor on the slider.
|| On the right panel, we have '''Bar Magnet Strength''' slider.

Slider can be set between 0 to 100 percent.
|-
|| Drag the slider to 0%.
|| At 0% strength we do not see any magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Drag the slider 100%.
|| As we drag the slider towards 100%, magnetic lines of force are seen clearly.

|-
|| Click on '''Flip Polarity''' button.
|| Click on '''Flip Polarity''' button on the right panel.

|-
|| Point to the magnet.
|| Polarity of the magnet changes.
|-
|| Point to field lines and compass needle.
|| Change in polarity changes the direction of field lines and compass needle.

|-
|| Click on '''See Inside Magnet''' check box in the right panel.

Point to the lines.
|| Click on '''See Inside Magnet''' check box in the right panel.

Observe the direction of lines of force inside the magnet.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check box.
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check box in the right panel.

|-
|| Point to '''field meter'''.
|| '''Field meter''' shows up on the screen.

|-
|| Drag the '''Field meter''' around the field.

Point to the values of '''B''', '''Bx''', '''By''' and '''Ө'''.
|| Drag the '''Field meter''' around the field.

It displays the changing values of,

Magnetic flux density '''B''', x component of B('''Bx'''), y component of B('''By''') and angle of deflection('''Ө''').

|-
|| Click on '''Pickup Coil''' tab.

Cursor on the interface.
|| Now click on '''Pickup Coil''' tab.

This screen demonstrates '''Faraday's law of Electromagnetic induction'''.

|-
|| Point to magnet and a coil.

Point to the bulb.
|| '''Pickup Coil''' screen has a magnet and a coil connected to a bulb.

'''Pickup Coil''' panel added to the right panel.

The bulb acts as an '''indicator''' in the circuit.
|-
|| Move and show.
|| Here we can either drag the magnet towards the coil or coil towards the magnet.
|-
|| Drag the magnet towards the coil.
|| The most effective way is to drag the magnet towards the coil.

This is because, moving a magnet induces magnetic field around the coil.

|-
|| Drag the magnet back and forth through the coil.

Point to the bulb.
|| Let us drag the magnet back and forth through the coil.

Observe that bulb glows.

|-
|| Point to changing magnetic field.
|| This is due to the induced '''EMF''' in the coil.

This creates changing magnetic field around the coil.

|-
|| Click on '''Loops''' input box>> increase the number of loops to 3.
|| Now let us increase the number of loops to 3 in the '''Loops''' input box.

|-
|| Drag the '''Loop Area''' slider to 100.
|| Then drag the '''Loop Area''' slider to 100%.

|-
|| Drag the magnet through the loop.

Point to the bulb.

Point to the bulb.
|| Drag the magnet through the loop.

Observe the glow in the bulb.

The intensity of the bulb changes as we drag the magnet.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Replace the bulb with voltage meter.

Observe the change in the induced '''EMF''', when

1 Magnet is moved rapidly

2 Polarity of the magnet is flipped

Explain your observation.

|-
|| Click on '''Electromagnet''' tab.
|| Click on '''Electromagnet''' tab.

|-
|| Point to electromagnet, magnetic lines of force and compass.
|| This screen has an electromagnet with its magnetic lines of force and a compass.

|-
|| Point to 10 v battery.

Point to voltage slider.
|| Electromagnet has a 10 v battery as a source of current.

This Battery has a voltage slider to control the voltage.

|-
|| Point to '''DC Current Source'''.
|| By default electromagnet has '''DC Current Source'''.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field.
|| Here a '''DC''' electromagnet creates a constant magnetic field.

|-
|| Check '''Show Field Meter''' check-box.

Place the '''field meter''' on the coil.
|| Click on '''Show Field Meter''' check-box.

Place the '''field meter''' on the coil.

|-
|| Drag the voltage slider towards zero.

Point to electrons.
|| Gradually decrease the voltage of the battery from 10 volt to 1 volt.

Observe the change in speed of electrons on coil with change in voltage.
|-
|| Point to electron movement.
|| The speed of electron movement decreases as voltage is reduced from 10 volt to 1 volt.
|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.
|| Magnetic field disappears at zero voltage.

Now, the coil is no more an electromagnet.

|-
|| Drag the slider to left side towards 10 v.
|| Continue to drag the voltage slider to the left side towards 10 volt.
|-
|| Point to compass needle.
|| Polarity of electromagnet has changed.

This changes direction of magnetic lines of force.

|-
|| Point to electrons.
|| Notice the change in direction of movement of electrons.

|-
|| Point to '''DC''' and '''AC'''.

Click on '''AC current source'''.
|| Now let us switch the '''DC current source''' to '''AC'''.

|-
|| Point to field meter and compass needle.
|| Observe the continuously switching magnetic field and compass needle.

|-
|| Point to two sliders.
|| '''AC Current Supply''' is provided with two sliders.

|-
|| Drag the horizontal slider.

Point to magnetic field lines and meter.

Point to the Amplitude slider.
|| Drag the horizontal slider to change the frequency of the wave.

Note that rate of magnetic field switching has increased.

Drag the vertical slider and check what happens?
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Change the number of loops of the coil and observe the magnetic field(B) values.
|-
||
|| Let us see how a '''transformer''' works.

|-
|| Click on '''Transformer''' tab.
|| Click on '''Transformer''' tab to open it.

|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet'''.
|| '''Transformer''' screen has,

An electromagnet with '''DC''' current source as a primary coil.
|-
|| Point to '''Pickup Coil'''.
|| A '''Pickup Coil''' with '''Indicator''' as a secondary coil.

In the '''transformer''', primary coil induces a current into a secondary coil.

|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.
|| Right panel has '''Electromagnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Compass''' check-box.
|| Click on '''Show Compass''' check-box in '''Electromagnet''' box.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Drag the coils close to each other.
|| In a '''transformer''', two coils are linked together by an iron core.

However, in this case we don't have the iron core to link the coils.

Move the coils close, so that they touch each other.

|-
|| Point to area of the loop.

Point to light bulb.
|| At the stationary position there is no change in the flux.

Hence, bulb does not glow.

|-
|| Point to the secondary coil.
|| To induce voltage in the secondary coil, magnetic field should vary.

|-
|| Drag the slider to left side.

Point to light bulb.

Point to compass needle and electrons.
|| Drag the voltage slider of the electromagnet back and forth.

As we drag, notice that bulb glows.

Also, note the deflections in the compass needle and direction of flow of electrons.

|-
|| Move primary coil in and out of the secondary coil.

Point to area of loop.

Point to light bulb.
|| Next drag the primary coil in and out of the secondary coil.

Observe the change in flux as we move the coil.

Now bulb glows brightly.
|-
|| Point to '''Electromagnet''' box.

Click on '''AC''' source.
|| From the '''Electromagnet''' box, change the '''DC''' source to '''AC''' source.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.

Point to the secondary coil.
|| '''AC''' current in primary coil produces a changing magnetic field.

This changing magnetic field induces a voltage in the secondary coil.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Observe the change in voltage in the bulb with changing magnetic field.

|-
|| Drag the vertical slider of AC current supply.

Point to light bulb.
|| In the '''AC''' current supply, increase the amplitude.

With the increase in amplitude of the wave, bulb glows brightly.
|-
|| Drag the horizontal slider.
|| Drag the horizontal slider to increase the frequency.

|-
|| Point to light of light bulb and compass needle.
|| Notice the faster flickering in the bulb and deflections on compass.

This is due to change in voltage in the coils.

|-
|| Point to coils of primary and secondary coil.
|| Note that there are 4 loops on the primary coil and 2 loops on the secondary coil.

|-
|| Under '''Pickup Coil''' box,

Click on '''Loops''' input box >> increase the number of loops to 3.

Under '''Electromagnet''' box, Reduce the number of loops to 1.
|| Now increase the number of loops on secondary coil to 3.

Reduce the number of loops of primary coil to 1.
|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Note the change in voltage of the bulb in the '''transformer'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

What happens when frequency slider of '''AC Current Supply''' is moved to 5%?

Explain your observation.

|-
|| Point to '''Generator'''.
|| Now we will move on to '''Generator'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Generator''' tab.

Point to left side of the screen.
|| Click on '''Generator''' tab to open it.
.
This is a simple version of a '''generator'''.

|-
|| Point to the tools on the right side of the screen.
|| On the right panel, we have '''Bar Magnet''' and '''Pickup Coil''' boxes.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Field''' >> '''Show Field Meter''' check-boxes.
|| Under the''' Bar magnet''' box, click on '''Show Field''' and '''Show Field Meter''' check-boxes.

|-
|| Point to faucet, paddlewheel with bar magnet, '''pickup coil''', compass and '''Field Meter'''.
|| Screen has a faucet, paddlewheel with bar magnet, '''pickup coil''', compass and '''Field Meter'''.

|-
|| Point to bar magnet.
|| By default the Bar magnet is at '''0 RPM''' (revolutions per minute).

|-
|| Drag, place '''Field Meter''' close to coil.
|| Drag and place the '''Field Meter''' close to the coil.

|-
|| Drag slider at the top of tap.
|| Drag the slider to turn on the faucet.

|-
|| Point to rotating bar magnet.

Point to changing magnetic lines.

Point to compass.
|| Observe that the bar magnet starts spinning as water falls on it.

As the magnet rotates, magnetic field lines change continuously.

|-
|| Point to '''Field Meter''' and compass.
|| Notice the change in the values in the '''Field Meter'''.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| This results in the production of induced '''EMF''' in the coil and bulb glows.

|-
|| Point to '''RPM''' value.
|| Now lets increase the rotation of magnet to '''100 RPM'''.

|-
|| Drag the faucet slider to the extreme right end.
|| Drag the faucet slider gradually to maximum.

|-
|| Point to magnetic field lines.
|| Observe the rapidly changing magnetic field with increase in '''RPM'''.

|-
|| Point to light bulb.
|| Now bulb glows brightly as the voltage increases.

|-
||
|| Pause the tutorial and do this assignment.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment'''
|| What changes do you see in the working of the '''generator''', when

1. Number of loops and loop area of wire are changed.

2. Bar magnet strength is reduce to 0%?
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Faraday's Electromagnetic Lab, PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Predicted the change in the magnetic field as the magnet moves.

Studied the deflections of compass with respect to magnetic field.

Compared change in voltage with induced '''EMF'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Summary'''
|| Explained the cause of the electromagnetic induction.

Explained how a '''transformer''' works.

Shown how a '''generator''' works.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

* gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

* Please visit this site

* Choose the minute and second where you have the question

* Explain your question briefly

* Someone from our team will answer them

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at

this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Madhuri Ganapathi and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C2/States-of-Matter/English

2018-08-07T12:40:30Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this spoken tutorial on '''States of Matter Simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''

|| In this tutorial we will learn about-

'''States of Matter''', an interactive '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Pre-requisites'''

|| To follow this tutorial

Learners should be familiar with topics in high school science.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2

|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''Simulation''', students will be able to,

1. Describe the characteristics of states of matter.

2. Predict how change in temperature or pressure changes the behavior of particles.

3. Study melting, freezing and boiling points of different substances.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals '''

||4. Compare particles in three different phases.

5. Compare interactions between particles in solids, liquids and gases.

6. Study the relation between temperature and kinetic energy of molecules.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''States-of-Matter'''
|| Matter around us exists in 3 states,

solid, liquid and gas.

These states arise due to intermolecular forces between the particles.

Change of state occurs, on the application of heat and pressure.
|-
||
||Now let us begin the simulation.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

'''[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]'''
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

'''[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]'''
|-
|| Point to the file in '''Downloads''' folder.
|| I have already downloaded '''States of Matter simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Right click on '''States-of-Matter''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to the browser address.
|| To open the simulation, right click on '''States-of-Matter''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

File opens in the browser.

|-
|| Point to the screens.
|| The simulation opens with 3 screens.

'''States''', '''Phase changes''' and '''Interaction'''.

|-
|| Click on '''States''' screen.

Point to the screen.
|| Click on '''States''' screen.

Screen has a container filled with Neon atoms by default.

|-
|| Point to the thermometer.

Point to the '''Kelvin scale'''.

Click on the black arrow.

Point to the '''Celsius scale'''.
|| The container is also fitted with a thermometer.

It shows the temperature in Kelvin scale.

Click on the black arrow to see the temperature in Celsius scale.

|-
|| Point to the heat regulator.

Drag the slider up and then down.
|| Below the container there is a heat regulator, to '''Heat''' or '''Cool''' the system.

Drag and hold the slider up to heat the container.

Drag and hold the slider down to cool the container.

|-
|| Point to the list.

Point to the buttons.
|| On the right-side of the screen, there is a list of '''Atoms & Molecules'''.

Below this list there are buttons for '''Solid''', '''Liquid''' and '''Gas'''.

|-
|| Point to the buttons.

Point to the pause and play button.

Point to small button.

Cursor on the '''Reset''' button.
|| There are two buttons at the bottom-left corner of the simulation.

Bigger button to pause and play the simulation.

The smaller one to play the simulation step-wise.

'''Reset''' button is at the bottom-right corner.

|-
|| Cursor on the screen.
|| Here, we can heat or cool the atoms or molecules to see the phase change.

|-
|| Point to the atoms in container.

Click on '''Solid''' button.
|| Container has '''Neon''' atoms.

Click on '''Solid''' button.

|-
|| Point to the atoms.

Cursor on the atoms.

|| Observe the screen.

In Solid, Neon particles are tightly packed.

The movement of atoms is restricted.

The vibrations are minimum.

|-
|| Cursor on the heat regulator.
|| Increase the temperature by moving the slider up on the heat regulator.

|-
|| Move the slider up on the heat regulator.

Point to the thermometer.

Move the slider up on the heat regulator.

Point to the atoms.
|| Increase the temperature up to 27 K.

we can see movement in the atoms.

It indicates that Neon is in liquid state.

Increase the temperature further.

The atoms are moving freely in the container.

Neon is in Gas phase.

|-
|| Point to the atoms in the container.
|| In the gas phase, atoms move randomly with high speed.

Due to this random motion, atoms hit each other and walls of the container.

|-
|| Click on the '''Reset''' button.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the simulation.

|-
|| Select '''Water''' molecules from the list.

Click on '''Solid''' buttons.

Point to thermometer.

Point to the container.

Click on '''Liquid''' button.

Point to the molecules in the container.

Click on '''Gas''' button

Click on Reset button.
|| Select '''Water''' molecules from the list.

Click on '''Solid''' button.

Observe the temperature and movement of molecules in the container.

Again click on '''Liquid''' button and observe molecules in the container.

Similarly click on '''Gas''' button.

Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Phase Changes''' screen.
|| Next, click on '''Phase Changes''' screen at the bottom of the interface.

|-
|| Cursor on the screen.
|| Using this screen we can explore how the atoms or molecules behave,

when the system is heated, cooled, compressed or when more atoms are added.

|-
|| Point to the pressure gauge.

Point to the pump.
|| In this screen the container is fitted with a pressure gauge.

It is also fitted with a pump to pump in gas atoms or molecules.

|-
|| Point to the '''Interaction Potential curve'''.

Point to the '''Phase Diagram curve'''.
|| On the right-side of the screen we can see,

1. The '''Interaction Potential curve''' or the '''Lennard-Jones potential curve'''.

2. and '''Phase Diagram curve'''.

|-
|| Note the pressure and temperature.

Point to '''Phase Diagram'''.
|| Before you begin the experiment, note the initial pressure on the pressure gauge.

Note the temperature on the thermometer.

Neon is in solid state, as denoted by a red dot on the '''Phase Diagram'''.

|-
|| Click on finger, hold the mouse and drag down.
|| Increase the pressure, by pushing the finger down slowly.

Click on finger, hold the mouse and drag down slowly.
|-
|| Point to the temperature and pressure gauge.
|| Observe the temperature and pressure as the lid touches the molecules.
|-
|| Point the red dot on the phase diagram.
|| As pressure increases, kinetic energy of molecules increases.

Observe the red dot on the '''Phase Diagram'''.

|-
|| Place the mouse on the pump handle and drag up and down.

Point to the temperature and pressure gauge.

Point to the '''Phase Diagram'''.
|| Add more Neon atoms to the container by pushing the pump.

As the collisions between particles increases, temperature and pressure increases.

Observe the '''Phase Diagram''', Neon is now in gas phase.
|-
|| Press the lid downwards.

Point to the atoms.

Click on yellow '''Return Lid''' button.
|| At this point if you increase the pressure the lid blows off.

This allows some of the atoms to escape out of the container.

To replace the lid click on yellow '''Return Lid''' button.

|-
|| Drag the temperature regulator down.

Point to thermometer, pressure gauge and phase diagram.
|| Drag the temperature regulator down to cooling position.

The temperature of the container now decreases.

Neon is now in liquid state.

Observe the pressure gauge, pressure also decreases.

|-
|| Move the slider down on the heat regulator.

Point to the '''Phase Diagram'''.
|| Cool the container until the phase changes to solid.

Keep track of the red dot on the '''Phase Diagram'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Argon''', '''Oxygen''', '''Water'''.
|| Similarly observe the phase change for other '''Atoms''' and '''Molecules''' in the list.

|-
|| Click on the '''Interaction''' screen at the bottom of the interface .
|| Click on the '''Interaction '''screen at the bottom of the interface.

|-
|| Point to the graph.
|| This screen shows a plot of '''Potential Energy''' versus '''Distance Between Atoms'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the screen.
|| Using this screen,

we can show the relation between, bonding distance and stability.
|-
|| Click and drag the atom to separate.

Point to the '''Potential Energy''' curve.
|| Click and drag the atoms to separate them.

Drag the movable atom away from pinned atom.

Observe the '''Potential Energy''' curve as the atoms come closer.

Potential energy varies, when attractive and repulsive forces change between atoms.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment.

In '''Phase Changes''' screen, Select '''Adjustable Attraction''' from '''Atoms & Molecules''' list.

Use the slider to change '''Interaction Strength''' from '''weak''' to '''strong.'''

And study the effect of temperature and pressure on these molecules.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| Using '''Phase Changes''' screen,

Determine which substance has strongest inter atomic or molecular forces.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt,

How to use '''States of Matter''' interactive '''PhET simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt about,

1. Characteristics of '''States of matter'''.

2. How variation in temperature or pressure changes the behavior of particles.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.

|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Snehalatha Kaliappan and Meenal Ghoderao.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C2/Introduction-to-PhET-Simulations/English

2018-08-07T12:22:42Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Introduction to PhET simulations'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn-

1. To open '''PhET''' webpage

2. About '''PhET simulation'''.

3. To '''register/Sign in''' on the page.

4. To browse activities.

5. To share your activities page.

6. About tips for using '''PhET'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| 7. About offline access.

8. To choose the '''simulations''' based on subject and grade level.

9. To download '''simulations''' of different file formats used in '''PhET'''.

10 To open the downloaded '''simulations'''.
|-
||'''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial, you should have,

Internet connection.
|-
||'''Slide Number 5'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Firefox web Browser version 53.02.2

Java version 1.7

Flash player version 26.0.0.131.
|-
||'''Slide Number 6'''

'''Code Files'''
|| Files to download and Install, '''Flash Player''' and '''Java''' are provided in the '''code files''' link.

Use the link to download and install the files.
|-
|| Open the Internet browser>> enter the address as show here.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

Point to '''PhET interactive Simulations''' page.
|| Now let us open '''PhET simulations''' page.

Open your default web browser and enter the address

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu] and press enter.

'''PhET interactive Simulations''' page opens.
|-
|| Click on the '''REGISTER''' button on the right-side top corner.
|| Now let us see how to register on the page.

Click on the '''REGISTER''' button on the top-right corner of the page.
|-
|| Point to the '''Register''' page.

Point to all the fields like '''Email id''', '''First name''', '''Organization'''.
|| '''Register''' page opens.

Type the relevant data in appropriate fields/text boxes.

For example, your valid '''Email id''',

'''First name''', '''Organization''' and other details.
|-
||Click on '''REGISTER''' button.
||Click on '''REGISTER''' button at the bottom of the page.

I have already registered on this page.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Registration Confirmation'''
|| To confirm the registration,

Open your '''Gmail''' account.

Click on the link sent by '''PhET Interactive simulations''' to activate the registration.
|-
|| Point to the '''SIGN IN''' button.

Click on '''SIGN IN''' button beside '''REGISTER''' button.

Point to the '''Email id''' and '''Password'''.

|| After you have registered you can sign in.

Click on '''SIGN IN''' button beside '''REGISTER''' button at the top of the page.

'''Sign In''' by using your registered '''Email id''' and '''Password'''.
|-
||Type email id as '''school.science13@gmail.com'''.

Enter the password.

Click on '''SIGN IN''' button.

||I will '''Sign In''' using my registered email id,

'''school.science13@gmail.com'''

Enter the password.

Click on '''Sign In''' button.
|-
|| Click on the link '''What is PhET?'''.

Point to the heading '''About PhET'''.

|| Now let us click on the link '''What is PhET?'''.

A new page opens with a heading '''About PhET'''.

This page has information about '''PhET'''.
|-
||Point to the video.

click on the play button and play the video.
||Below this information we have a short video about introduction to '''PhET simulations'''.

I will click on the play button and play the video for sometime.
|-
||Point to '''Videos About PhET''' on the right-side panel.
||On the right-side panel, '''Videos About PhET''' are listed.

Click on the videos and watch them.
|-
|| Click on back arrow button.

Click on the '''Browse Activities''' link.

Point to the '''Browse Activities''' page.
|| Back to the home page.

Click on '''Browse Activities''' link.

'''Browse Activities''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to each list.

Scroll the lists and select based on your requirement.

|| Here we have the following lists.

'''Simulations''', '''Types''',''' Levels''' and '''Languages'''.

Scroll the lists and select based on your requirement.
|-

||In '''Simulations''' list, select '''Bending light'''.

In '''Types''' list, select '''Lab'''.

In '''Levels''', select '''HS'''.

In '''Languages''', select '''English'''.
||In '''Simulations''' list, I will select '''Bending light'''.

In '''Types''' list, I will select '''Lab'''.

In '''Levels''', I will select high school, '''HS'''.

In '''Languages''', I will select '''English'''.
|-
||Click on '''browse''' button.

Show all the displayed activities.

Click on the '''TITLE'''.

Point to the '''Download''' link.
||Click on '''browse''' button.

Activities related to the simulation will be displayed.

Select the activity by clicking on the '''TITLE'''.

There is also an option to download the activity.
|-
|| Go back to the main page.

Click on '''Share you Activities''' link.
|| Go to the home page by clicking on the back arrow button.

Click on '''Share your Activities''' link.
|-
|| Point to the page.

Show the signed in page.

Point to '''Author’s name''', '''Author’s organization''' and '''Contact email'''.
|| If you have already signed in, this page opens directly.

Page opens with '''Author’s name''', '''Author’s organization''' and '''Contact email'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Bending Light simulation'''.

Point to '''Uploads File(s)''' option.

|| In the '''Simulations''' box, choose the '''simulation''' for which you are going to upload the activity.

In '''Upload file(s)''' option, allowed file extension formats are listed.
|-
||Click on '''CHOOSE FILE''' button.

Point to '''File Upload''' dialog box.
||Click on '''CHOOSE FILE''' button.

'''File Upload''' dialog box opens.

Choose your file with allowed extension to upload.
|-
|| Point to all filled data.

Click on '''Licensing Agreement''' check box.

Click on '''SUBMIT ACTIVITY''' button.

Point to '''Update Success''' message.
|| I have already filled in the relevant data.

Click on '''Licensing Agreement''' check box after reading the License agreement.

Click on '''SUBMIT ACTIVITY''' button.

'''Update Success''' message appears.
|-
|| Click on back arrow.
|| Let us go back to the home page.
|-
|| Click on the link '''Tips for Using PhET'''.
|| Click on the link '''Tips for Using PhET'''.
|-
|| Point to the page.

Point to the videos on the right side.
|| A new page opens with videos that explain how to use '''PhET simulations'''.

You can explore these videos on your own.
|-
|| Click on the back arrow.
|| Back to the home page of '''PhETs''' .
|-
|| Point to Play button or '''Play with Simulations''' link.

Point to page.
|| You can either click on play button or '''Play with Simulations''' link.

A '''simulations''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Simulations''' heading.

Move the cursor on all the links under '''Simulations''' heading.

'''New Sims'''

'''HTML5'''

'''Physics'''

'''Biology'''

'''Chemistry'''

'''Earth Science'''

'''Math'''

'''By Grade Level'''

'''By Device'''

'''All Sims'''

'''Translated Sims and other links'''.
|| On the left side of the page you can see a heading called '''Simulations'''.

Under the heading we have a list of links.

'''New Sims'''

'''HTML5'''

Subject wise Sims

'''By Grade Level'''

'''Teacher Resources '''

and other links.
|-
|| Point to the links.
|| Here we can choose the appropriate links as per requirement.
|-
|| Click on '''By Grade Level''' link.

Point to the links,

'''Elementary School'''

'''Middle School'''

'''High School''' and

'''university'''.

|| Let us click on '''By Grade Level''' link.

A new page opens with four links,

'''Elementary School'''

'''Middle School'''

'''High School''' and

'''University'''.
|-
||Click on '''High School''' link.

Move the cursor on the displayed '''Simulations'''.

||Again choose the link as per your requirement.

I will click on '''High School''' link.

All '''simulations''' that are under '''High School''' category are displayed on the new page.
|-
|| Click on '''All Sims''' link.

Point to '''All Sims''' page.
|| To view all the available '''Sims''', click on '''All Sims''' link.

A new page opens with all the '''Sims'''.
|-
|| Scroll down the page.

Point to '''simulations''' in '''HTML''', '''Java''' and '''Flash format'''.

Point to icons on the bottom-right corner on the '''simulation'''.
|| Scroll down the page.

Notice that we have '''Simulations''' in 3 different formats '''HTML''', '''Java''' and '''Flash'''.

They are denoted by icons on the bottom-right corner of the '''simulation'''.
|-
||Point to '''HTML5''' icon.

||The '''simulations''' in '''HTML''' format are denoted by '''HTML5''' icon at the bottom-right corner of the window.
|-
|| Click on the play button.

Point to '''simulation''' window.

Click on back arrow.
|| We can directly open '''HTML''' format and '''flash''' format '''simulations''' by clicking on them.

Click on the play button.

The '''simulation''' window opens .

We can work with the '''simulation''' till we are connected to Internet.

Back to the previous page.
|-
|| Point to the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Atomic Interactions PhET simulation'''.
|| To download the '''simulation''' for off-line use, let us select '''Atomic Interactions PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Download''' button.
|| Click on '''Download''' button to download the file.
|-
|| Point to the '''atomic interactions_en.html''' file dialog box.

|| '''Opening atomic-interactions_en.html''' file dialog box opens.

|-
||Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
||Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.

In my system, file will be downloaded to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' in the '''Downloads''' folder.

|| Here is the downloaded '''HTML''' file of '''atomic-interactions simulation'''.
|-
||Right-click on the file.

Choose the option '''Open With Firefox Web Browser'''.

||To open the '''simulation''', right-click on the file.

Choose the option '''Open With Firefox Web Browser'''.

File opens in the browser.
|-
|| Point to the interface of '''atomic-interactions'''.

Click on various element radio buttons.
|| This is the interface of '''atomic-interactions simulation'''.

Click on various element radio buttons and explore the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click the back page arrow button.
|| Let us go to the '''simulations''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Battery-Resistor Circuit simulation'''.
|| Let's download a '''simulation''' that can be opened as '''Java''' file.

For this I will use the simulation '''Battery-Resistor Circuit'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Download''' button.
|| To download the file click on '''Download''' button.
|-
|| Point to the dialog box.

Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.

Point to the file in the '''Downloads''' folder.
|| '''Opening battery-resistor-circuit_en.jar''' file dialog box opens.

Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.

File will be downloaded to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl''' + '''Alt''' + '''T''' keys simultaneously.
|| To work with a jar file we require terminal in '''Ubuntu'''.

To open the terminal press '''Ctrl''' , '''Alt''' and ''' T''' keys simultaneously.
|-
|| Type, '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

Type '''java space hyphen jar space battery-resistor-circuit _en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''simulation'''.
|| At the prompt type, '''cd Downloads''' and press enter.

Then type '''java space hyphen jar space battery-resistor-circuit_en.jar''' and press enter.

'''Battery-Resistor Circuit simulation''' opens.
|-
||Click '''Cancel'''.
||Do not close the terminal, it will '''kill''' the process.

Click '''Cancel''' to continue.
|-
|| Click back arrow.
|| Back to the previous page of '''PhETs'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Flash reader''' type of '''simulation'''.
|| Now we will download a '''simulation''' that can be opened using '''Flash reader'''.
|-
|| Point to the '''Calculus Grapher simulation'''.

Hover the mouse over '''Download''' button.

Point to terminal.
|| For this I will use '''Calculus Grapher simulation''' as an example.

For off-line use, download the '''simulation'''.

After downloading use terminal to open the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Point and click on the '''simulation'''.

Point to the '''Calculus Grapher simulation'''.

|| Click on the '''simulation'''.

'''Calculus Grapher simulation''' opens with a player.

Explore the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on the back arrow button.
|| Back to the Home page of '''PhETs'''.
|-
|| Drag to the bottom of the page, click on the '''OFFLINE ACCESS''' link.
|| At the bottom of the page, click on '''OFFLINE ACCESS''' link.
|-
||Point to the options.

1.'''Desktop/Laptop Computer'''

2.'''Chrome book'''

3.'''ipad'''.
||You can see three options,

1.'''Desktop/Laptop Computer'''

2.'''Chrome book'''

3. '''iPad'''.

|-
||Click on '''Desktop/Laptop Computer''' option.

Point to the two installer links.
||Click on '''Desktop/Laptop Computer''' option.

Here again we have two installer options,

'''Download installer with simulations only (no activities)''' and

'''Download installer with simulations and activities'''.
|-
||Click on '''Download installer with simulations and activities'''.
||I will choose the second installer option,

'''Download installer with simulations and activities'''.
|-
|| Point to all the installer links.

Click on '''Linux''' link.
|| Depending on your operating system you can choose,

'''Windows(includes Java)'''

'''Mac OS X'''

'''Linux'''

I am a linux user, so I will use linux installer.
|-
|| Point to '''Opening PhET-Installer-with-activities _Linux.bin''' dialog box.

Click on '''Save File '''button.
|| '''Opening PhET-Installer-with-activities_Linux.bin''' dialog box opens.

Click on '''Save File''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Linux installer''' file to '''Downloads''' folder.
|| The file will be saved in the '''Downloads''' folder.

Downloading the files takes a few minutes.

I have already downloaded the '''Linux installer''' file to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the '''PhET''' interactive '''simulations''' webpage.

Download and open '''simulations''' of different file formats.
|-
||
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt,

1. To open '''PhET''' webpage.

2. About '''PhET simulation'''.

3. To '''register/Sign in''' on the page.

4. To browse Activities.

5. To share your activities page.

6. About tips for using '''PhET'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| 7. About offline access.

8. To choose the '''simulations''' based on subject and grade level.

9. To download '''simulations''' of different file formats used in '''PhET'''.

10. To open the downloaded '''simulations'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''About the Spoken Tutorial Project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Forum for specific questions: '''
|| Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Forum for specific questions: '''
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use this discussions as instructional material.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Acknowledgement'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Madhuri Ganapathi and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-

|}

PhET/C2/Introduction-to-PhET-Simulations/English

2018-08-07T12:20:13Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title Slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Introduction to PhET simulations'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn-

1. To open '''PhET''' webpage

2. About '''PhET simulation'''.

3. To '''register/Sign in''' on the page.

4. To browse activities.

5. To share your activities page.

6. About tips for using '''PhET'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| 7. About offline access.

8. To choose the '''simulations''' based on subject and grade level.

9. To download '''simulations''' of different file formats used in '''PhET'''.

10 To open the downloaded '''simulations'''.
|-
||'''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial, you should have,

Internet connection.
|-
||'''Slide Number 5'''

'''System Requirement'''
|| Here I am using,

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Firefox web Browser version 53.02.2

Java version 1.7

Flash player version 26.0.0.131.
|-
||'''Slide Number 6'''

'''Code Files'''
|| Files to download and Install, '''Flash Player''' and '''Java''' are provided in the '''code files''' link.

Use the link to download and install the files.
|-
|| Open the Internet browser>> enter the address as show here.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]

Point to '''PhET interactive Simulations''' page.
|| Now let us open '''PhET simulations''' page.

Open your default web browser and enter the address

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu] and press enter.

'''PhET interactive Simulations''' page opens.
|-
|| Click on the '''REGISTER''' button on the right-side top corner.
|| Now let us see how to register on the page.

Click on the '''REGISTER''' button on the top-right corner of the page.
|-
|| Point to the '''Register''' page.

Point to all the fields like '''Email id''', '''First name''', '''Organization'''.
|| '''Register''' page opens.

Type the relevant data in appropriate fields/text boxes.

For example, your valid '''Email id''',

'''First name''', '''Organization''' and other details.
|-
||Click on '''REGISTER''' button.
||Click on '''REGISTER''' button at the bottom of the page.

I have already registered on this page.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Registration Confirmation'''
|| To confirm the registration,

Open your '''Gmail''' account.

Click on the link sent by '''PhET Interactive simulations''' to activate the registration.
|-
|| Point to the '''SIGN IN''' button.

Click on '''SIGN IN''' button beside '''REGISTER''' button.

Point to the '''Email id''' and '''Password'''.

|| After you have registered you can sign in.

Click on '''SIGN IN''' button beside '''REGISTER''' button at the top of the page.

'''Sign In''' by using your registered '''Email id''' and '''Password'''.
|-
||Type email id as '''school.science13@gmail.com'''.

Enter the password.

Click on '''SIGN IN''' button.

||I will '''Sign In''' using my registered email id,

'''school.science13@gmail.com'''

Enter the password.

Click on '''Sign In''' button.
|-
|| Click on the link '''What is PhET?'''.

Point to the heading '''About PhET'''.

|| Now let us click on the link '''What is PhET?'''.

A new page opens with a heading '''About PhET'''.

This page has information about '''PhET'''.
|-
||Point to the video.

click on the play button and play the video.
||Below this information we have a short video about introduction to '''PhET simulations'''.

I will click on the play button and play the video for sometime.
|-
||Point to '''Videos About PhET''' on the right-side panel.
||On the right-side panel, '''Videos About PhET''' are listed.

Click on the videos and watch them.
|-
|| Click on back arrow button.

Click on the '''Browse Activities''' link.

Point to the '''Browse Activities''' page.
|| Back to the home page.

Click on '''Browse Activities''' link.

'''Browse Activities''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to each list.

Scroll the lists and select based on your requirement.

|| Here we have the following lists.

'''Simulations''', '''Types''',''' Levels''' and '''Languages'''.

Scroll the lists and select based on your requirement.
|-

||In '''Simulations''' list, select '''Bending light'''.

In '''Types''' list, select '''Lab'''.

In '''Levels''', select '''HS'''.

In '''Languages''', select '''English'''.
||In '''Simulations''' list, I will select '''Bending light'''.

In '''Types''' list, I will select '''Lab'''.

In '''Levels''', I will select high school, '''HS'''.

In '''Languages''', I will select '''English'''.
|-
||Click on '''browse''' button.

Show all the displayed activities.

Click on the '''TITLE'''.

Point to the '''Download''' link.
||Click on '''browse''' button.

Activities related to the simulation will be displayed.

Select the activity by clicking on the '''TITLE'''.

There is also an option to download the activity.
|-
|| Go back to the main page.

Click on '''Share you Activities''' link.
|| Go to the home page by clicking on the back arrow button.

Click on '''Share your Activities''' link.
|-
|| Point to the page.

Show the signed in page.

Point to '''Author’s name''', '''Author’s organization''' and '''Contact email'''.
|| If you have already signed in, this page opens directly.

Page opens with '''Author’s name''', '''Author’s organization''' and '''Contact email'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Bending Light simulation'''.

Point to '''Uploads File(s)''' option.

|| In the '''Simulations''' box, choose the '''simulation''' for which you are going to upload the activity.

In '''Upload file(s)''' option, allowed file extension formats are listed.
|-
||Click on '''CHOOSE FILE''' button.

Point to '''File Upload''' dialog box.
||Click on '''CHOOSE FILE''' button.

'''File Upload''' dialog box opens.

Choose your file with allowed extension to upload.
|-
|| Point to all filled data.

Click on '''Licensing Agreement''' check box.

Click on '''SUBMIT ACTIVITY''' button.

Point to '''Update Success''' message.
|| I have already filled in the relevant data.

Click on '''Licensing Agreement''' check box after reading the License agreement.

Click on '''SUBMIT ACTIVITY''' button.

'''Update Success''' message appears.
|-
|| Click on back arrow.
|| Let us go back to the home page.
|-
|| Click on the link '''Tips for Using PhET'''.
|| Click on the link '''Tips for Using PhET'''.
|-
|| Point to the page.

Point to the videos on the right side.
|| A new page opens with videos that explain how to use '''PhET simulations'''.

You can explore these videos on your own.
|-
|| Click on the back arrow.
|| Back to the home page of '''PhETs''' .
|-
|| Point to Play button or '''Play with Simulations''' link.

Point to page.
|| You can either click on play button or '''Play with Simulations''' link.

A '''simulations''' page opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Simulations''' heading.

Move the cursor on all the links under '''Simulations''' heading.

'''New Sims'''

'''HTML5'''

'''Physics'''

'''Biology'''

'''Chemistry'''

'''Earth Science'''

'''Math'''

'''By Grade Level'''

'''By Device'''

'''All Sims'''

'''Translated Sims and other links'''.
|| On the left side of the page you can see a heading called '''Simulations'''.

Under the heading we have a list of links.

'''New Sims'''

'''HTML5'''

Subject wise Sims

'''By Grade Level'''

'''Teacher Resources '''

and other links.
|-
|| Point to the links.
|| Here we can choose the appropriate links as per requirement.
|-
|| Click on '''By Grade Level''' link.

Point to the links,

'''Elementary School'''

'''Middle School'''

'''High School''' and

'''university'''.

|| Let us click on '''By Grade Level''' link.

A new page opens with four links,

'''Elementary School'''

'''Middle School'''

'''High School''' and

'''University'''.
|-
||Click on '''High School''' link.

Move the cursor on the displayed '''Simulations'''.

||Again choose the link as per your requirement.

I will click on '''High School''' link.

All '''simulations''' that are under '''High School''' category are displayed on the new page.
|-
|| Click on '''All Sims''' link.

Point to '''All Sims''' page.
|| To view all the available '''Sims''', click on '''All Sims''' link.

A new page opens with all the '''Sims'''.
|-
|| Scroll down the page.

Point to '''simulations''' in '''HTML''', '''Java''' and '''Flash format'''.

Point to icons on the bottom-right corner on the '''simulation'''.
|| Scroll down the page.

Notice that we have '''Simulations''' in 3 different formats '''HTML''', '''Java''' and '''Flash'''.

They are denoted by icons on the bottom-right corner of the '''simulation'''.
|-
||Point to '''HTML5''' icon.

||The '''simulations''' in '''HTML''' format are denoted by '''HTML5''' icon at the bottom-right corner of the window.
|-
|| Click on the play button.

Point to '''simulation''' window.

Click on back arrow.
|| We can directly open '''HTML''' format and '''flash''' format '''simulations''' by clicking on them.

Click on the play button.

The '''simulation''' window opens .

We can work with the '''simulation''' till we are connected to Internet.

Back to the previous page.
|-
|| Point to the '''simulation'''.

Click on '''Atomic Interactions PhET simulation'''.
|| To download the '''simulation''' for off-line use, let us select '''Atomic Interactions PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Download''' button.
|| Click on '''Download''' button to download the file.
|-
|| Point to the '''atomic interactions_en.html''' file dialog box.

|| '''Opening atomic-interactions_en.html''' file dialog box opens.

|-
||Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
||Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.

In my system, file will be downloaded to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Point to the '''simulation''' in the '''Downloads''' folder.

|| Here is the downloaded '''HTML''' file of '''atomic-interactions simulation'''.
|-
||Right-click on the file.

Choose the option '''Open With Firefox Web Browser'''.

||To open the '''simulation''', right-click on the file.

Choose the option '''Open With Firefox Web Browser'''.

File opens in the browser.
|-
|| Point to the interface of '''atomic-interactions'''.

Click on various element radio buttons.
|| This is the interface of '''atomic-interactions simulation'''.

Click on various element radio buttons and explore the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click the back page arrow button.
|| Let us go to the '''simulations''' page.
|-
|| Point to '''Battery-Resistor Circuit simulation'''.
|| Let's download a '''simulation''' that can be opened as '''Java''' file.

For this I will use the simulation '''Battery-Resistor Circuit'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Download''' button.
|| To download the file click on '''Download''' button.
|-
|| Point to the dialog box.

Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.

Point to the file in the '''Downloads''' folder.
|| '''Opening battery-resistor-circuit_en.jar''' file dialog box opens.

Select '''Save File''' radio button.

Click on '''Ok''' button.

File will be downloaded to the '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Press '''Ctrl''' + '''Alt''' + '''T''' keys simultaneously.
|| To work with a jar file we require terminal in '''Ubuntu'''.

To open the terminal press '''Ctrl''' , '''Alt''' and ''' T''' keys simultaneously.
|-
|| Type, '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.

Type '''java space hyphen jar space battery-resistor-circuit _en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to the '''simulation'''.
|| At the prompt type, '''cd Downloads''' and press enter.

Then type '''java space hyphen jar space battery-resistor-circuit_en.jar''' and press enter.

'''Battery-Resistor Circuit simulation''' opens.
|-
||Click '''Cancel'''.
||Do not close the terminal, it will '''kill''' the process.

Click '''Cancel''' to continue.
|-
|| Click back arrow.
|| Back to the previous page of '''PhETs'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Flash reader''' type of '''simulation'''.
|| Now we will download a '''simulation''' that can be opened using '''Flash reader'''.
|-
|| Point to the '''Calculus Grapher simulation'''.

Hover the mouse over '''Download''' button.

Point to terminal.
|| For this I will use '''Calculus Grapher simulation''' as an example.

For off-line use, download the '''simulation'''.

After downloading use terminal to open the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Point and click on the '''simulation'''.

Point to the '''Calculus Grapher simulation'''.

|| Click on the '''simulation'''.

'''Calculus Grapher simulation''' opens with a player.

Explore the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on the back arrow button.
|| Back to the Home page of '''PhETs'''.
|-
|| Drag to the bottom of the page, click on the '''OFFLINE ACCESS''' link.
|| At the bottom of the page, click on '''OFFLINE ACCESS''' link.
|-
||Point to the options.

1.'''Desktop/Laptop Computer'''

2.'''Chrome book'''

3.'''ipad'''.
||You can see three options,

1.'''Desktop/Laptop Computer'''

2.'''Chrome book'''

3. '''iPad'''.

|-
||Click on '''Desktop/Laptop Computer''' option.

Point to the two installer links.
||Click on '''Desktop/Laptop Computer''' option.

Here again we have two installer options,

'''Download installer with simulations only (no activities)''' and

'''Download installer with simulations and activities'''.
|-
||Click on '''Download installer with simulations and activities'''.
||I will choose the second installer option,

'''Download installer with simulations and activities'''.
|-
|| Point to all the installer links.

Click on '''Linux''' link.
|| Depending on your operating system you can choose,

'''Windows(includes Java)'''

'''Mac OS X'''

'''Linux'''

I am a linux user, so I will use linux installer.
|-
|| Point to '''Opening PhET-Installer-with-activities _Linux.bin''' dialog box.

Click on '''Save File '''button.
|| '''Opening PhET-Installer-with-activities_Linux.bin''' dialog box opens.

Click on '''Save File''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Linux installer''' file to '''Downloads''' folder.
|| The file will be saved in the '''Downloads''' folder.

Downloading the files takes a few minutes.

I have already downloaded the '''Linux installer''' file to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Explore the '''PhET''' interactive '''simulations''' webpage.

Download and open '''simulations''' of different file formats.
|-
||
|| Let us summarize.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have learnt,

1. To open '''PhET''' webpage.

2. About '''PhET simulation'''.

3. To '''register/Sign in''' on the page.

4. To browse Activities.

5. To share your activities page.

6. About tips for using '''PhET'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| 7. About '''offline access'''.

8. To choose the '''simulations''' based on subject and grade level.

9. To download '''simulations''' of different file formats used in '''PhET'''.

10. To open the downloaded '''simulations'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''About the Spoken Tutorial Project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Forum for specific questions: '''
|| Do you have questions in THIS Spoken Tutorial?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Forum for specific questions: '''
|| The Spoken Tutorial forum is for specific questions on this tutorial.

Please do not post unrelated and general questions on them.

This will help reduce the clutter.

With less clutter, we can use this discussions as instructional material.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Acknowledgement'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This tutorial is contributed by Madhuri Ganapathi and Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.
|-

|}

PhET/C2/pH-Scale/English

2018-08-07T11:55:13Z

Meenalghoderao:

{| border =1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this Spoken tutorial on '''pH scale''' using interactive '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning Objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will learn-

How to use interactive '''PhET simulation''', '''pH scale'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learners should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn to-

1.Determine whether a given solution is an acid or a base.

2.Arrange acids and bases according to their strength.

3.Determine the concentration of hydroxide ion, hydronium ion and water at a given '''pH'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn about,

4. '''pH''' of a solution.

5. Effect of dilution on '''pH''' of a solution.

6. '''Logarithmic''' and '''Linear''' scale.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''pH scale'''
|| '''pH scale''' is a, numeric scale used to specify the acidity or basicity of an aqueous solution.

'''pH''' is a measure of hydrogen ion concentration in '''mol/L'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Formula for pH calculation'''.

Point to the formula.

'''pH = - log[H+]'''

|| '''pH''' is negative logarithm to base 10 of hydrogen ion concentration.

'''pH = - log[H+]'''
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''pH for Acids, Bases and Neutral Solutions'''.

|| For acidic solutions, '''pH''' is less than 7(< 7).

For basic solutions, '''pH''' is greater than 7 (> 7).

For neutral solutions, '''pH''' is equal to 7 (= 7).
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

point to

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to the file in '''Downloads''' folder.
|| I have already downloaded the '''pH Scale PhET''', to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| Right click on '''ph-scale html file'''.

Click on '''Open With Firefox Web Browser'''.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''ph-scale html file'''.

Choose the option '''Open With Firefox Web Browser'''.

The file opens in the browser.
|-
|| Cursor on the '''interface'''.
|| This is the interface of '''pH scale simulation'''.
|-
|| Point to the each screen.
|| The interface has three screens-

'''Macro'''

'''Micro'''

'''My solution'''
|-
|| Cursor on the '''Macro''' screen.

Click on '''Macro '''screen.
|| Let us begin our '''simulation''' with '''Macro''' screen.

Click on '''Macro''' screen to open it.
|-
|| Cursor on '''Macro''' screen.

Cursor on a '''pH scale'''.

Point to a green '''probe'''.

Point to a '''pH meter'''.

|| This screen has-

A '''pH scale''' on the left, to display '''pH''' range from 0 to 14.

A green '''probe''' attached to '''pH scale''' to measure '''pH''' and

A '''pH meter''' to show '''pH''' of the liquids.
|-
|| Cursor on '''water pump'''.

Cursor on '''water container'''.

Point to '''pump'''.
|| A water pump on the right side of screen to add water.

A graduated water container filled by default with '''Chicken Soup'''.

A pump to remove solution is attached at the bottom left of the container.
|-
|| Point to the dropper.

Cursor on drop down box.

Point to '''Chicken Soup.'''
|| A dropper to add liquid.

A drop down box to choose one of the liquids.

By default '''Chicken Soup''' is selected.
|-
|| Point to '''Reset button'''.
|| A '''Reset''' button is provided at the right hand side bottom corner.
|-
|| Click on the drop down arrow.

Scroll to '''Battery Acid''' and click.

Point to the container.

Point to 0.5 L.
|| Click on the drop down arrow.

Scroll to '''Battery Acid ''' and click on it.

Notice that, the container is filled with '''Battery Acid''' up to 0.50 L (0.5litres).
|-
|| Drag the green '''probe'''.

Point to the '''pH meter'''.

|| Drag the green '''probe''' into the container and observe the '''pH'''.

'''Meter''' shows the '''pH''' value as 1.0.

As '''pH''' is less than 7(<7), '''Battery Acid''' is an acidic solution.
|-
|| Click on water pump.

Point to the container.

Cursor on the '''pH meter'''.
|| Now click on the water pump to add more water.

Increase the water level up to 1Litre.

Observe the change in '''pH''' on addition of water.

Now '''pH meter''' shows '''pH''' value as 1.30.
|-
|| Point to '''pH meter'''.
|| Notice that '''pH''' of '''Battery Acid''' increases on addition of water.

This is because hydrogen [H+] ion concentration decreases with dilution.
|-
||
|| Now we will select another solution.
|-
|| Click on drop down arrow.

Scroll and click on '''Hand Soap'''.

Point to the container.
|| Click on drop down arrow.

Scroll to '''Hand Soap''' and click on it.

Container is filled with '''Hand Soap''' solution.
|-
|| Point to the '''pH meter'''.

|| Here, '''pH meter''' shows the value of '''pH''' as 10.00.

This indicates that '''Hand Soap''' is basic in nature.
|-
|| Click on water pump.

|| Click on water pump to add water to '''Hand Soap''' solution.
|-
|| Click on water pump.

Cursor on the '''pH meter'''.
|| For 1 L, '''Hand Soap''' solution shows a '''pH''' value of 9.70.

We can see that '''pH''' of '''Hand Soap''' solution decreases on dilution.

This is because hydroxide ion (OH- ) concentration decreases with dilution.
|-
|| Click on bottom pump.

Click on dropper.

Point to the '''pH meter'''.
|| Click on the bottom pump to remove half litre of '''Hand Soap''' solution.

Click on the dropper and increase the level of '''Hand Soap''' solution to 0.6 L.

Notice the change in '''pH'''.

It increases as concentration of hydroxide ion (OH- ) increases.
|-
||
|| Now we will arrange the acids and bases according to their strengths.
|-
|| Click on drop down arrow.

Click on '''Blood'''.

Point to the container and 0.5 L.

Point to the '''pH meter'''.
|| For that we will check the '''pH''' of different liquids.

Click on drop down arrow and select '''Blood'''.

Container is filled with '''Blood''' up to 0.50 L.

'''Meter''' shows the '''pH''' value as 7.40.

As '''pH''' is greater than 7( >7), '''Blood''' is a basic solution.
|-
|| Click on drop down arrow.

Click on '''Orange Juice'''.

Point to the '''pH meter''' and 0.50 L.
|| Again click on drop down arrow and select '''Orange Juice'''.

'''Meter''' shows '''pH''' value as 3.50 for 0.50 L.

It is clear that '''Orange Juice''' is an acidic solution.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

pH of '''acids''' and '''bases'''.
|| According to the above '''pH''' values the order is as follows.

'''Hand soap''' > '''Blood''' > '''Orange Juice''' > '''Battery Acid'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Check the '''pH''' of each liquid.

And arrange the liquids according to the '''pH''' range.
|-
|| Point to the '''Micro''' screen.

Click on the '''Micro''' screen.
|| Now, we will move on to '''Micro''' screen.

Click on '''Micro''' screen at the bottom of the interface.
|-
|| Cursor on the screen.

Point to '''pH scale'''.

Point to '''Concentration''' and '''Quantity''' switch.

Point to and click on -ve red button.

Point to '''Logarithmic''' and '''Linear''' switch.

|| This screen has the following tools-

A '''pH scale''' on the left hand side of screen.

A switch on the top of '''pH scale''' to select between '''Concentration''' and '''Quantity'''.

A red button with a minus(-) to hide '''pH scale'''.

A switch at the bottom to select between '''Logarithmic''' and '''Linear scale'''.
|-
|| Point to Check boxes.

Point to and click on -ve red button.
|| Check boxes to select-

Hydronium ion to hydroxide ion ratio '''(H30+/OH- )''' and '''Molecule count'''.

In the '''pH meter''', a red button with a minus(-) to hide '''pH reader''' and value.
|-
|| Click on drop down arrow.

Scroll and click on '''Soda Pop'''.

Point to the container.
|| Click on the drop down arrow and select '''Soda Pop'''.

Container is filled with '''Soda Pop'''.
|-
|| Point to '''pH meter'''.
|| '''pH meter''' shows '''pH''' value as 2.50.

It means, '''Soda Pop''' is an acidic solution.
|-
|| Point to '''pH scale''' 3.2 x 10-3.

Point to '''pH scale''' 3.2 x 10-12.
|| As '''Soda Pop''' is acidic,

concentration of hydronium ion is high and hydroxide ion is low.
|-
|| Click on '''Quantity''' switch.

Point to (5.0 x 10-3)

Point to (5.0 x 10-13) and

point to (28).
|| Then click on '''Quantity(mol)''',
we will see the number of moles of hydronium ion, hydroxide ion and water.
|-
|| Point to '''Linear'''.

Click on '''Linear'''.

Point to '''pH scale'''.

|| Let us change '''Logarithmic scale''' to '''Linear'''.

To do so click on '''Linear''' .

The '''pH scale''' changes to '''Linear''' mode.

We also see that '''pH''' values become '''Linear'''.

But we will not use '''Linear scale''' as

'''pH''' is in '''Logarithmic scale'''.
|-
|| Click on '''H30+/OH- ratio''' check box.

Point to container.

Point to red dots.

Point to blue dots.
|| Click on Hydronium ion to hydroxide ion ratio '''(H30+/OH-)''' check box.

A large number of red dots are seen in the container.

These are hydronium ions.

A few blue dots that are seen are hydroxide ions '''(OH-)'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Molecule Count''' check box.

Point to 9.52 x 1020.

Point to 9.52 x 1012.

Point to 1.66 x 1025.
|| To see count of molecules in '''Soda Pop''', click on '''Molecule count''' check box.

Count of hydronium ions, hydroxide ions and water molecules in '''Soda Pop''' is seen.
|-
|| Click on water pump.

Point to '''H30+''', '''OH-''' and '''H20'''.

Point to '''pH meter'''.
|| Let us see how dilution affects the number of molecules.

Click on water pump, fill the container up to 1 L.

Observe the change in '''Molecule Count'''.

Note the increase in '''pH''' value.

'''pH''' becomes 2.80.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

measure the '''pH''' of '''Blood''' sample.

Observe the change in '''Molecule Count''' and '''H30+/OH-''' ratio after dilution.
|-
|| Point to '''My Solution''' screen.

Click on '''My Solution''' screen.
|| Now, we will move on to '''My Solution''' screen.

Click on '''My Solution''' screen at the bottom of the interface.
|-
|| Point to '''My Solution''' screen.
|| '''My Solution''' screen has the same tools as that of '''Macro''' and '''Micro''' screens.
|-
|| Point to the graduated container.

Point to the '''pH meter'''.
|| This screen also has some additional tools.

A graduated container on the right hand side of screen.

A '''pH meter''' to adjust '''pH''' directly.
|-
|| Point to the screen.
|| This screen allows direct manipulation of '''pH''' or ion concentration.
|-
|| Click and move '''H30+'''and '''OH-''' slider.

Click on Black Arrow upwards or downwards.
|| In this screen, we can make a solution of our choice in two ways-

By moving the '''H30+'''or '''OH-''' slider on '''pH scale'''.

By clicking black arrow upwards or downwards.
|-
|| Move the '''(H30+''') slider.

Point to '''OH-''' slider.
|| Let us move the hydronium ion '''(H30+)''' slider upwards.

Notice that, simultaneously Hydroxide ion '''(OH-)''' slider also moves downwards.
|-
|| Click on black arrow downwards.
|| Let's make a solution of '''pH''' 4.0 by clicking the black arrow downwards.

This is an acidic solution.
|-
|| Click on '''H30+''' and '''OH- '''ratio check box.

Click on '''Molecule count''' check box.

Point to 3.01 x 1019.
|| Now, Click on Hydronium ion to hydroxide ion '''(H30+/OH- )''' ratio and '''Molecule count''' check boxes.

Notice that '''Molecule count''' for hydronium ion '''(H30+) ''' is '''3.01 x 1019'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Make solutions of '''pH''' 7.0 and 9.0.

Observe and compare the change in molecules.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Summary'''
|| Let us summarize.

In this tutorial we have learnt about,

interactive '''PhET simulation, pH scale'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Summary I'''
|| Using this simulation we have learnt to-

1. Determine whether a given solution is an acid or a base.

2. Arrange acids and bases according to their strength.

3. Determine the concentration of hydronium ion, hydroxide ion and water at a given '''pH'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Summary II'''
||4. '''pH''' of a solution.

5. Effect of dilution on '''pH''' of solution.

6. '''Logarithmic''' and '''Linear scale'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The Spoken Tutorial Project team:

Conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Forum for specific questions''':

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.

Choose the minute and second where you have the question.

Explain your question briefly.

Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries in this forum.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 21'''

'''Acknowledgement'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 22'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at

this link.
|-
||
|| This is '''Meenal Ghoderao''' from '''IIT Bombay'''.

Thank you for joining.
|-
|}

PhET/C2/Energy-Skate-park/English

2018-07-24T07:27:04Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1''' simulation

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial We will,

Demonstrate '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie Chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Law of Conservation of Energy'''
|| According to '''law of conservation of energy''',

Energy can neither be created nor destroyed.

It can only be converted from one form to another.

The total energy before and after the transformation is conserved.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Potential Energy'''

'''PE = mgh'''

m=mass of object(kg),

g=acceleration due to gravity (m/s2)

h=height (m)
||'''Potential energy''' is the energy possessed by an object by virtue of its position.

'''PE = mgh '''

where,

m is mass of object

g is acceleration due to gravity and

h is height
|-
||'''Slide Number 8'''

'''Kinetic Energy'''

'''KE =1/2 mv2'''

m is mass of object (kg)

v is velocity (m/s)
||'''Kinetic energy''' is the energy possessed by a body due to its motion.

'''KE =1/2 mv2 '''

where,

m is mass of object and

v is velocity
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.ed]
|-
|| Point to '''Energy skate park '''simulation.
|| I have already downloaded, '''Energy skate park simulation '''to my '''Downloads '''folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java -jar energy-skate-park _en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space energy-skate-park_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Energy Skate Park simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Energy skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Using this '''simulation''',

let's see how energy transformations happen in real world applications.
|-
|| Point to menu bar.

Point to '''File''', '''Tracks''' and '''Help'''.
|| Screen has a menu bar with menu items-

'''File'''

'''Tracks'''

'''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''skater'''.

Click on '''Track''' menu.

Click on each track.
|| Screen has a '''PhET skater''' oscillating in a default loop.

To change the track of the '''skater''' click on '''Tracks''' menu.

Menu shows a list of '''tracks''' to choose.
|-
|| Point to panel on the right side of screen.

Point to each tool.
|| On the right side, there is a panel with controls.

These controls are used to, change the attributes in the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Reset''' button.

Click on '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' to reset the simulation.

Click on '''Yes''' to confirm the reset.
|-
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button.

Point to '''Choose Skater''' list.
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button on the panel.

'''Choose Skater''' panel opens.
|-
|| Point to each '''Skater''' and their mass.

Point to '''PhET Skater''' and '''mass'''.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|| This panel shows different '''skaters''' along with their mass.

By default '''PhET Skater''' with '''75 kg mass''' is selected.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Point to '''Play/Pause''' button, '''Step''' button.

Point to '''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

'''Sim Speed''' slider to control the speed of the animation.

'''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

'''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Drag the '''sim speed''' slider in between ''' slow''' and '''fast'''.
|| By default '''Sim Speed''' slider is on '''fast'''.

Drag the''' Sim speed''' slider between '''slow '''and '''fast'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Show Path''' button.

Point to purple dots.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then '''Pause''' button.
|| To show the path, click on '''Show Path''' button in '''Path''' section.

Observe the purple dots on the track.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on Purple dot.

Point to '''energies''', '''height''' and '''speed'''.
|| Click on any purple dot on the track.

The following information will be displayed:

'''Kinetic energy'''

'''Potential energy'''

'''Total energy'''

'''Height'''

'''Speed''' of skater.
|-
|| Click on '''Clear''' button.
|| Click on '''Clear''' button to clear the path.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Pie Chart''' check box.
|| On the right side panel under '''Energy Graphs''' section, click '''Show Pie Chart''' checkbox.

|-
|| Point to '''with Thermal''' checkbox.

Point to '''pie chart'''.

|| Observe that '''with Thermal''' checkbox also gets selected.

'''Pie chart''' shows conversion of '''Kinetic energy''' to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.
|-
|| Point to energy indicator box.

Point to each energy in the panel.
|| Energy indicator box is shown on the top right corner of the screen.

This box helps to identify the energy changes in the '''Pie Chart'''.
|-
|| Cursor on screen.
|| In this case '''potential energy''' is '''gravitational potential energy'''.

It is due to change in height of the '''skater''' in the gravitational field.
|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie chart''' when '''skater''' moves downwards.
|| As the '''skater''' moves downwards, his '''Potential energy''' decreases and '''Kinetic energy''' increases.

|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie Chart''' when '''skater''' moves upwards.
|| As '''skater''' moves upwards his '''Potential energy''' increases and '''Kinetic energy''' decreases.

|-
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

|| You can still see a small amount of '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.

This is because track is at a height above the ground level.
|-
|| Drag the track to ground.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag the track to the ground level.

Observe that '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of track and zero '''kinetic energy''' at the top.
|-
|| Drag the track above the ground level.
Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

Point to '''P.E=0 at this dotted line'''.
|| Now I will drag the track above the ground level.

Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

'''P.E=0 at this dotted line''' will display at the bottom of the screen.
|-
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards to touch the bottom of the track.

Observe that now '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.
|-
|| Click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

Point to four energies in '''Bar graph'''.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

|| Next, click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

A '''Bar graph''' with four energies is shown.

Note the energy changes as the '''skater''' moves back and forth on the track.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy''' in '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Here '''Total energy''' of the '''skater''' remains constant.

Therefore it obeys the law of conservation of energy.
|-
|| Click on blue point and drag it upwards.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Let us change the shape and height of the track.

Click on any blue point and drag.

Note the increase in '''Total''' energy with an increase in height of the track.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

Point to '''Energy(joules) vs. Position(meters)''' graph.
|| Next click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

'''Energy(joules)vs.Position(meters)''' graph will display.
|-
|| Drag the track to the left side of screen.
|| Drag the track to the left side to view the graph and '''skater''' simultaneously.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy vs. Position''' graph.

Point to moving dotted line.

Point to moving dotted line.

|| Notice the energy changes with respect to position of '''skater'''.

Here you can see a moving dotted line.

It represents, energy of the '''skater''' at a particular position on the track.
|-
|| Point to four energy check boxes.

Click on '''Thermal energy''' check box.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| Graph has four energy check-boxes at the bottom.

To view the graph of any specific energy, uncheck remaining check boxes.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Copy''' button.

Point to graph.

Close the '''Energy vs. position''' graph.
|| Click on '''Copy''' button.

'''Copy''' button helps to show the energy values at particular position on the graph.

Close the graphs.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

Point to '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Now click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

'''Energy vs. Time''' graph opens.
|-
|| Point to '''sim speed''' slider, '''Stop'''/'''Go''', '''Playback''', '''Step''', '''Rewind''' and '''Clear''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the graph we have-

'''Sim Speed''' slider,
'''Stop'''/'''Go''',
'''Playback''',
'''Step''',
'''Rewind''' and
'''Clear''' buttons.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.

|-
|| drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Click on '''Playback''' button.
|| Lets drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Then click on '''Playback''' button.
|-
|| Point to violet vertical line.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values.
|| Notice a violet vertical line moving across the path.

Note the '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values at a given time.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Kinetic energy''' and '''Potential energy''' values.

Point to '''Thermal energy''' value.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Note that '''Total energy''' remains constant.

But, '''Kinetic energy''' changes to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.

Here '''Thermal energy''' is zero as there is no friction.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.
Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|| Let us see how mass of the '''skater''' will affect the '''total energy'''.

Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|-
|| Click on''' Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down>>>Point to '''Mass''' text-box and slider.

Point to '''75 kg mass'''.
|| Click on '''Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Mass''' text-box and '''Mass''' Slider.

By default '''Mass''' is '''75 kg'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button.
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button to open the graph.

|-
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''potential''' and '''Total''' energy values.
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Observe the change in energy as we change the skater's mass in the graph.

|-
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.

|-
||
|| Now we will take the '''skater''' to different planets.

|-
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.

Point to '''Earth''' In the '''Location''' section.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

In the '''Location''' section, by default '''Earth''' is selected.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Point to '''skater''' and '''Gravity''' value.
|| Under '''Location''' section, click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Observe that '''Skater''' flies off beacause '''moon''' has low '''Gravity''' value.
|-
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.

|-
|| Point to '''Gravity''' text-box.

Point to '''skater'''.

Point to '''Total''' energy value.
|| Here '''Gravity''' value is '''1.62 N/kg''' which is less than that of '''Earth'''.

This results in decrease in the speed of '''skater'''.

Here '''Total energy''' decreases as gravity on '''Moon''' is less than that of '''Earth'''.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Similarly explore '''Jupiter''' and '''Space''' locations and compare the energy changes.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let us study the energy distribution for tracks with and without '''Friction'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Scroll down>>Click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Point to '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll down to panel and click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs.Time''' button.
|-
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider slowly.

Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Thermal energy'''.
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider gradually from '''None''' to''' Lots'''.

Observe the energy changes.

Here part of energy is converted to '''Thermal''' energy due to Friction.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Point to '''skater'''.

|| This is due to the resistance in motion caused by '''Friction'''.

'''Friction''' opposes the motion of the '''skater'''.

It causes him to lose energy and slow down.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment 1'''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Double Well''' track from '''Tracks''' menu and observe the energy changes.

Compare the energy changes in '''Double well''' track with '''Double Well Roller Coaster''' Mode.

Find the changes in the '''thermal''' energy .

And give an explanation.

(Hint-Right click on the '''Track''' and select '''Roller Coaster Mode''')
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment 2'''
|| Using '''Tracks''' box,

Create tracks and observe the change in energies.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgements'''
|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C2/Energy-Skate-park/English

2018-07-05T12:44:29Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1''' simulation

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial We will,

Demonstrate '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie Chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Law of Conservation of Energy'''
|| According to '''law of conservation of energy''',

Energy can neither be created nor destroyed.

It can only be converted from one form to another.

The total energy before and after the transformation is conserved.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Potential Energy'''

'''PE = mgh'''

m=mass of object(kg),

g=acceleration due to gravity (m/s2)

h=height (m)
||'''Potential energy''' is the energy possessed by an object by virtue of its position.

'''PE = mgh '''

where,

m is mass of object

g is acceleration due to gravity and

h is height
|-
||'''Slide Number 8'''

'''Kinetic Energy'''

'''KE =1/2 mv2'''

m is mass of object (kg)

v is velocity (m/s)
||'''Kinetic energy''' is the energy possessed by a body due to its motion.

'''KE =1/2 mv2 '''

where,

m is mass of object and

v is velocity
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.ed]u
|-
|| Point to '''Energy skate park '''simulation.
|| I have already downloaded, '''Energy skate park simulation '''to my '''Downloads '''folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java -jar energy-skate-park _en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space energy-skate-park_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Energy Skate Park simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Energy skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Using this '''simulation''',

let's see how energy transformations happen in real world applications.
|-
|| Point to menu bar.

Point to '''File''', '''Tracks''' and '''Help'''.
|| Screen has a menu bar with menu items-

'''File'''

'''Tracks'''

'''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''skater'''.

Click on '''Track''' menu.

Click on each track.
|| Screen has a '''PhET skater''' oscillating in a default loop.

To change the track of the '''skater''' click on '''Tracks''' menu.

Menu shows a list of '''tracks''' to choose.
|-
|| Point to panel on the right side of screen.

Point to each tool.
|| On the right side, there is a panel with controls.

These controls are used to, change the attributes in the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Reset''' button.

Click on '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' to reset the simulation.

Click on '''Yes''' to confirm the reset.
|-
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button.

Point to '''Choose Skater''' list.
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button on the panel.

'''Choose Skater''' panel opens.
|-
|| Point to each '''Skater''' and their masses.

Point to '''PhET Skater''' and '''mass'''.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|| This panel shows different '''skaters''' along with their masses.

By default '''PhET Skater''' with '''75 kg mass''' is selected.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Point to '''Play/Pause''' button, '''Step''' button.

Point to '''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

'''Sim Speed''' slider to control the speed of the animation.

'''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

'''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Drag the '''sim speed''' slider in between ''' slow''' and '''fast'''.
|| By default '''Sim Speed''' slider is on '''fast'''.

Drag the''' Sim speed''' slider between '''slow '''and '''fast'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Show Path''' button.

Point to purple dots.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then '''Pause''' button.
|| To show the path, click on '''Show Path''' button in '''Path''' section.

Observe the purple dots on the track.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on Purple dot.

Point to '''energies''', '''height''' and '''speed'''.
|| Click on any purple dot on the track.

The following information will be displayed:

'''Kinetic energy'''

'''Potential energy'''

'''Total energy'''

'''Height'''

'''Speed''' of skater.
|-
|| Click on '''Clear''' button.
|| Click on '''Clear''' button to clear the path.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Pie Chart''' check box.
|| On the right side panel under '''Energy Graphs''' section, click '''Show Pie Chart''' checkbox.

|-
|| Point to '''with Thermal''' checkbox.

Point to '''pie chart'''.

|| Observe that '''with Thermal''' checkbox also gets selected.

'''Pie chart''' shows conversion of '''Kinetic energy''' to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.
|-
|| Point to energy indicator box.

Point to each energy in the panel.
|| Energy indicator box is shown on the top right corner of the screen.

This box helps to identify the energy changes in the '''Pie Chart'''.
|-
|| Cursor on screen.
|| In this case '''potential energy''' is '''gravitational potential energy'''.

It is due to change in height of the '''skater''' in the gravitational field.
|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie chart''' when '''skater''' moves downwards.
|| As the '''skater''' moves downwards, his '''Potential energy''' decreases and '''Kinetic energy''' increases.

|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie Chart''' when '''skater''' moves upwards.
|| As '''skater''' moves upwards his '''Potential energy''' increases and '''Kinetic energy''' decreases.

|-
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

|| You can still see a small amount of '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.

This is because track is at a height above the ground level.
|-
|| Drag the track to ground.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag the track to the ground level.

Observe that '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of track and zero '''kinetic energy''' at the top.
|-
|| Drag the track above the ground level.
Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

Point to '''P.E=0 at this dotted line'''.
|| Now I will drag the track above the ground level.

Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

'''P.E=0 at this dotted line''' will display at the bottom of the screen.
|-
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards to touch the bottom of the track.

Observe that now '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.
|-
|| Click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

Point to four energies in '''Bar graph'''.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

|| Next, click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

A '''Bar graph''' with four energies is shown.

Note the energy changes as the '''skater''' moves back and forth on the track.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy''' in '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Here '''Total energy''' of the '''skater''' remains constant.

Therefore it obeys the law of conservation of energy.
|-
|| Click on blue point and drag it upwards.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Let us change the shape and height of the track.

Click on any blue point and drag.

Note the increase in '''Total''' energy with an increase in height of the track.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

Point to '''Energy(joules) vs. Position(meters)''' graph.
|| Next click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

'''Energy(joules)vs.Position(meters)''' graph will display.
|-
|| Drag the track to the left side of screen.
|| Drag the track to the left side to view the graph and '''skater''' simultaneously.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy vs. Position''' graph.

Point to moving dotted line.

Point to moving dotted line.

|| Notice the energy changes with respect to position of '''skater'''.

Here you can see a moving dotted line.

It represents, energy of the '''skater''' at a particular position on the track.
|-
|| Point to four energy check boxes.

Click on '''Thermal energy''' check box.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| Graph has four energy check-boxes at the bottom.

To view the graph of any specific energy, uncheck remaining check boxes.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Copy''' button.

Point to graph.

Close the '''Energy vs. position''' graph.
|| Click on '''Copy''' button.

'''Copy''' button helps to show the energy values at particular position on the graph.

Close the graphs.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

Point to '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Now click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

'''Energy vs. Time''' graph opens.
|-
|| Point to '''sim speed''' slider, '''Stop'''/'''Go''', '''Playback''', '''Step''', '''Rewind''' and '''Clear''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the graph we have-

'''Sim Speed''' slider,
'''Stop'''/'''Go''',
'''Playback''',
'''Step''',
'''Rewind''' and
'''Clear''' buttons.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.

|-
|| drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Click on '''Playback''' button.
|| Lets drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Then click on '''Playback''' button.
|-
|| Point to violet vertical line.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values.
|| Notice a violet vertical line moving across the path.

Note the '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values at a given time.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Kinetic energy''' and '''Potential energy''' values.

Point to '''Thermal energy''' value.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Note that '''Total energy''' remains constant.

But, '''Kinetic energy''' changes to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.

Here '''Thermal energy''' is zero as there is no friction.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.
Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|| Let us see how mass of the '''skater''' will affect the '''total energy'''.

Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|-
|| Click on''' Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down>>>Point to '''Mass''' text-box and slider.

Point to '''75 kg mass'''.
|| Click on '''Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Mass''' text-box and '''Mass''' Slider.

By default '''Mass''' is '''75 kg'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button.
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button to open the graph.

|-
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''potential''' and '''Total''' energy values.
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Observe the change in energy as we change the skater's mass in the graph.

|-
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.

|-
||
|| Now we will take the '''skater''' to different planets.

|-
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.

Point to '''Earth''' In the '''Location''' section.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

In the '''Location''' section, by default '''Earth''' is selected.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Point to '''skater''' and '''Gravity''' value.
|| Under '''Location''' section, click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Observe that '''Skater''' flies off beacause '''moon''' has low '''Gravity''' value.
|-
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.

|-
|| Point to '''Gravity''' text-box.

Point to '''skater'''.

Point to '''Total''' energy value.
|| Here '''Gravity''' value is '''1.62 N/kg''' which is less than that of '''Earth'''.

This results in decrease in the speed of '''skater'''.

Here '''Total energy''' decreases as gravity on '''Moon''' is less than that of '''Earth'''.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Similarly explore '''Jupiter''' and '''Space''' locations and compare the energy changes.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let us study the energy distribution for tracks with and without '''Friction'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Scroll down>>Click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Point to '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll down to panel and click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs.Time''' button.
|-
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider slowly.

Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Thermal energy'''.
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider gradually from '''None''' to''' Lots'''.

Observe the energy changes.

Here part of the energy is converted to '''Thermal''' energy due to Friction.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Point to '''skater'''.

|| This is due to the resistance in motion caused by '''Friction'''.

'''Friction''' opposes the motion of the '''skater'''.

It causes him to lose energy and slow down.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment 1'''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Double Well''' track from '''Tracks''' menu and observe the energy changes.

Compare the energy changes in '''Double well''' track with '''Double Well Roller Coaster''' Mode.

Find the changes in the '''thermal''' energy .

And give an explanation.

(Hint-Right click on the '''Track''' and select '''Roller Coaster Mode''')
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment 2'''
|| Using '''Tracks''' box,

Create tracks and observe the change in energies.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgements'''
|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C2/Energy-Skate-park/English

2018-07-05T10:09:47Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial We will,

Demonstrate '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie Chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Law of Conservation of Energy'''
|| According to '''law of conservation of energy''',

Energy can neither be created nor destroyed.

It can only be converted from one form to another.

The total energy before and after the transformation is conserved.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Potential Energy'''

'''PE = mgh'''

m=mass of object(kg),

g=acceleration due to gravity (m/s2)

h=height (m)
||'''Potential energy''' is the energy possessed by an object by virtue of its position.

'''PE = mgh '''

where,

m is mass of object

g is acceleration due to gravity and

h is height
|-
||'''Slide Number 8'''

'''Kinetic Energy'''

'''KE =1/2 mv2'''

m is mass of object (kg)

v is velocity (m/s)
||'''Kinetic energy''' is the energy possessed by a body due to its motion.

'''KE =1/2 mv2 '''

where,

m is mass of object and

v is velocity
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.ed]u
|-
|| Point to '''Energy skate park '''simulation.
|| I have already downloaded, '''Energy skate park simulation '''to my '''Downloads '''folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java -jar energy-skate-park _en.jar''' >> press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space energy-skate-park_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Energy Skate Park simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Energy skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Using this '''simulation''',

let's see how energy transformations happen in real world applications.
|-
|| Point to menu bar.

Point to '''File''', '''Tracks''' and '''Help'''.
|| Screen has a menu bar with menu items-

'''File'''

'''Tracks'''

'''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''skater'''.

Click on '''Track''' menu.

Click on each track.
|| Screen has a '''PhET skater''' oscillating in a default loop.

To change the track of the '''skater''' click on '''Tracks''' menu.

Menu shows a list of '''tracks''' to choose.
|-
|| Point to panel on the right side of screen.

Point to each tool.
|| On the right side, there is a panel with controls.

These controls are used to, change the attributes in the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Reset''' button.

Click on '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' to reset the simulation.

Click on '''Yes''' to confirm the reset.
|-
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button.

Point to '''Choose Skater''' list.
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button on the panel.

'''Choose Skater''' panel opens.
|-
|| Point to each '''Skater''' and their masses.

Point to '''PhET Skater''' and '''mass'''.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|| This panel shows different '''skaters''' along with their masses.

By default '''PhET Skater''' with '''75 kg mass''' is selected.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Point to '''Play/Pause''' button, '''Step''' button.

Point to '''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

'''Sim Speed''' slider to control the speed of the animation.

'''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

'''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Drag the '''sim speed''' slider in between ''' slow''' and '''fast'''.
|| By default '''Sim Speed''' slider is on '''fast'''.

Drag the''' Sim speed''' slider between '''slow '''and '''fast'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Show Path''' button.

Point to purple dots.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then '''Pause''' button.
|| To show the path, click on '''Show Path''' button in '''Path''' section.

Observe the purple dots on the track.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on Purple dot.

Point to '''energies''', '''height''' and '''speed'''.
|| Click on any purple dot on the track.

The following information will be displayed:

'''Kinetic energy'''

'''Potential energy'''

'''Total energy'''

'''Height'''

'''Speed''' of skater.
|-
|| Click on '''Clear''' button.
|| Click on '''Clear''' button to clear the path.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Pie Chart''' check box.
|| On the right side panel under '''Energy Graphs''' section, click '''Show Pie Chart''' checkbox.

|-
|| Point to '''with Thermal''' checkbox.

Point to '''pie chart'''.

|| Observe that '''with Thermal''' checkbox also gets selected.

'''Pie chart''' shows conversion of '''Kinetic energy''' to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.
|-
|| Point to energy indicator box.

Point to each energy in the panel.
|| Energy indicator box is shown on the top right corner of the screen.

This box helps to identify the energy changes in the '''Pie Chart'''.
|-
|| Cursor on screen.
|| In this case '''potential energy''' is '''gravitational potential energy'''.

It is due to change in height of the '''skater''' in the gravitational field.
|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie chart''' when '''skater''' moves downwards.
|| As the '''skater''' moves downwards, his '''Potential energy''' decreases and '''Kinetic energy''' increases.

|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie Chart''' when '''skater''' moves upwards.
|| As '''skater''' moves upwards his '''Potential energy''' increases and '''Kinetic energy''' decreases.

|-
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

|| You can still see a small amount of '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.

This is because track is at a height above the ground level.
|-
|| Drag the track to ground.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag the track to the ground level.

Observe that '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of track and zero '''kinetic energy''' at the top.
|-
|| Drag the track above the ground level.
Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

Point to '''P.E=0 at this dotted line'''.
|| Now I will drag the track above the ground level.

Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

'''P.E=0 at this dotted line''' will display at the bottom of the screen.
|-
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards to touch the bottom of the track.

Observe that now '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.
|-
|| Click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

Point to four energies in '''Bar graph'''.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

|| Next, click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

A '''Bar graph''' with four energies is shown.

Note the energy changes as the '''skater''' moves back and forth on the track.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy''' in '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Here '''Total energy''' of the '''skater''' remains constant.

Therefore it obeys the law of conservation of energy.
|-
|| Click on blue point and drag it upwards.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Let us change the shape and height of the track.

Click on any blue point and drag.

Note the increase in '''Total''' energy with an increase in height of the track.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

Point to '''Energy(joules) vs. Position(meters)''' graph.
|| Next click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

'''Energy(joules)vs.Position(meters)''' graph will display.
|-
|| Drag the track to the left side of screen.
|| Drag the track to the left side to view the graph and '''skater''' simultaneously.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy vs. Position''' graph.

Point to moving dotted line.

Point to moving dotted line.

|| Notice the energy changes with respect to position of '''skater'''.

Here you can see a moving dotted line.

It represents, energy of the '''skater''' at a particular position on the track.
|-
|| Point to four energy check boxes.

Click on '''Thermal energy''' check box.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| Graph has four energy check-boxes at the bottom.

To view the graph of any specific energy, uncheck remaining check boxes.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Copy''' button.

Point to graph.

Close the '''Energy vs. position''' graph.
|| Click on '''Copy''' button.

'''Copy''' button helps to show the energy values at particular position on the graph.

Close the graphs.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

Point to '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Now click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

'''Energy vs. Time''' graph opens.
|-
|| Point to '''sim speed''' slider, '''Stop'''/'''Go''', '''Playback''', '''Step''', '''Rewind''' and '''Clear''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the graph we have-

'''Sim Speed''' slider,
'''Stop'''/'''Go''',
'''Playback''',
'''Step''',
'''Rewind''' and
'''Clear''' buttons.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.

|-
|| drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Click on '''Playback''' button.
|| Lets drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Then click on '''Playback''' button.
|-
|| Point to violet vertical line.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values.
|| Notice a violet vertical line moving across the path.

Note the '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values at a given time.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Kinetic energy''' and '''Potential energy''' values.

Point to '''Thermal energy''' value.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Note that '''Total energy''' remains constant.

But, '''Kinetic energy''' changes to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.

Here '''Thermal energy''' is zero as there is no friction.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.
Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|| Let us see how mass of the '''skater''' will affect the '''total energy'''.

Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|-
|| Click on''' Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down>>>Point to '''Mass''' text-box and slider.

Point to '''75 kg mass'''.
|| Click on '''Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Mass''' text-box and '''Mass''' Slider.

By default '''Mass''' is '''75 kg'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button.
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button to open the graph.

|-
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''potential''' and '''Total''' energy values.
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Observe the change in energy as we change the skater's mass in the graph.

|-
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.

|-
||
|| Now we will take the '''skater''' to different planets.

|-
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.

Point to '''Earth''' In the '''Location''' section.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

In the '''Location''' section, by default '''Earth''' is selected.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Point to '''skater''' and '''Gravity''' value.
|| Under '''Location''' section, click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Observe that '''Skater''' flies off beacause '''moon''' has low '''Gravity''' value.
|-
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.

|-
|| Point to '''Gravity''' text-box.

Point to '''skater'''.

Point to '''Total''' energy value.
|| Here '''Gravity''' value is '''1.62 N/kg''' which is less than that of '''Earth'''.

This results in decrease in the speed of '''skater'''.

Here '''Total energy''' decreases as gravity on '''Moon''' is less than that of '''Earth'''.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Similarly explore '''Jupiter''' and '''Space''' locations and compare the energy changes.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let us study the energy distribution for tracks with and without '''Friction'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Scroll down>>Click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Point to '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll down to panel and click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs.Time''' button.
|-
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider slowly.

Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Thermal energy'''.
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider gradually from '''None''' to''' Lots'''.

Observe the energy changes.

Here part of the energy is converted to '''Thermal''' energy due to Friction.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Point to '''skater'''.

|| This is due to the resistance in motion caused by '''Friction'''.

'''Friction''' opposes the motion of the '''skater'''.

It causes him to lose energy and slow down.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment 1'''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Double Well''' track from '''Tracks''' menu and observe the energy changes.

Compare the energy changes in '''Double well''' track with '''Double Well Roller Coaster''' Mode.

Find the changes in the '''thermal''' energy .

And give an explanation.

(Hint-Right click on the '''Track''' and select '''Roller Coaster Mode''')
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment 2'''
|| Using '''Tracks''' box,

Create tracks and observe the change in energies.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgements'''
|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C3/Rutherford-Scattering/English

2018-06-28T12:48:23Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Rutherford Scattering''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About '''Plum pudding''' and '''Rutherford''' atomic models.

To visualise the '''Rutherford gold foil''' experiment.

About behaviour of '''alpha''' particles.

To identify the factors that affect the deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
||
|| Now let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Rutherford Scattering simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Right click on '''Rutherford Scattering''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to browser address.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Rutherford Scattering''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

File opens in the browser.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to

'''Rutherford Atom''' and

'''Plum Pudding Atom'''
|| The interface has 2 screens-

'''Rutherford Atom'''

'''Plum Pudding Atom'''
|-
|| Point to '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.
|| Lets begin with '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.

J. J. Thomson proposed '''Plum Pudding''' atomic model.

This model was proposed before '''Rutherford's atomic''' model.
|-
|| Click on '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.
|| Click on '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen to open it.

|-
|| Point to experimental setup.
|| Left side of the screen has experimental set up for '''Plum Pudding''' atomic model.

|-
|| Point to '''Alpha particles''' source and thin sheet of metal.
|| It consists of thin sheet of a metal above the '''Alpha Particles''' source.

|-
|| Point to '''atomic scale'''.

Point to a single atom.

|| Center of the screen has '''view box'''.

It shows a single atom with '''3.0 x 10-10 m atomic scale'''.
|-
|| Point to red portion of an atom.

Point to blue spheres in the atom.

Point to atom.
|| In the atom,

Red portion represents the positive charge, which is uniformly distributed.

Small blue spheres represent electrons, which are embedded in the atom.

There is no separation between positive charge and electrons in the atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' and '''Alpha particle''' box.
|| Screen on the right side shows 2 boxes,

'''Legend''' and '''Alpha particle'''.
|-
|| Point to each component in the '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box helps to identify the key components of the atom.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy''' slider.

Point to '''Traces''' checkbox.

Click on '''Traces''' checkbox.
|| '''Alpha Particle''' box consists of,

An '''Energy''' slider to change the energy of incoming alpha particles.

'''Traces''' checkbox to show an '''alpha''' particle's trajectory.

Check the '''Traces''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to '''Play/pause''', '''step''' and '''reset''' button.
|| Bottom of the screen we have,
'''Play'''/'''Pause''' button

'''Step''' button and

'''Reset''' button.
|-
|| Click on blue button of '''Alpha Particles''' source.
|| To turn on the '''Alpha Particles''' source, click on the blue button.

|-
|| Point to''' alpha''' particles beam.
|| Notice that '''alpha''' particles beam strikes the thin metal foil.

|-
|| Point to traces in '''view box'''.
|| Observe the path of '''alpha''' particles inside the atom.

|-
|| Point to '''alpha''' Particles.
|| All the '''alpha''' particles pass through the atom undeflected.

|-
|| Point to atom.
|| This is because electrons are distributed evenly throughout the atom.

The magnitude of negative and positive charges inside the atom is equal.

This gives the most stable electrostatic arrangement.

Therefore it makes an atom electrically neutral.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model was able to explain overall neutrality of the atom.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Limitations of plum pudding model'''
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model of an atom failed to explain,

The stability of an atom

position of the nucleus in an atom
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Plum Pudding Model'''
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model could not account for the atomic structure.

But it provided the base, for the development of other atomic structure models.
|-
|| Point to '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| Let's move on to '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| Click on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen to open it.

|-
|| Cursor on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| '''Rutherford Atom''' screen helps to visualise the rutherford's gold foil experiment.

|-
|| Point to tools same as '''Plum Pudding''' atom screen.

Point to '''Atom''' box.
|| '''Rutherford Atom''' screen has same tools as that of '''Plum Pudding''' atom screen.

Additionally there is an '''Atom''' box below '''Alpha Particle''' box.
|-
|| Point to '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' slider.

Point to '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' number.
|| '''Atom''' box consists of,

'''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders to change the composition of the nucleus.

Here number of '''protons''' and '''neutrons''' is equal to that of gold atom.
|-
|| Point to box at the center of the screen.

Point to atoms in '''view box'''.
|| At the center of the screen, you will see a box.

It represents a zoom in view of different atoms in the gold foil.
|-
|| Point to '''atomic view''' and '''nuclear view'''.
|| Left side of the screen has 2 model views.

They are '''atomic view''' and '''nuclear view'''.
|-
|| Point to '''atomic view'''.
|| By default '''atomic view''' is selected.

'''Atomic view''' gives an idea about,

the behaviour of '''alpha''' particles as they travel through the atom.
|-
|| Click on blue button of '''Alpha Particles''' source.

Point to '''alpha''' particles beam.
|| Click on blue button to turn on the''' Alpha particles''' source.

Notice that '''alpha''' particles beam strikes the thin gold foil.
|-
|| Click on '''Traces''' checkbox.
|| Check the '''Traces''' checkbox to see the trajectories of '''alpha''' particles.

|-
|| Point to '''traces'''.
|| Observe the traces of '''alpha''' particles as they approach the nuclei of the atoms.

|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>click on '''Step''' button.
|| Now pause the '''simulation''' and click on '''Step''' button.

|-
|| Point to undeflected '''alpha''' particles.

Point to '''alpha''' particles deflected by small angles.

Point to '''alpha''' particles deflected by 180°.
|| Here,

Most '''alpha''' particles are undeflected.

Some of the '''alpha''' particles are slightly deflected.

A very few '''alpha''' particles bounce back, that is deflected by nearly 180°.
|-
|| Point to '''nuclear view'''.

Click on '''nuclear view'''.

Point to nucleus in '''zoom in view'''.

|| Let's see the behaviour of '''alpha''' particles in '''nuclear view'''.

Click on '''nuclear view'''.

Notice that in '''zoom in view''', atoms are replaced by a single nucleus.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to deflections of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Observe the deflections of '''alpha''' particles as they approach the nucleus.

|-
||Point to deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Here n/p ratio for the gold atom is 1.5.

Therefore '''alpha''' particles show a large deflection.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.
|| Let's study the factors that affect the scattering of '''alpha''' particles.

|-
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider slowly towards '''min'''.

Point to angles of deflection.
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider towards '''min'''.

Observe that, angles of deflection increases with the decrease in energy.
|-
|| Cusror on the interface.

|| Next we will see,
how change in composition of nucleus, affects scattering of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider to default position.
|| Lets start with small nucleus with few number of '''protons''' and '''neutrons'''.

Drag the '''Energy''' slider back to its default position.
|-
|| Drag '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders towards '''20'''.

Point to nucleus.
|| Then drag the '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders towards '''20'''.

Size of the nucleus becomes small.
|-
|| Point to angles of deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Observe the angles of deflection of '''alpha''' particles.

Angle of deflection decreases with the decrease in protons and neutrons number.
|-
||
|| Here atom is stable as n /p ratio is 1.

|-
|| Point to '''alpha''' particles far from nucleus.

Point to '''alpha''' particles closer to nucleus.
|| Observe that,
'''alpha''' particles far from the nucleus have almost no detectable deflection.

While the '''alpha''' particles that are close to the nucleus are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Try various combinations of protons and neutrons and check the deflections.

Give an explanation for the change in the behaviour of the '''alpha''' particles.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Rutherford Scattering''',''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About '''Plum pudding''' and '''Rutherford''' atomic models.

To visualise the Rutherford gold foil experiment.

About behaviour of '''alpha''' particles.

To identify the factors that, affect the deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C3/Rutherford-Scattering/English

2018-06-28T05:57:44Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Rutherford Scattering''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About '''Plum pudding''' and '''Rutherford''' atomic models.

To visualise the '''Rutherford gold foil''' experiment.

About behaviour of '''alpha''' particles.

To identify the factors that affect the deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
||
|| Now let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Rutherford Scattering simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Right click on '''Rutherford Scattering''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to browser address.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Rutherford Scattering''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

File opens in the browser.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to

'''Rutherford Atom''' and

'''Plum Pudding Atom'''
|| The interface has 2 screens-

'''Rutherford Atom'''

'''Plum Pudding Atom'''
|-
|| Point to '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.
|| Lets begin with '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.

J. J. Thomson proposed '''Plum Pudding''' atomic model.

This model was proposed before '''Rutherford's atomic''' model.
|-
|| Click on '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.
|| Click on '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen to open it.

|-
|| Point to experimental setup.
|| Left side of the screen has experimental set up for '''Plum Pudding''' atomic model.

|-
|| Point to '''Alpha particles''' source and thin sheet of metal.
|| It consist of thin sheet of a metal above the '''Alpha Particles''' source.

|-
|| Point to '''atomic scale'''.

Point to a single atom.

|| Center of the screen has '''view box'''.

It shows a single atom with '''3.0 x 10-10 m atomic scale'''.
|-
|| Point to red portion of an atom.

Point to blue spheres in the atom.

Point to atom.
|| In the atom,

Red portion represents the positive charge which is uniformly distributed.

Small blue spheres represent electrons which are embedded in the atom.

There is no separation between positive charge and electrons in the atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' and '''Alpha paricle''' box.
|| Screen on the right side shows 2 boxes,

'''Legend''' and '''Alpha paricle'''.
|-
|| Point to each component in the '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box helps to identify the key components of the atom.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy''' slider.

Point to '''Traces''' checkbox.

Click on '''Traces''' checkbox.
|| '''Alpha Particle''' box consists of,

An '''Energy''' slider to change the energy of incoming alpha particles.

'''Traces''' checkbox to show an '''alpha''' paricle's trajectory.

Check the '''Traces''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to '''Play/pause''', '''step''' and '''reset''' button.
|| Bottom of the screen we have,
'''Play'''/'''Pause''' button

'''Step''' button and

'''Reset''' button.
|-
|| Click on blue button of '''Alpha Particles''' source.
|| To turn on the '''Alpha Particles''' source, click on the blue button.

|-
|| Point to''' alpha''' particles beam.
|| Notice that '''alpha''' particles beam strikes the thin metal foil.

|-
|| Point to traces in '''view box'''.
|| Observe the path of '''alpha''' particles inside the atom.

|-
|| Point to '''alpha''' Particles.
|| All the '''alpha''' particles pass through the atom undeflected.

|-
|| Point to atom.
|| This is because electrons are distributed evenly throughout the atom.

The magnitude of negative and positive charges inside the atom is equal.

This gives the most stable electrostatic arrangement.

Therefore it makes an atom electrically neutral.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model was able to explain overall neutrality of the atom.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Limitations of plum pudding model'''
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model of an atom failed to explain,

The stability of an atom

position of the nucleus in an atom
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Plum Pudding Model'''
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model could not account for the atomic structure.

But it provided the base, for the development of other atomic structure models.
|-
|| Point to '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| Let's move on to '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| Click on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen to open it.

|-
|| Cursor on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| '''Rutherford Atom''' screen helps to visualise the rutherford's gold foil experiment.

|-
|| Point to tools same as '''Plum Pudding''' atom screen.

Point to '''Atom''' box.
|| '''Rutherford Atom''' screen has same tools as that of '''Plum Pudding''' atom screen.

Additionally there is an '''Atom''' box below '''Alpha Particle''' box.
|-
|| Point to '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' slider.

Point to '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' number.
|| '''Atom''' box consists of,

'''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders to change the compostion of the nucleus.

Here number of '''protons''' and '''neutrons''' is equal to that of gold atom.
|-
|| Point to box at the center of the screen.

Point to atoms in '''view box'''.
|| At the center of the screen, you will see a box.

It represents a zoom in view of different atoms in the gold foil.
|-
|| Point to '''atomic view''' and '''nuclear view'''.
|| Left side of the screen has 2 model views.

They are '''atomic view''' and '''nuclear view'''.
|-
|| Point to '''atomic view'''.
|| By default '''atomic view''' is selected.

'''Atomic view''' gives an idea about,

the behaviour of '''alpha''' particles as they travel through the atom.
|-
|| Click on blue button of '''Alpha Paricles''' source.

Point to '''alpha''' particles beam.
|| Click on blue button to turn on the''' Alpha particles''' source.

Notice that '''alpha''' particles beam strikes the thin gold foil.
|-
|| Click on '''Traces''' checkbox.
|| Check the '''Traces''' checkbox to see the trajectories of '''alpha''' particles.

|-
|| Point to '''traces'''.
|| Observe the traces of '''alpha''' particles as they approach the nuclei of the atoms.

|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>click on '''Step''' button.
|| Now pause the '''simulation''' and click on '''Step''' button.

|-
|| Point to undeflected '''alpha''' particles.

Point to '''alpha''' particles deflected by small angles.

Point to '''alpha''' particles deflected by 180°.
|| Here,

Most '''alpha''' particles are undeflected.

Some of the '''alpha''' particles are slightly deflected.

A very few '''alpha''' particles bounce back, that is deflected by nearly 180°.
|-
|| Point to '''nuclear view'''.

Click on '''nuclear view'''.

Point to nucleus in '''zoom in view'''.

|| Let's see the behaviour of '''alpha''' particles in '''nuclear view'''.

Click on '''nuclear view'''.

Notice that in '''zoom in view''', atoms are replaced by a single nucleus.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to deflections of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Observe the deflections of '''alpha''' particles as they approach the nucleus.

|-
||Point to deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Here n/p ratio for the gold atom is 1.5.

Therefore '''alpha''' particles show a large deflection.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.
|| Let's study the factors that affects the scattering of '''alpha''' particles.

|-
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider slowly towards '''min'''.

Point to angles of deflection.
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider towards '''min'''.

Observe that, angles of deflection increases with the decrease in energy.
|-
|| Cusror on the interface.

|| Next we will see,
how change in composition of nucleus, affects scattering of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider to default position.
|| Lets start with small nucleus with few number of '''protons''' and '''neutrons'''.

Drag the '''Energy''' slider back to its default position.
|-
|| Drag '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders towards '''20'''.

Point to nucleus.
|| Then drag the '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders towards '''20'''.

Size of the nucleus becomes small.
|-
|| Point to angles of deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Observe the angles of deflection of '''alpha''' particles.

Angle of deflection decreases with the decrease in protons and neutrons number.
|-
||
|| Here atom is stable as n /p ratio is 1.

|-
|| Point to '''alpha''' particles far from nucleus.

Point to '''alpha''' particles closer to nucleus.
|| Observe that,
'''alpha''' particles far from the nucleus have almost no detectable deflection.

While the '''alpha''' particles that are close to the nucleus are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Try various combinations of protons and neutrons and check the deflections.

Give an explanation for the change in the behaviour of the '''alpha''' particles.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Rutherford Scattering''',''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About '''Plum pudding''' and '''Rutherford''' atomic models.

To visualise the Rutherford gold foil experiment.

About behaviour of '''alpha''' particles.

To identify the factors that, affect the deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C2/Energy-Skate-park/English

2018-06-20T11:58:03Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Visual Cue''' ||'''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Skate Park simulation'''. |- || '..."

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial We will,

Demonstrate '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school Physics.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie Chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''
'''Law of Conservation of Energy'''
|| According to '''law of conservation of energy''',

Energy can neither be created nor destroyed.

It can only be converted from one form to another.

The total energy before and after the transformation is conserved.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Potential Energy'''

'''PE = mgh'''

m=mass of object(kg),

g=acceleration due to gravity (m/s2)

h=height (m)
| | '''Potential energy''' is the energy possessed by an object by virtue of its position.

'''PE = mgh '''

where,

m=mass of object

g =acceleration due to gravity and

h =height
|-
| | '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Kinetic Energy'''

'''KE =1/2 mv2'''

m = mass of object (kg)

v = velocity (m/s)
| | '''Kinetic energy''' is the energy possessed by a body due to its motion.

'''KE =1/2 mv2 '''

where,

m = mass of object and

v = velocity
|-
||
|| Let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.ed]u
|-
|| Point to '''Energy skate park '''simulation.
|| I have already downloaded, '''Energy skate park simulation '''to my '''Downloads '''folder.

|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl'''+'''Alt'''+'''T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Download''' and press '''enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java -jar energy-skate-park _en.jar''' >> press '''enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Then type, '''java space hyphen jar space energy -skate-park_en.jar''' and press '''enter'''.

'''Energy Skate Park simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Energy skate Park simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

|| Using this '''simulation''',

let's see how energy transformations happen in real world applications.
|-
|| Point to menu bar.

Point to '''File''', '''Tracks''' and '''Help'''.
|| Screen has a menu bar with menu items-

'''File'''

'''Tracks'''

'''Help'''.
|-
|| Point to '''skater'''.

Click on '''Track''' menu.

Click on each track.
|| Screen has a '''PhET skater''' oscillating in a default loop.

To change the track of the '''skater''' click on '''Tracks''' menu.

Menu shows a list of '''tracks''' to choose.
|-
|| Point to panel on the right side of screen.

Point to each tool.
|| On the right side, there is a panel with controls.

These controls are used to, change the attributes in the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on''' Reset''' button.

Click on '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' to reset the simulation.

Click on '''Yes''' to confirm the reset.
|-
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button.

Point to '''Choose Skater''' list.
|| Click on '''Choose Skater''' button on the panel.

'''Choose Skater''' panel opens.
|-
|| Point to each '''Skater''' and their masses.

Point to '''PhET Skater''' and '''mass'''.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|| This panel shows different '''skaters''' along with their masses.

By default '''PhET Skater''' with '''75 kg mass''' is selected.

Click on '''Ok''' button.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Point to '''Play/Pause''' button, '''Step''' button.

Point to '''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

'''Sim Speed''' slider to control the speed of the animation.

'''Play/Pause''' and '''Step''' buttons.

'''Zoom in''' and '''zoom out''' buttons.
|-
|| Point to '''Sim Speed''' slider.

Drag the '''sim speed''' slider in between ''' slow''' and '''fast'''.
|| By default '''Sim Speed''' slider is on '''fast'''.

Drag the''' Sim speed''' slider between '''slow '''and '''fast'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Show Path''' button.

Point to purple dots.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then '''Pause''' button.
|| To show the path, click on '''Show Path''' button in '''Path''' section.

Observe the purple dots on the track.

Click on '''Stop''' button and then pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Click on Purple dot.

Point to '''energies''', '''height''' and '''speed'''.
|| Click on any purple dot on the track.

The following information will be displayed:

'''Kinetic energy'''

'''Potential energy'''

'''Total energy'''

'''Height'''

'''Speed''' of skater.
|-
|| Click on '''Clear''' button.
|| Click on '''Clear''' button to clear the path.

|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Show Pie Chart''' check box.
|| On the right side panel under '''Energy Graphs''' section, click '''Show Pie Chart''' checkbox.

|-
|| Point to '''with Thermal''' checkbox.

Point to '''pie chart'''.

|| Observe that '''with Thermal''' checkbox also gets selected.

'''Pie chart''' shows conversion of '''Kinetic energy''' to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.
|-
|| Point to energy indicator box.

Point to each energy in the panel.
|| Energy indicator box is shown on the top right corner of the screen.

This box helps to identify the energy changes in the '''Pie Chart'''.
|-
|| Cursor on screen.
|| In this case '''potential energy''' is '''gravitational potential energy'''.

It is due to change in height of the '''skater''' in the gravitational field.
|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie chart''' when '''skater''' moves downwards.
|| As the '''skater''' moves downwards, his '''Potential energy''' decreases and '''Kinetic energy''' increases.

|-
|| Point to energy changes in the '''Pie Chart''' when '''skater''' moves upwards.
|| As '''skater''' moves upwards his '''Potential energy''' increases and '''Kinetic energy''' decreases.

|-
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.
|| Drag the '''sim speed''' slider towards '''Slow'''.

|-
|| Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.

|| You can still see a small amount of '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.

This is because track is at a height above the ground level.
|-
|| Drag the track to ground.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag the track to the ground level.

Observe that '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of track and zero '''kinetic energy''' at the top.
|-
|| Drag the track above the ground level.
Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

Point to '''P.E=0 at this dotted line'''.
|| Now I will drag the track above the ground level.

Click on '''Potential Energy Reference''' checkbox.

'''P.E=0 at this dotted line''' will display at the bottom of the screen.
|-
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards.

Point to '''Pie Chart'''.
|| Drag '''Potential Energy Reference''' line upwards to touch the bottom of the track.

Observe that now '''skater''' has zero '''Potential energy''' at the bottom of the track.
|-
|| Click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

Point to four energies in '''Bar graph'''.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

|| Next, click on '''Bar Graph''' button.

A '''Bar graph''' with four energies is shown.

Note the energy changes as the '''skater''' moves back and forth on the track.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy''' in '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Here '''Total energy''' of the '''skater''' remains constant.

Therefore it obeys the law of conservation of energy.
|-
|| Click on blue point and drag it upwards.

Point to '''Bar Graph'''.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|| Let us change the shape and height of the track.

Click on any blue point and drag.

Note the increase in '''Total''' energy with an increase in height of the track.

Close the '''Bar Graph'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

Point to '''Energy(joules) vs. Position(meters)''' graph.
|| Next click on '''Energy vs. Position''' button.

'''Energy(joules)vs.Position(meters)''' graph will display.
|-
|| Drag the track to the left side of screen.
|| Drag the track to the left side to view the graph and '''skater''' simultaneously.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy vs. Position''' graph.

Point to moving dotted line.

Point to moving dotted line.

|| Notice the energy changes with respect to position of '''skater'''.

Here you can see a moving dotted line.

It represents, energy of the '''skater''' at a particular position on the track.
|-
|| Point to four energy check boxes.

Click on '''Thermal energy''' check box.

Click on '''Pause''' button.
|| Graph has four energy check-boxes at the bottom.

To view the graph of any specific energy, uncheck remaining check boxes.

Click on '''Pause''' button to pause the '''simulation'''.
|-
|| Point to '''Copy''' button.

Point to graph.

Close the '''Energy vs. position''' graph.
|| Click on '''Copy''' button.

'''Copy''' button helps to show the energy values at particular position on the graph.

Close the graphs.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

Point to '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Now click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.

'''Energy vs. Time''' graph opens.
|-
|| Point to '''sim speed''' slider, '''Stop'''/'''Go''', '''Playback''', '''Step''', '''Rewind''' and '''Clear''' buttons.
|| At the bottom of the graph we have-

'''Sim Speed''' slider,
'''Stop'''/'''Go''',
'''Playback''',
'''Step''',
'''Rewind''' and
'''Clear''' buttons.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Click on '''Play''' button to play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.
|| Click on '''Stop''' button.

|-
|| drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Click on '''Playback''' button.
|| Lets drag the '''sim speed''' slider between '''slow''' and '''fast'''.

Then click on '''Playback''' button.
|-
|| Point to violet vertical line.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values.
|| Notice a violet vertical line moving across the path.

Note the '''kinetic''', '''Potential''' and '''Total energy''' values at a given time.
|-
|| Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Kinetic energy''' and '''Potential energy''' values.

Point to '''Thermal energy''' value.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Note that '''Total energy''' remains constant.

But, '''Kinetic energy''' changes to '''Potential energy''' and vice-versa.

Here '''Thermal energy''' is zero as there is no friction.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Cursor on interface.
Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|| Let us see how mass of the '''skater''' will affect the '''total energy'''.

Scroll to the bottom of the panel.
|-
|| Click on''' Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down>>>Point to '''Mass''' text-box and slider.

Point to '''75 kg mass'''.
|| Click on '''Edit skater''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Mass''' text-box and '''Mass''' Slider.

By default '''Mass''' is '''75 kg'''.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button.
|| Click on '''Energy Vs. Time''' button to open the graph.

|-
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Point to '''kinetic''', '''potential''' and '''Total''' energy values.
|| Drag the '''Mass''' slider gradually towards '''200'''.

Observe the change in energy as we change the skater's mass in the graph.

|-
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.
|| Close the '''Energy Vs. Time''' graph.

|-
||
|| Now we will take the '''skater''' to different planets.

|-
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.

Point to '''Earth''' In the '''Location''' section.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll up the panel.

Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

In the '''Location''' section, by default '''Earth''' is selected.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|-
|| Click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Point to '''skater''' and '''Gravity''' value.
|| Under '''Location''' section, click on '''Moon''' radio-button.

Observe that '''Skater''' flies off beacause '''moon''' has low '''Gravity''' value.
|-
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.
|| Click on '''Return Skater''' button.

|-
|| Point to '''Gravity''' text-box.

Point to '''skater'''.

Point to '''Total''' energy value.
|| Here '''Gravity''' value is '''1.62 N/kg''' which is less than that of '''Earth'''.

This results in decrease in the speed of '''skater'''.

Here '''Total energy''' decreases as gravity on '''Moon''' is less than that of '''Earth'''.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|| Similarly explore '''Jupiter''' and '''Space''' locations and compare the energy changes.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Let us study the energy distribution for tracks with and without '''Friction'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Reset''' button>>In the confirm box click '''Yes'''.
|| Click on '''Reset''' button to reset the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Scroll down>>Click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Point to '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs. Time''' button.
|| Scroll down to panel and click on '''Track Friction''' button.

Scroll down to see '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider.

Click on '''Energy vs.Time''' button.
|-
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider slowly.

Point to '''Total energy'''.

Point to '''Thermal energy'''.
|| Drag the '''Coefficient of Friction''' slider gradually from '''None''' to''' Lots'''.

Observe the energy changes.

Here part of the energy is converted to '''Thermal''' energy due to Friction.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.

Point to '''skater'''.

|| This is due to the resistance in motion caused by '''Friction'''.

'''Friction''' opposes the motion of the '''skater'''.

It causes him to lose energy and slow down.

Close the '''Energy vs. Time''' graph.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment 1'''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''Double Well''' track from '''Tracks''' menu and observe the energy changes.

Compare the energy changes in '''Double well''' track with '''Double Well Roller Coaster''' Mode.

Find the changes in the '''thermal''' energy .

And give an explanation.

(Hint-Right click on the '''Track''' and select '''Roller Coaster Mode''')
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment 2'''
|| Using '''Tracks''' box,

Create tracks and observe the change in energies.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Energy Skate Park''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About law of conservation of energy.

To show '''Pie chart''' and '''Bar Graphs''' for energy changes.

To use '''Energy vs Position''' graph to show the energy value at a particular position.

To change '''Location''' and observe the energy changes.

About change in energy due to change in '''Mass''' and '''Friction'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project''' team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgements'''
|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.

Thank you for joining

|}

PhET/C3/Rutherford-Scattering/English

2018-06-19T12:31:45Z

Meenalghoderao: Created page with "{|border=1 ||'''Visual Cue''' ||'''Narration''' |- || '''Slide Number 1''' '''Title slide''' || Welcome to this tutorial on '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''. |- || ''..."

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Rutherford Scattering''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school science.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

About '''Plum pudding''' and '''Rutherford''' atomic models.

To visualise the '''Rutherford gold foil''' experiment.

About behaviour of '''alpha''' particles.

To identify the factors that affect the deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
||
|| Now let us start the demonstration.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Rutherford Scattering simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.

|-
|| Right click on '''Rutherford Scattering''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

Point to browser address.
|| To open the '''simulation''', right click on '''Rutherford Scattering''' html file.

Select '''Open with Firefox Web Browser''' option.

File opens in the browser.
|-
|| Point to interface.
|| This is the interface of '''Rutherford Scattering simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to

'''Rutherford Atom''' and

'''Plum Pudding Atom'''
|| The interface has 2 screens-

'''Rutherford Atom'''

'''Plum Pudding Atom'''
|-
|| Point to '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.
|| Lets begin with '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.

J. J. Thomson proposed '''Plum Pudding''' atomic model.

This model was proposed before '''Rutherford's atomic''' model.
|-
|| Click on '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen.
|| Click on '''Plum Pudding Atom''' screen to open it.

|-
|| Point to experimental setup.
|| Left side of the screen has experimental set up for '''Plum Pudding''' atomic model.

|-
|| Point to '''Alpha particles''' source and thin sheet of metal.
|| It consist of thin sheet of a metal above the '''Alpha Particles''' source.

|-
|| Point to '''atomic scale'''.

Point to a single atom.

|| Center of the screen has '''view box'''.

It shows a single atom with '''3.0 x 10-10 m atomic scale'''.
|-
|| Point to red portion of an atom.

Point to blue spheres in the atom.

Point to atom.
|| In the atom,

Red portion represents the positive charge which is uniformly distributed.

Small blue spheres represent electrons which are embedded in the atom.

There is no separation between positive charge and electrons in the atom.
|-
|| Point to '''Legend''' and '''Alpha paricle''' box.
|| Screen on the right side shows 2 boxes,

'''Legend''' and '''Alpha paricle'''.
|-
|| Point to each component in the '''Legend''' box.
|| '''Legend''' box helps to identify the key components of the atom.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy''' slider.

Point to '''Traces''' checkbox.

Click on '''Traces''' checkbox.
|| '''Alpha Particle''' box consists of,

An '''Energy''' slider to change the energy of incoming alpha particles.

'''Traces''' checkbox to show an '''alpha''' paricle's trajectory.

Check the '''Traces''' checkbox.
|-
|| Point to '''Play/pause''', '''step''' and '''reset''' button.
|| Bottom of the screen we have,
'''Play'''/'''Pause''' button

'''Step''' button and

'''Reset''' button.
|-
|| Click on blue button of '''Alpha Particles''' source.
|| To turn on the '''Alpha Particles''' source, click on the blue button.

|-
|| Point to''' alpha''' particles beam.
|| Notice that '''alpha''' particles beam strikes the thin metal foil.

|-
|| Point to traces in '''view box'''.
|| Observe the path of '''alpha''' particles inside the atom.

|-
|| Point to '''alpha''' Particles.
|| All the '''alpha''' particles pass through the atom undeflected.

|-
|| Point to atom.
|| This is because electrons are distributed evenly throughout the atom.

The magnitude of negative and positive charges inside the atom is equal.

This gives the most stable electrostatic arrangement.

Therefore it makes an atom electrically neutral.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model was able to explain overall neutrality of the atom.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''Limitations of plum pudding model'''
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model of an atom failed to explain,

The stability of an atom

position of the nucleus in an atom
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Plum Pudding Model'''
|| '''Plum Pudding''' model could not account for the atomic structure.

But it provided the base, for the development of other atomic structure models.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

In '''Plum Pudding atom''' screen,

why '''Atom''' box is missing?

Give an explanation.
|-
|| Point to '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| Let's move on to '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| Click on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen to open it.

|-
|| Cursor on '''Rutherford Atom''' screen.
|| '''Rutherford Atom''' screen helps to visualise the rutherford's gold foil experiment.

|-
|| Point to tools same as '''Plum Pudding''' atom screen.

Point to '''Atom''' box.
|| '''Rutherford Atom''' screen has same tools as that of '''Plum Pudding''' atom screen.

Additionally there is an '''Atom''' box below '''Alpha Particle''' box.
|-
|| Point to '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' slider.

Point to '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' number.
|| '''Atom''' box consists of,

'''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders to change the compostion of the nucleus.

Here number of '''protons''' and '''neutrons''' is equal to that of gold atom.
|-
|| Point to box at the center of the screen.

Point to atoms in '''view box'''.
|| At the center of the screen, you will see a box.

It represents a zoom in view of different atoms in the gold foil.
|-
|| Point to '''atomic view''' and '''nuclear view'''.
|| Left side of the screen has 2 model views.

They are '''atomic view''' and '''nuclear view'''.
|-
|| Point to '''atomic view'''.
|| By default '''atomic view''' is selected.

'''Atomic view''' gives an idea about,

the behaviour of '''alpha''' particles as they travel through the atom.
|-
|| Click on blue button of '''Alpha Paricles''' source.

Point to '''alpha''' particles beam.
|| Click on blue button to turn on the''' Alpha particles''' source.

Notice that '''alpha''' particles beam strikes the thin gold foil.
|-
|| Click on '''Traces''' checkbox.
|| Check the '''Traces''' checkbox to see the trajectories of '''alpha''' particles.

|-
|| Point to '''traces'''.
|| Observe the traces of '''alpha''' particles as they approach the nuclei of the atoms.

|-
|| Click on '''Pause''' button>>click on '''Step''' button.
|| Now pause the '''simulation''' and click on '''Step''' button.

|-
|| Point to undeflected '''alpha''' particles.

Point to '''alpha''' particles deflected by small angles.

Point to '''alpha''' particles deflected by 180°.
|| Here,

Most '''alpha''' particles are undeflected.

Some of the '''alpha''' particles are slightly deflected.

A very few '''alpha''' particles bounce back, that is deflected by nearly 180°.
|-
|| Point to '''nuclear view'''.

Click on '''nuclear view'''.

Point to nucleus in '''zoom in view'''.

|| Let's see the behaviour of '''alpha''' particles in '''nuclear view'''.

Click on '''nuclear view'''.

Notice that in '''zoom in view''', atoms are replaced by a single nucleus.
|-
|| Click on '''Play''' button.
|| Now play the '''simulation'''.

|-
|| Point to deflections of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Observe the deflections of '''alpha''' particles as they approach the nucleus.

|-
||Point to deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Here n/p ratio for the gold atom is 1.5.

Therefore '''alpha''' particles show a large deflection.
|-
|| Cursor on interface.
|| Let's study the factors that affects the scattering of '''alpha''' particles.

|-
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider slowly towards '''min'''.

Point to angles of deflection.
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider towards '''min'''.

Observe that, angles of deflection increases with the decrease in energy.
|-
|| Cusror on the interface.

|| Next we will see,
how change in composition of nucleus, affects scattering of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
|| Drag the '''Energy''' slider to default position.
|| Lets start with small nucleus with few number of '''protons''' and '''neutrons'''.

Drag the '''Energy''' slider back to its default position.
|-
|| Drag '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders towards '''20'''.

Point to nucleus.
|| Then drag the '''Protons''' and '''Neutrons''' sliders towards '''20'''.

Size of the nucleus becomes small.
|-
|| Point to angles of deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|| Observe the angles of deflection of '''alpha''' particles.

Angle of deflection decreases with the decrease in protons and neutrons number.
|-
||
|| Here atom is stable as n /p ratio is 1.

|-
|| Point to '''alpha''' particles far from nucleus.

Point to '''alpha''' particles closer to nucleus.
|| Observe that,
'''alpha''' particles far from the nucleus have almost no detectable deflection.

While the '''alpha''' particles that are close to the nucleus are deflected.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''

|| As an assignment,

Try various combinations of protons and neutrons and check the deflections.

Give an explanation for the change in the behaviour of the '''alpha''' particles.
|-
||
|| Let us summarise.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Rutherford Scattering''',''' PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

About '''Plum pudding''' and '''Rutherford''' atomic models.

To visualise the Rutherford gold foil experiment.

About behaviour of '''alpha''' particles.

To identify the factors that, affect the deflection of '''alpha''' particles.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT Bombay.

Thank you for joining.

|}

PhET/C2/Energy-forms-and-changes/English

2018-06-08T10:55:38Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Forms and Changes simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial we will,

Demonstrate '''Energy Forms and Changes''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school physics.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

To conserve energy in real-life systems.

To compare thermal conductivity of different objects.

About different forms of energy.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will,

Predict how energy flows when objects are heated or cooled.

Design energy systems.

Study how energy changes from one form to another.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Energy'''
|| Energy is the capacity to do work on objects.

It is a '''scalar''' quantity.

In '''SI system''', it is measured in '''joules'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Forms of Energy'''
|| Energy exists in nature in several forms such as-

'''Mechanical energy (potential energy + kinetic energy)'''

'''Electrical energy'''

'''Thermal energy'''

'''Light energy '''and

'''Chemical energy'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Energy Forms and Changes PhET simulation'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Energy Forms and Changes simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl''', '''Alt''' and '''T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the '''terminal'''.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press '''Enter'''.
|-
|| Type '''java – jar energy-forms-and-changes_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

Point to interface.
|| Then type,

'''java space hyphen jar space energy-forms-and-changes_en.jar''' and press '''Enter'''.

'''Energy Forms and Changes simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Intro''' and '''Energy Systems''' tab.
|| The '''simulation''' screen has 2 tabs at the top-

'''Intro''' and

'''Energy Systems'''.
|-
|| Cursor on '''Intro''' screen.
|| By default '''Intro''' screen opens.

|-
|| Cursor on '''Intro''' screen.
|| '''Intro''' screen helps to predict,
how thermal energy flows when objects are heated or cooled.
|-
|| Point to three thermometers.
|| Left side of the screen has a set of three thermometers.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.
|| Right side of the screen has '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks in '''Iron''' block, '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container.

Point to energy chunks.

Cursor on interface.
|| Energy chunks will appear in '''Iron''' block, '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container.

Number of chunks is proportional to amount of energy in each of the objects.

In this set up, the energy transfer is in the form of thermal energy.
|-
|| Point to '''heat regulators'''.

Point to stands.
|| There are two '''heat regulators''' to heat or cool the system.

'''Heat regulators''' are provided with stands.
|-
|| Point to '''Normal''' and '''Fast Forward''' radio-buttons.

Point to '''Play''' / '''Pause''' button.

Point to '''Step''' button.

Point to '''Reset All''' button.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

'''Normal''' and '''Fast Forward''' radio-buttons to control the speed of animation.

'''Play''' / '''Pause''' button

'''Step''' button and

'''Reset All''' button.
|-
|| Drag the '''Water''' container onto the stand.

Drag and attach the thermometer to the container.
|| Drag the '''Water '''container onto the stand.

Drag and attach the thermometer to the container.
|-
|| Drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' upwards.

Point to vapours.

'''heat regulator'''

Point to energy chunks.
|| Now drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' upwards to heat the Water.

As the temperature increases water evaporates and vapours are observed.

Also observe that energy chunks escape into the atmosphere.
|-
|| Drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' downwards.

Point to water in container.

Drag and place the container on the '''workbench'''.
|| Next drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' downwards to cool the Water.

As the temperature decreases water freezes and becomes ice.

Drag and place the container on the '''workbench'''.
|-
|| Drag the '''Iron''' block and place it on stand.

Drag >>place the thermometer on the '''Iron''' block.
|| Now drag the '''Iron''' block and place it on the first stand.

Drag and place the thermometer on the '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Drag '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container to a side.
|| Move the '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container to a side.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks in '''Iron''' block.

Point to thermometer.
|| Before you start heating, note the number of energy chunks in the '''Iron''' block.

Observe the temperature on the thermometer.
|-
|| Drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' upwards.
|| Drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' upwards to heat the '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to energy chunks in '''Iron''' block.
|| Observe that energy from heat is transferred to '''Iron''' block in the form of chunks.

Here internal energy of '''Iron''' block increases.

This is due to the flow of heat from the heat source to '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks of '''Iron''' block going into atmosphere.

Point to temperature of '''Iron''' block.
|| Observe that some chunks from '''Iron''' block escape into the atmosphere.

This results in decrease in the temperature of '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Drag the slider up on the '''heat regulator'''.
|| Again heat the '''Iron''' block to maximum temperature.

|-
|| Place the heated '''Iron ''' block in the Water container.
|| Drag and place the heated '''Iron''' block in the '''Water''' container.

|-
|| Point to energy chunks.

Point to thermometer of '''Iron''' block.

Point to thermometer of '''Water''' container.
|| Energy chunks travel from hot '''Iron''' block into Water.

This results in, decrease in the temperature of '''Iron''' Block.

Water becomes hot and its temperature increases.
|-
|| Point to thermometers of '''Iron''' block and '''Water''' container.
|| This heat transfer process continues till objects reach '''thermal equilibrium'''.

|-
|| Click on '''Fast Forward''' radio-button.
|| Let us choose '''Fast Forward''' option to make the process faster.

|-
|| Place the '''Iron''' block on the '''heat regulator'''.

Drag and hold the slider down.

Point to thermometer of '''Iron''' block.
|| Now again place the '''Iron''' block on the '''heat regulator'''.

Drag and hold the slider down to cool the '''Iron''' block.

Cool the '''Iron''' block until thermometer reaches its minimum temperature.
|-
|| Place the '''Iron''' block in '''Water''' container.

Point to thermometer of '''Iron''' block and '''Water''' container.
|| Again place the cooled '''Iron''' block in '''Water''' container.

Note the temperature changes and energy chunks transformation.
|-
|| Place the '''Iron''' and '''Brick''' blocks on stand.

Drag >>place the thermometer on the '''Brick''' block.

Drag and hold the slider of the '''heat regulator''' upwards.
|| Now place both the blocks on to the stands.

Drag and place the thermometer on the '''Brick''' block.

Heat the blocks one by one until you will see maximum rise in temperatures.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to thermometers.

|| Wait till '''thermal equilibrium''' is established.

Observe the decrease in temperatures.
|-
||Point to energy chunks of '''Iron''' block and '''Brick''' block.

Point to '''Iron''' block and '''Brick''' block.

||Observe that '''Iron''' block has more number of energy chunks than '''Brick''' block.

This indicates that '''Iron''' has more thermal conductivity than '''Brick'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Heat '''Iron''' block and '''Brick''' block at the same time.

Place heated '''Iron''' block above the heated '''Brick''' block.

And explain the observation.
|-
|| Point to '''Energy Systems''' tab.
|| Now we will move on to '''Energy Systems''' screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Energy Systems''' tab.

Cursor on '''Energy Systems''' screen.
|| Click on '''Energy Systems''' tab.

'''Energy Systems''' screen opens.
|-
|| Cursor on '''Energy Systems''' screen.
|| This screen gives an idea about conservation of energy from everyday life.

|-
|| Point to set of energy sources.

Point to turbine and solar system.

Point to set of receivers.
|| Screen at the bottom has a set of-

Energy sources

Electrical energy generation systems and

Receivers.
|-
|| Point to '''Reset All''' button.
|| '''Reset All''' button is available at the bottom right corner of the screen.

|-
|| Point to '''Faucet''', turbine, '''Water''' container and thermometer.
|| By default screen has a set up of-

'''Faucet''' as energy source,

Turbine as Electrical energy generation system and

'''Water''' container with thermometer as a receiver.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

Point to '''Forms of Energy''' panel.

Point to each energy in the panel.
|| Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

'''Forms of Energy''' panel will display.

'''Forms of Energy''' panel helps you to identify the various forms of energy.
|-
|| Drag the blue slider.

Point to '''Mechanical''' Energy chunks.
|| Now drag the blue slider to turn on the '''faucet'''.

Notice that water flowing from faucet has '''Mechanical''' energy.
|-
|| Point to '''Electrical''' energy chunks.

Point to thermometer attached to '''Water''' container.
|| This''' Mechanical''' energy turns the turbine which creates '''Electrical''' energy.

This energy causes the temperature of the water to increase.
|-
|| Point to vapours of water.

Point to '''Thermal''' energy chunks.
|| As the temperature increases water evaporates and vapours are observed.

It gives off more '''Thermal''' energy into the atmosphere.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here energy is conserved as total energy of the system remains constant.

|-
||
|| Let's set up another energy system.

|-
|| Click on '''Sun''' button.

Click on solar panel button.
|| Here we will select Sun as a energy source.

Replace the turbine with solar panel.
|-
|| Click on '''incandescent''' bulb button.

|| Now instead of '''Water''' container, select '''incandescent''' bulb.

|-
|| Point to clouds slider at '''None'''.

Point to '''Light''' energy.

|| In this system, initially their is no '''cloud'''.

Here the sun is the source of '''Light''' energy.
|-
||Point to '''Electrical''' energy.

Point to bulb.
||This '''light''' energy is absorbed by the solar panel to create '''Electrical''' energy.

This '''Electrical''' energy causes the bulb to glow.
|-
|| Point to '''Light''' energy and '''Thermal''' energy chunks.
|| The incandescent bulb converts '''Electrical''' energy into,

a lot of '''Thermal''' energy and very little '''Light''' energy.

This is because the filament gets heated up.
|-
|| Click on '''fluorescent''' bulb.

Point to '''fluorescent''' light bulb.

|| Next replace the '''incandescent''' bulb with the '''fluorescent''' bulb.

Observe the energy output of '''fluorescent''' bulb.
|-
||Point to '''fluorescent''' light bulb.
||Notice that,

The fluorescent bulb releases more '''Light''' energy and less '''Thermal''' energy.

Therefore '''fluorescent''' bulb is more efficient.
|-
||
|| Now let's see the effect of '''Clouds''' on solar panel.

|-
|| Drag the '''Clouds''' blue slider gradually from '''None''' to '''Lots'''.

Points to '''clouds'''.

|| Drag the '''Clouds''' slider gradually from '''None''' to '''Lots'''.

As you drag the slider, '''clouds''' appear.
|-
||Point to '''Light''' energy.

Point to solar panel.
||Due to the presence of '''clouds''' light energy does not reach the solar panel.

So generation of '''Electrical''' energy stops.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Select '''cycle-generator system'''.

Explain why the cyclist must be fed in order to continue to pedal.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| Set up different systems and let it run for a while.

Observe the energy transformations in each system and

Tabulate your observations.
|-
||
|| Let us summarize.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Energy Forms and Changes''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

To conserve energy in real-life systems.

To compare thermal conductivity of different objects.

About different forms of energy.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Predicted how energy flows when objects are heated or cooled.

Designed energy systems.

Studied how energy changes from one form to another.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly.
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.
Thank you for joining.
|-

|}

PhET/C2/Energy-forms-and-changes/English

2018-06-08T09:59:42Z

Meenalghoderao:

{|border=1
||'''Visual Cue'''
||'''Narration'''

|-
|| '''Slide Number 1'''

'''Title slide'''
|| Welcome to this tutorial on '''Energy Forms and Changes simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 2'''

'''Learning objectives'''
|| In this tutorial We will,

Demonstrate '''Energy Forms and Changes''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 3'''

'''System Requirements'''
|| Here I am using-

Ubuntu Linux OS version 14.04

Java version 1.7.0

Firefox Web Browser version 53.02.2
|-
|| '''Slide Number 4'''

'''Pre-requisites'''
|| To follow this tutorial,

Learner should be familiar with topics in high school physics.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 5'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will learn,

To conserve energy in real-life systems.

To compare thermal conductivity of different objects.

About different forms of energy.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 6'''

'''Learning Goals'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we will,

Predict how energy flows when objects are heated or cooled.

Design energy systems.

Study how energy changes from one form to another.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 7'''

'''About Energy'''
|| Energy is the capacity to do work on objects.

It is a scalar quantity.

In SI system, it is measured in joules.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 8'''

'''Forms of Energy'''
|| Energy exists in nature in several forms such as-

'''Mechanical energy '''(potential energy+ kinetic energy)

'''Electrical energy'''

'''Thermal energy'''

'''Light energy '''and

'''Chemical energy'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 9'''

'''Link for PhET simulation'''

|| Use the given link to download the '''simulation'''.

[http://phet.colorado.edu/ http://phet.colorado.edu]
|-
|| Point to '''Energy Forms and Changes phet simulation'''.
|| I have already downloaded '''Energy Forms and Changes simulation''' to my '''Downloads''' folder.
|-
|| To open java file,

Press '''Ctrl''', '''Alt''' and '''T''' keys.

Type '''cd Downloads''' and press enter.
|| To run the '''simulation''', open the terminal.

At the prompt type '''cd Downloads''' and press enter.
|-
|| Type '''java – jar energy-forms-and-changes_en.jar''' and press enter.

Point to interface.
|| Then type,

'''java space hyphen jar space energy-forms-and-changes_en.jar''' and press enter.

'''Energy Forms and Changes simulation''' opens.
|-
|| Point to '''Intro''' and '''Energy Systems''' tab.
|| The '''simulation''' screen has 2 tabs at the top-

'''Intro'''

'''Energy Systems'''.
|-
|| Cursor on '''Intro''' screen.
|| By default '''Intro''' screen opens.

|-
|| Cursor on '''Intro''' screen.
|| '''Intro''' screen helps to predict,
how thermal energy flows when objects are heated or cooled.
|-
|| Point to three thermometers.
|| Left side of the screen has a set of three thermometers.

|-
|| Point to '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.
|| Right side of the screen has '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks in '''Iron''' block, '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container.

Point to energy chunks.

Cursor on interface.
|| Energy chunks will appear in '''Iron''' block, '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container.

Number of chunks is proportional to amount of energy in each of the objects.

In this set up, the energy transfer is in the form of thermal energy.
|-
|| Point to heat regulators.

Point to stands.
|| There are two heat regulators to heat or cool the system.

Heat regulators are provided with stands.
|-
|| Point to '''Normal''' and '''Fast Forward''' radio-buttons.

Point to '''Play''' / '''Pause''' button.

Point to '''Step''' button.

Point to '''Reset All''' button.
|| At the bottom of the screen we have,

'''Normal''' and '''Fast Forward''' radio-buttons to control the speed of animation.

'''Play''' / '''Pause''' button

'''Step''' button and

'''Reset All''' button.
|-
|| Drag the '''Water''' container onto the stand.

Drag and attach the thermometer to the container.
|| Drag the '''Water '''container onto the stand.

Drag and attach the thermometer to the container.
|-
|| Drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator upwards.

Point to vapours.

Point to energy chunks.
|| Now drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator upwards to heat the Water.

As the temperature increases water evaporates and vapours are observed.

Also observe that energy chunks escape into the atmosphere.
|-
|| Drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator downwards.

Point to water in container.

Drag and place the container on the workbench.
|| Next drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator downwards to cool the Water.

As the temperature decreases water freezes and becomes ice.

Drag and place the container on the workbench.
|-
|| Drag the '''Iron''' block and place it on stand.

Drag >>place the thermometer on the '''Iron''' block.
|| Now drag the '''Iron''' block and place it on the first stand.

Drag and place the thermometer on the '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Drag '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container to a side.
|| Move the '''Brick''' block and '''Water''' container to a side.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks in '''Iron''' block.

Point to thermometer.
|| Before you start heating, note the number of energy chunks in the '''Iron''' block.

Observe the temperature on the thermometer.
|-
|| Drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator upwards.
|| Drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator upwards to heat the '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks.

Cursor on the interface.

Point to energy chunks in '''Iron''' block.
|| Observe that energy from heat is transferred to '''Iron''' block in the form of chunks.

Here internal energy of '''Iron''' block increases.

This is due to the flow of heat from the heat source to '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Point to energy chunks of '''Iron''' block going into atmosphere.

Point to temperature of '''Iron''' block.
|| Observe that some chunks from '''Iron''' block escape into the atmosphere.

This results in decrease in the temperature of '''Iron''' block.
|-
|| Drag the slider up on the heat regulator.
|| Again heat the '''Iron''' block to maximum temperature.

|-
|| Place the heated '''Iron '''block in the Water container.
|| Drag and place the heated '''Iron''' block in the '''Water''' container.

|-
|| Point to energy chunks.

Point to thermometer of '''Iron''' block.

Point to thermometer of '''Water''' container.
|| Energy chunks travel from hot '''Iron''' block into Water.

This results in, decrease in the temperature of '''Iron''' Block.

Water becomes hot and its temperature increases.
|-
|| Point to thermometers of '''Iron''' block and '''Water''' container.
|| This heat transfer process continues till objects reach thermal equilibrium.

|-
|| Click on '''Fast Forward''' radio-button.
|| Let us choose '''Fast Forward''' option to make the process faster.

|-
|| Place the '''Iron''' block on the Heat regulator.

Drag and hold the slider down.

Point to thermometer of '''Iron''' block.
|| Now again place the '''Iron''' block on the Heat regulator.

Drag and hold the slider down to cool the '''Iron''' block.

Cool the '''Iron''' block until thermometer reaches its minimum temperature.
|-
|| Place the '''Iron''' block in '''Water''' container.

Point to thermometer of '''Iron''' block and '''Water''' container.
|| Again place the cooled '''Iron''' block in '''Water''' container.

Note the temperature changes and energy chunks transformation.
|-
|| Place the '''Iron''' and '''Brick''' blocks on stand.

Drag >>place the thermometer on the '''Brick''' block.

Drag and hold the slider of the heat regulator upwards.
|| Now place both the blocks on to the stands.

Drag and place the thermometer on the '''Brick''' block.

Heat the blocks one by one until you will see maximum rise in temperatures.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.

Point to thermometers.

|| Wait till thermal equilibrium is established.

Observe the decrease in temperatures.
|-
||Point to energy chunks of '''Iron''' block and '''Brick''' block.

Point to '''Iron''' block and '''Brick''' block.

||Observe that '''Iron''' block has more number of energy chunks than '''Brick''' block.

This indicates that '''Iron''' has more thermal conductivity than '''Brick'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 10'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Heat '''Iron''' block and '''Brick''' block at the same time.

Place heated '''Iron''' block above the heated '''Brick''' block.

And explain the observation.
|-
|| Point to '''Energy Systems''' tab.
|| Now we will move on to '''Energy Systems''' screen.

|-
|| Click on '''Energy Systems''' tab.

Cursor on '''Energy Systems''' screen.
|| Click on '''Energy Systems''' tab.

'''Energy Systems''' screen opens.
|-
|| Cursor on '''Energy Systems''' screen.
|| This screen gives an idea about conservation of energy from everyday life.

|-
|| Point to set of energy sources.

Point to turbine and solar system .

Point to set of receivers.
|| Screen at the bottom has a set of-

Energy sources

Electrical energy generation systems and

Receivers.
|-
|| Point to '''Reset All''' button.
|| '''Reset All''' button is available at the bottom right corner of the screen.

|-
|| Point to Faucet, turbine, '''Water''' container and thermometer.
|| By default screen has a set up of-

Faucet as energy source,

Turbine as Electrical energy generation system and

'''Water''' container with thermometer as a receiver.
|-
|| Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

Point to '''Forms of Energy''' panel.

Point to each energy in the panel.
|| Click on '''Energy Symbols''' check-box.

'''Forms of Energy''' panel will display.

'''Forms of Energy''' panel helps you to identify the various forms of energy.
|-
|| Drag the blue slider.

Point to '''Mechanical''' Energy chunks.
|| Now drag the blue slider to turn on the faucet.

Notice that water flowing from faucet has '''Mechanical''' energy.
|-
|| Point to '''Electrical''' energy chunks.

Point to thermometer attached to '''Water''' container.
|| This''' Mechanical''' energy turns the turbine which creates '''Electrical''' energy.

This energy causes the temperature of the water to increase.
|-
|| Point to vapours of water.

Point to '''Thermal''' energy chunks.
|| As the temperature increases water evaporates and vapours are observed.

It gives off more '''Thermal''' energy into the atmosphere.
|-
|| Cursor on the interface.
|| Here energy is conserved as total energy of the system remains constant.

|-
||
|| Let's set up another energy system.

|-
|| Click on Sun button.

Click on solar panel button.
|| Here we will select Sun as a energy source.

Replace the turbine with solar panel.
|-
|| Click on incandescent bulb button.

|| Now instead of '''Water''' container, select incandescent bulb.

|-
|| Point to clouds slider at '''None'''.
Point to '''Light''' energy.

|| In this system, initially their is no '''cloud'''.

Here the sun is the source of '''Light''' energy.
|-
||Point to '''Electrical''' energy.

Point to bulb.
||This '''light''' energy is absorbed by the solar panel to create '''Electrical''' energy.

This '''Electrical''' energy causes the bulb to glow.
|-
|| Point to '''Light''' energy and '''Thermal''' energy chunks.
|| The incandescent bulb converts '''Electrical''' energy into, a lot of '''Thermal''' energy and very little '''Light''' energy.

This is because the filament gets heated up.
|-
|| Click on fluorescent bulb.

Point to fluorescent light bulb.

|| Next replace the incandescent bulb with the fluorescent bulb.

Observe the energy output of fluorescent bulb.
|-
||Point to fluorescent light bulb.
||Notice that,

The fluorescent bulb releases more '''Light''' energy and less '''Thermal''' energy.

Therefore fluorescent bulb is more efficient.
|-
||
|| Now let's see the effect of '''Clouds''' on solar panel.

|-
|| Drag the '''Clouds''' blue slider gradually from '''None''' to '''Lots'''.

Points to '''clouds'''.

|| Drag the '''Clouds''' slider gradually from '''None''' to '''Lots'''.

As you drag the slider, '''clouds''' appear.
|-
||Point to '''Light''' energy.

Point to solar panel.
||Due to the presence of '''clouds''' light energy does not reach the solar panel.

So generation of '''Electrical''' energy stops.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 11'''

'''Assignment'''
|| As an assignment,

Select cycle-generator system.

Explain why the cyclist must be fed in order to continue to pedal.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 12'''

'''Assignment'''

|| Set up different systems and let it run for a while.

Observe the energy transformations in each system and

Tabulate your observations.
|-
||
|| Let us summarize.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 13'''

'''Summary'''
|| In this tutorial we have demonstrated,

How to use '''Energy Forms and Changes''', '''PhET simulation'''.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 14'''

'''Summary'''

|| Using this '''simulation''' we have learnt,

To conserve energy in real-life systems.

To compare thermal conductivity of different objects.

About different forms of energy.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 15'''

'''Summary'''
|| Using this '''simulation''' we have,

Predicted how energy flows when objects are heated or cooled.

Designed energy systems.

Studied how energy changes from one form to another.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 16'''

'''About Spoken Tutorial project'''
|| The video at the following link summarizes the Spoken Tutorial project.

Please download and watch it.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 17'''

'''Spoken Tutorial workshops'''
|| The '''Spoken Tutorial Project '''team:

conducts workshops using spoken tutorials and

gives certificates on passing online tests.

For more details, please write to us.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 18'''

'''Forum for specific questions:'''

Do you have questions in THIS '''Spoken Tutorial'''?

Please visit this site.
Choose the minute and second where you have the question.
Explain your question briefly.
Someone from our team will answer them.

|| Please post your timed queries on this forum.

|-
|| '''Slide Number 19'''

'''Acknowledgements'''

|| This project is partially funded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malaviya National Mission on Teachers and Teaching.
|-
|| '''Slide Number 20'''

'''Acknowledgement'''
|| Spoken Tutorial Project is funded by NMEICT, MHRD, Government of India.

More information on this mission is available at this link.
|-
||
|| This is Meenal Ghoderao from IIT-Bombay.
Thank you for joining.

|}